Ps 823

EmergencyPowerSupply
ModelNumberPS-823
Part Number501-1075-01through -16
ComponentMaintenanceManual
ÐFGoodrich
Aerospace TP-202
BFGoodrich Avionics Systems, Inc. June 30, 1999

52nd Revision A
5353 Street, S.E.
P.O. Box 873
Downloaded fromGrand
www.Manualslib.com
Rapids, MImanuals 49588-0873
USA search engine
FOREWORD
This manual provides information intended for use by persons who, in accordance with current
regulatory requirements, are qualified to install this equipment. Because installations vary depending
on a particular aircraft, this manual is intended as a guideline. If further information is required,
contact:
BFGoodrich Avionics Systems, Inc.

Attn: Field Service Engineering
5353 52nd Street, S.E.
Grand Rapids, MI USA 49588-0873
Telephone: (800) 453-0288 or (616) 949-6600
Fax: (616) 977-6898
We welcome your comments concerning this manual. Although every effort has been made to keep
it free of errors, some may occur. When reporting a specific problem, please describe it briefly and
include the manual part number, the paragraph/figureltable number, and the page number. Sendyour
comments to:

Atto: Logistics Support
5353
52ndStreet, S.E.
Telephone: (616) 285-4203
Fax: (616) 977-6898
© Copyright 1999
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Component Maintenance Manual
P/N 501-1075-()
RECORDof REVISIONS
Assigned To: Locat on
Rev. Insertion By Rev. Insertion By Rev. Insertion By
No. Date No. Date No. Date
Retrin this record in the front of this manual. Upon receipt of a revision, insert the revised pages in this
manaal, enter the revision number, date of insertion and initials on this record of revisions.
Record of Revisions
msmljtp202FrontMatterdisk202 24-20-03 Page i
Revision A June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()
List of ManualChanges
Original June 15, 1972

Revision 1 July 1, 1973
Revision 2 April 1, 1974
Revision 3 May 1, 1976
Revision 4 January 10, 1983
Revision 5 January 31, 1984
Reissue January l 1, 1985
Revision 1 June 1, 1987

Revision 2 September 29, 1987
Revision 3 July 15, 1991
Reissue September 30, 1991
NOTE: This manual is a new issue, which has incorporated all previous changes and revisions.
From this time on, BFGAS publications once referred to as "reissues" are now
"Revisions" and what was "revisions" are now called "Changes." Older documents and
manuals still in circulation will manifest this change in practice after their next
"Revision" review. This manual supercedes and replaces all previous copies and
editions.
List of Manual Changes

' 24-20-03 Page ii
msmljtp202FrontMatterdisk202
P/N 501-1075-()
List of EffectivePages
Page Effectivity
Title Page and i through ix June 30, 1999
l through 10 June 30, 1999
101 through 118 June 30, 1999
301 through 304 June 30, 1999
401 through 402 June 30, 1999
501 through 502 June 30, 1999
601 through 606 June 30, 1999
701 through 704 June 30, 1999
801 through 804 June 30, 1999
901 through 902 June 30, 1999
1001 through 1020 June 30, 1999
List of Effective Pages

msmijtp202FrontMatterdisk202 24-20-03 Page iii
Downloaded fromRevision A
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()
This page intentionally blank.
List of Effective Pages

msmljtp202FrontMatterdisk202 24-20-03 Page iv
P/N 501-1075-()
Table of Contents
Page
List of Revisions............................................................................................................................................ i
List of Effective Pages.................................................................................................................................iii
Table of Contents.......................................................................................................................................... v
List of Figures.............................................................................................................................................vii
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. ix
List of Abbreviations.................................................................................................................................... x
Description and Operation

1. General..................................................................................................................................................................1
2. Purpose Of Manual...............................................................................................................................................l
3. Purpose Of Equipment..........................................................................................................................................l
4. Physical Description..............................................................................................................................................1
5. Functional Description...................................................................................................................,......................2
6. Specifications........................................................................................................................................................2
7. Model Variation....................................................................................................................................................3
8 Theory of Operation..............................................................................................................................................5
Testing and Fault Isolation

1. General..............................................................................................................................................................10 1
2. Tools And Test Equipment...............................................................................................................................lO1
3. Emergency Power Supply Test Setup ...............................................................................................................106
4. Performance Test Standards..............................................................................................................................107

5. Battery Pack Test ..............................................................................................................................................108
A. Initial Battery Test Procedure...................................................................................................................... l 08

B. Battey Pack Charging Procedure (in unit)..................................................................................................109
C. Batteg Pack and Cell Test Procedure l 10 .........................................................................................................
6. PS-823 Storage..................................................................................................................................................112
7. PS-823A through H Periodic Inspection and Charging.....................................................................................112
8. Emergency Power Supply Calibration ....................................................................................................,.........113
9. Emergency Power Supply Performance Test....................................................................................................113

10. Figures, Schematics and Modification Notes....................................................................................................114
Disassembly
I. General..............................................................................................................................................................301
2. Cover Removal............................................. 1 .... ................. ...... . ..................................... ..............................30
3. Battery Pack Removal............................... . ....... .......... .. . .. .... . . ... ..............................................302
4. Circuit Card Assembly Removal............................................................ . . . ... ...........................................303
5. Battery Test Circuit (if present) Removal from Circuit Card Assembly............................ ..............................303
6. Transistor/Heatsink Assembly Removal ............................. .... .. ......... ..... . ................................................303
7. Diode Assembly Removal...........,................ ... . .... ..... ... ....... .. . ................................................303
8. Fuse Holder Removal............................. . . .. .. .. . .... . . ....... .... .... ...... . .............................303
9. Chassis Disassembly ............................ ........ ...... . . ....... . ... ..... . .. ....................... ..............................303
Cleaning
1. General............................. . . . ... .. . .. ............................401
2. Extemal Cleaning......................... ... . .. .. . .... .............................40 1

3. Intemal Cleaning........................... . . . . . ............................401
Table of Contents
msmljtp202FrontMatterdisk202 24-20-03 Page v
Downloaded from Revision A
P/N 501-1075-()
Table ofContents(Cont,)
Checks
1. General............................. ............. .. ........ ...... ................. .... . .. . .. .. . . .. . .....................................501
2. Checks Prior to Repair (in aircraft) ............................. ................ . . ........ . ....... .... ....................................501
3. Check After Repair and During Reassembly ............................. .. .... ............. . .. ........................................50 I
4. Inspection After Repair and During Reassembly............................. ...... .... . .... ...........................................502
5. PS-823 Storage........................................................................ .. . ....................................................................502
Repair
1. General..............................................................................................................................................................601
2. Circuit Card Assembly (CCA) Repair...............................................................................................................601
3. Performance Test ........................................................................ .....................................................................602
4. Moisture And Fungus Proofmg.........................................................................................................................602

5. Battery Pack Replacement ................................................................................................................................603
6. Individual Cell Replacement And Battery Pack Repair....................................................................................604

7. Power Supply Reassembly ................................................................................................................................606
8. Perfornance Test ..............................................................................................................................................606
Assembly
1. General..............................................................................................................................................................701
2. Chassis Assembly..............................................................................................................................................70l
3. Mounting Fuse Holder ............................................................ ...... ................................................................701
4. Mounting Diode Assembly ...............................................................................................................................702
5. Mounting Transistor/Heatsink Assembly..........................................................................................................702

6. Battery Test Circuit Board Assembly ...............................................................................................................702
7. Circuit Card Assembly......................................................................................................................................702

8. Battery Pack Assembly .....................................................................................................................................702
9. Cover Assembly Replacement ............................................................................ ....... ....................................703
10. Preperation for Use or Storage..........................................................................................................................703
Fits and Clearances

1. General..............................................................................................................................................................80 1
2. Emergency Power Supply Location.................................................................. 1 ...............................................80
3. Pre-Installation Inspection.................................................................................................................................80 l
4. Post Installation..................................................................,.............................. ..............................................802
5. Figures and Schematics............................................................. .. . ............... .. ..............................................803
Special Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

I. General..............................................................................................................................................................90 1
2. Tools and Test Equipment.............................. ..... ............ ... ..... . ....... .... ......................................................90 1
3. Illustrations.............................. .... .. ...... . ...... . .... . . .. ..... ...................................................................902
Illustrated Parts Listing

1. General.................................. . . ................. ...... .. .. ... . . ..... ...... .. ...... . ..........................................,.1001
2. Numerical lndex............................ . ..... ... .. ........ ........ . .... . ..... ......... .. . ...... .. .... . ........................... l 00 l
3. Part Reference Designator lndex....................................... .. ...... ...... ... .... ... . .. .. .....................................10 13
4. Detailed Parts List ................................ ..... ............ .................. ................... . .. ...........................................10 18
5. How To Use The Detailed Parts List................................ .. ...... ..... . . ... . ... .... ... .............................1019
6. Figures.............................. ... . ... . . .... . .. . ............ . . ... .. . . . .... . ...... .. ...........................1021
Table of Contents
msmijtp202FrontMatterdisk202 24-20-03 Page vi
BP6oodridh 'Akioñics Sÿštems, Inc.
P/N 50 1-1075-( )
List of Figures
Figure IllustrationDescription Page

1 PS-823 Emergency Power Supply 3
2 Emergency Power Supply Models 4
3 Model PS-823 and Attitude Indicator Compatibility 4
4 PS-823 Block Diagram. 9/10
101 Tools and Test Equipment 10l
102 JT-5 Emergency Power Supply Test Panel.. 102

103 Explanation of Controls, Indicators, and Connectors 102
104 JT-5-lA Test Set Adapter 104
105 Explanation of Test Adapter Controls and Connectors 104
106 PS-823 Basic Test Setup 106

107 Performance Standards 107
108 Batteg Acceptance Values and Discharge Curve 109
109 PS-823 Power Supply Charging 109
110 20-Cell Battery Pack Charging 111
11l Calibration with Test Setup 1 14

l 12 Performance Test with Test Setup 1 15
114 Calibration with JT-5 Test Set 124
l 15 Performance Test with JT-5 Test Set 125

116 Test Points and Settings 133
l l7 Waveforms Scope Frames 136
113 PS-823 Test Setup with Attitude Indicator 123
118 Waveform and Testpoint Schematic Diagram 14l/142
119 Batteg Circuit Variation Schematic Diagram l43
120 PS-823A and B Schematic Diagram 145/146
121 PS-823E and F Schematic Diagram 147/l48

122 PS-823C and D Schematic Diagram 149/l50
123 PS-823G and H Schematic Diagram 151-152
124 PS-823A/T and B/T Schematic Diagram 153/154

125 PS-823EIT and F/T Schematic Diagram 155/156
126 PS-823C/T and D/T Schematic Diagram 157/158
127 PS-823G/T and HTTSchematic Diagram 159/160
128 Schematic Diagram Notes for Models A, B, E, F, A\T, B/T, E/T, F/T 161
129 Schematic Diagram Notes for Models C, D, G, H, C\T, D/T, G/T, H/T 163
40l Cleaning Brush 402
List of Figures
msmijtp202FrontMatterdisk202 24-20-03 Page vii
P/N 501-1075-()
List of Figures (Cont.)
Figure IllustratlonDescription Page

601 Battery Pack Assembly 604
602 Consumable Materials List 606
801 PS-823 Installation Drawing 803/804
802 AC Powered Attitude Indicator for PS-823A thru D, and A/T thru D/T 805/806
803 DC Powered Attitude Indicator for PS-823A thru D, and A/T thru D/T 807/808
804 AC Powered Attitude Indicator for PS-823E thru H, and E/T thru H/T 809/810
805 DC Powered Attitude Indicator for PS-823E thru H, and E/T thru H/T 811/812
90l Tools and Test Equipment 901
902 JT-5 Emergency Power Supply Test Panel 902
903 Explanation of Controls, Indicators, and Connectors 902
904 JT-5-lA Test Set Adapter 904
905 JT-5-lA Adapter Controls and Connections 906
IPL l PS-823 Emergency Power Supply Exploded View 1021/1022
IPL 2 Circuit Card Assembly 542-1254-01 & -02
1031/1032
1039/1040
1047/1048
1055/1056
IPL 6 Circuit Card Assembly, Battery Test A2 1063
IPL 7 Transistor/Heatsink Assembly 1066
IPL 8 Diode Assembly 1067
List of Figures
msmljtp202FrontMatterdisk202 24-20-03 Page viii
Revision A
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()
Introduction
This Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) is constructed according to the Specification for
Manufacturers' Technical Data #ATA-100 which dictates format and content. It contains the
information necessary for a trained technician to service the Model PS-823 Emergency Power
Supply manufactured by BFGoodrich Avionics Systems, Inc., 5353 52ndStreet SE, Grand Rapids,
Michigan 49588-0873.
Use this manual as a comprehensive resource for repair and acquisition of replacement parts.
The arrangement of material is by sections, numbered in a manner that provides visual cues for
locating information. The manual is sectionalized, tabbed and paginated as follows:
Roman Numerals General Information (Front Matter)

1-99 Description and Operation
101-199 Testing and Fault Isolation
301-399 Disassembly
401-499 Cleaning
501-499 Checks
601-699 Repair
701-799 Assembly
801-899 Fits and Clearances
901-999 Special Tools, Fixtures and Equipment
1001-1099 Illustrated Parts Listing
Illustrations are number assigned to correspond to the sections which they reside.
SB501-1075-1 SB501-1075-2
SB501-1075-3 SB501-1075-4
SB501-1075-5 SB501-1075-6
SB501-1075-7 SB501-1075-8
SB50l-1075-9 SB501-1075-10
SB501-1075-11 SB501-1075-12
SB501-1075-13 SB501-1075-14
SB501-1075-15 SB501-1075-16
SB501-1075-17 SBS01-l075-l8
SB501-1075-19 SB501-1075-20
SB501-1075-21 SB501-1075-22
SB501-1075-23 SB501-1075-24
SB501-1075-25 SB501-1075-26
SB501-1075-27 SB501-1075-28
Record of Applicable Service Bulletins incorporated in this manual.
Introduction
msmijtp202FrontMatterdisk202 24-20-03 Page ix
Revision A
P/N 501-1075-()
List of Abbreviations
Symbol or Definition Symbol or Definition

Abbreviation Abbreviation
A Amps or Assembly Plug (Male pin or female
p
socket)
AC or ac Alternating Current
PH Pan Head
AH or Ah Amp-hours
AP P-P or PP Peak to peak
Attaching Parts
A/R or AR As required 9 Transistor
B Motor R Resistor
. . REF or RF Reference
BFGoodrich Aviomcs
BFGAS
Systems, Inc. RMS Root mean square
°C Degrees Celsius S Switch
C Capacitor SEL Selected component
CB Circuit Breaker T Transformer
CCA Circuit Card Assembly TP Test Point
CR Diode (Crystal Rectifier) uF Microfarad
DC or de Direct Current V Volt (AC or DC)
DS Indicator Lamp Voltage Regulator (Zener
VR
diode)
Subassembly termination
E
other than a connector. W Watts
°F Degrees Fahrenheit
F Fuse
FH Flat Head
H Henry
Hd Head
Hz Hertz
Jack (Male pin or female
socket)
Kilohms (Ohms times
K
1,000)
L Inductor
mA Milliamps (AC or DC)
mV Milivolt (AC or DC)
Megohm (Ohms times
Meg
1,000,000)
NHA Next Higher Assembly
In-phase, or phase
O Out-of-phase, or anti-phase
Introduction
msm1jtp202FrontMatterdisk202 24-20-03 Page x
Revision A
P/N 50 1-1075-( )
Description and Operation

1. General
The PS-823 Emergency Power Supply provides 28.0Vdc and 115.0Vac 3-phase power for DC or
AC Standby Attitude Indicators.
2. Purpose Of Manual
This manual contains operation instructions, maintenance instructions and parts support information
for the Model PS-823 Emergency Power Supply (Figure 1).
3. Purpose Of Equipment
The Model PS-823 operates from internal nickel-cadmium batteries or aircraft 28Vdc power. The
outputs are l l5.0Vac, 400 Hz, 3-phase at 100VA (capacitor-shifted power for third phase); 26.0Vac,
1-phase; and 4.5Vac, 1-phase. All output power is in the form of a square wave that is filtered to
meet RFI requirements. The power supply provides network shifted-phase power for a controlled
time to start 3-phase gyro motors such as Model AI-804 Standby Attitude Indicator. A battery
charging circuit provides a stepped-up charge rate whenever the PS-823 inverter is turned ON. The
inverter will provide power output from internal battery with voltages between 22.0Vdc and
27.0Vdc. Using fully charged batteries, the Emergency Power Supply will drive the respective
indicator for the following specified time:
*
Model Indicator Time (Hr)
PS823A & E 2 inch(3 inch) 2.1 (1.0)

PS823ATI' & E/T 2 inch (3 inch) 2.1 (1.0)
PS823B & F 2 inch (3 inch) 4.2 (2.0)
PS823B/T & F/T 2 inch (3 inch) 4.2 (2.0)
PS823C & G 3 inch 1.0
PS823C/T & G/T 3 inch 1.0
PS823D & H 3 inch 2.0

PS823D/T & H/T 3 inch 2.0
*
Derate time 1 percent/degree centigrade for ambients above or below 25 degrees C.
4. Physical Description
The Model PS-823A, C, E and G contain sealed nickel-cadmium batteries having a rating of 1.9
Ampere-hours (Ah), while the PS-823B,D,F and H contain sealed nickel-cadmium batteries having a
rating of 3.8Ah.
The Model PS-823 consists of a chassis, two circuit card assemblies (CCAs) and associated
hardware, interconnecting wire, and electronic components. High power transistors are mounted
flush on heat sinks and CCAs are mounted directly behind the heat sinks. Connector pins pass
through the printed-circuit board assembly before being soldered directly to the circuit card.
msmljtp202DescriptOpsdiskl59 24-20-03 Page l

P/N 501-1075-()
5. Functional Description
Model PS-823 Emergency Power Supply consists of an adjustable oscillator that drives four power
transistors in an H-bridge configuration. The current flow between them passes through a
transformer that develops a square wave signal. Part of the output is stepped-down and rectified to
provide charging current to internal batteries. A timing circuit maintains added shifted-phase
voltage for starting 3-phase gyro motors. The inverter within Model PS-823 will not operate if both
the aircraft and internal battery voltage are below 20.0Vdc. Normal input voltage to the inverter is
between 22.0 to 32.0Vde; from the aircraft DC bus or the Model PS-823 internal batteries.
The PS-823E, F, G and H models have some internal rewiring and removal of the 5 Amp fuse and
fuseholder to accommodate revision of the manual emergency bypass circuits to comply with FAA
requirements.
6. Specifications
Weight: PS-823A/C/E/G, 7.6 pounds*

PS-823B/D/F/H, 11.2 pounds*
*(Add 0.4 pounds for /T units)
Dimensions (Including handle)

(Inches) 2.4W x 7.62H x 14.llL
(cm) 6.2W x 19.4 x 36L

Rack Size: 1/4 ATR Short. Rack No. 404-.25-S-1/DPXB-0
Input: 28.0Vde nominal (4.6 Amperes per 100VA output). Normal operating range 22.0-
32.0Vde
Output: 115.0Vac +7%, for maximum load of 100Va.
-10%
26.0Vac +7%, for maximum load of 20Va

-10%
4.6Vac +7%, -10%

for maximum load of 10Va
Additional 5% tolerance, 26 and 32Vde inputs
24Vde minimum with fully charged batteries and inverter operating
Frequency: 400 ±8Hz for 20.0-32.0Vde input

Waveshape: Square wave
Efficiency 75% at full rated load
Temperature: -30
to +55 degrees C (Batteg only)
-55
to +71 degrees C (Inverter)
Humidity: 0 to 95%
Batteg Charger: Automatic as long as inverter operates

35mA from aircraft 28.0Vde
145mA from inverter
RFI: Intemal suppression on output and 28.0Vde line.

Meets Cat. A of TSO-C73 and Cat. A/Z of DO-138.
msmljtp202DescriptOpsdiskl59 24-20-03 Page 2

P/N 501-1075-()
7. Model Variation
Model PS-823 is available in eight models. See Figures 2 and 3.
Note: 5 amp fuse and fuse

holder are removed on the
PS-823E-H and E/T-H/T
PS-823 501-1075-xx PS-823 501-1075-xx

A -01
E -09
B -02
F -10
C -03
G -11
D -04
H -12
A/T -05
E/T -l3
B/T -06
F/T -14
CIT -07
G/T -15
D/T -08
H/T -l6
PS-823 Emergency Power Supply

Figure 1

Revision A
June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()
Number
PS-823Model NI-CAD AmpereHours(Ah) Battery Test Application
Cells
A and E 20 1.9 No Drive 2-inch Al-804 or 3- inch Al-904 JET
indicators.
A/T and E/T 20 1.9 Yes
B and F 40 3.8 No Drive 2-inch Al-804 or 3- inch Al-904 JET
indicators.
B/T and F/T 40 3.8 Yes
C and G 20 1.9 No Drive 3-inch 3- phase JET or SFENA
indicators
C/T and G/T 20 1.9 Yes
D and H 40 3.8 No Drive 3-inch 3- phase JET or SFENA
indicators
D/T and H/T 40 3.8 Yes
Emergency Power Supply Models

Figure 2
PS-823Model J.E.T. SFENA A.I.M. 28.0Vdc

A and E Al-804 705 500ECF YES
A/T and E/T (30, 2") (lØ, 3") (10, 3")
B and F Al-904
B/T and F/T (10, 3")
C and G Al-904 705

C/T and G/T (30, 3") (30, 3") (30, 3")
D and H
D/T and H/T
Compatible Indicators and Manufacturers

Figure 3
msmijtp202DescriptOpsdiskl59 24-20-03 Page 4

P/N 501-1075-()
1. Theory Of Operation
A. General
This section provides a general theory of operation for Model PS-823 Emergency Power
Supply. A block diagram (Figure 4) is included to support the text. For detailed circuit
descriptions refer to schematic diagrams in the Testing and Fault Isolation section.
B. Power Input
Aircraft 28.0Vde is connected to the emergency power bus through diode A2CRl8. Diode
A2CR18 isolates the internal batteries in case of a short circuit on the aircraft main DC bus. If
aircraft power is lost, the emergency switch is placed in emergency position.
C. Oscillator
Application of 28.0Vde to connector pin 13 activates a voltage divider consisting of resistors

AlR12, AlR13 and zener diode AlCR8. Transistor AlQ5 is a voltage regulator that holds the
DC voltage on the oscillator at 16 volts. Current flow through capacitor A l Cl and resistors
AlR1 and AlR2 is gradually decreased as capacitor AlCl charges. The junction of capacitor
AlCl and resistor AlR1 reaches a point where transistor AlQl will fire. Current flow through
the junction discharges capacitor A1Cl and develops a negative spike on transistor AlQ2base.
Transistor AlQ2 conducts for the duration of the spike and develops a positive pulse at
capacitor AlC2 and diodes AlCR5 and AlCR7.
The switching portion ofthe oscillator consists of transistors AlQ3 and AlQ4. The
unijunction transistor AlQl fires at 800 pulses per second. Each spike determines the start of a
half-cycle of square-wave on transformer Tl. An 800pps spike frequency then produces a
400Hz square-wave on transformer Tl to drive the output transistors.
To understand the operations of the free-running oscillator consider one cycle without the
application of pulses. When power is initially applied, the natural unbalance of the components
starts either transistors AlQ3 or AlQ4 conducting. (The example will start with AlQ3
conducting). The initial current flow is through diode AlCR3, transistor AlQ3 and halfof
transformer Tl to ground. Transformer Tl saturates immediately and terminal P3 becomes
+16Vdc. As current continues to increase, transformer action causes the opposite halfof
transformer Tl to become -16.0Vde at terminal Pl, which turns AlQ3 ON. When current can
no longer continue to increase, transformer Tl no longer presents a high reactance and terminal
P3 becomes more negative. The magnetic field of transformer T1 then collapses and reverses
the voltages on its two halves. Terminal Pl becomes +16.0Vde and terminal P3 becomes -16.0
Vdc. The positive voltage from terminal Pl shuts OFF AlQ3 and the negative voltage on P3
turns transistor AlQ4 ON. As current through transistor AlQ4increases, the same sequence
occurs as described above. This is the second half-cycle and the polarities on transformer Tl
are opposite those of the first half-cycle. The time duration of each half-cycle is determined by
transformer Tl.
To operate at 400Hz, the oscillator functions as described above, except that the time duration
for each half-cycle is determined by the frequency ofthe spikes from transistor AlQ2. A
positive spike applied to both bases of transistors AlQ3 and AlQ4 will turn the conducting
transistor OFF. This triggers the same events described above on each half-cycle. The result is
a 400Hz square wave on transformer Tl.

www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()
D. Power Regulation And Output
The 28Vdc applied to connector pin 13 is divided by the network consisting of resistors AlR12
and AlR13, and zener diode AlCR8. Transistor AlQ6 will conduct as longas the iriput
voltage to pin 13 exceeds 20Vdc. Transistor AlQ6 completes the path for current flow through
zener diode AlCR10, diode AlCR11 and resistor AlR15. This biases transistor A1Q7to an
ON condition that, in turn, completes current paths for transistor A1Q8.
The DC voltage at transistor A1Q9collector must reach 16 VDC before regulation begins. No
voltage appears on transistor AlQ11and AlQl3 collectors until transistor AlQ9 is turnedON.
When input voltage exceeds 16Vde, zener diode CR9 passes current to transistor A1Q9. The
voltage appears on transistor AlQ9 emitter and divides across resistors AlR16, AlR17 and
AlRl8. The arm of resistor A1R17 connects transistor A1Q7base to the voltage divider and
AlQ7 conducts. Transistor A1Q7turns transistor AlQ8 ON. Transistor AlQ9 now conducts
and the DC line voltage is applied to the output transistors AlQll and AlQ13. The voltage on
transistor AlQ9 emitter is adjusted by resistor AlR17 to remain at 23.5Vdc. Changes in load
or aircraft bus voltage change the conduction of transistor A1Q9to compensate.
The square wave developed across transformer T1 (described in paragraph 2) is applied to the
bases of transistors A1Ql0,A1Q11,A1Ql2and AlQl3. The polarity is such that transistors
Q10and Ql3 conduct simultaneously on one half-cycle and transistors AlQll and AlQl2 on
the other half-cycle. Current flow on each half-cycle will cause a voltage drop across
transformer T2. Terminal T2-1 is positive when transistors AlQ11and AlQ12conduct, and
terminal T2-2 is positive when transistors A1Ql0 and A1Q13conduct. The secondary of
transformer T2 provides the l l5Vac, 26Vac and 4.5Vac outputs to the connector.
E. Start/Run Power
Added shifted phase voltage is provided by a time delay circuit consisting of transistors
AlQ14,AlQl5, AlQl6 and AlQl7. When DC voltage is applied, current flow begins through
capacitor A1C8 and resistors AlR23, A1R24 and AlR38. As capacitor AlC8 charges, current
flow decreases and transistor Q14base becomes more negative. As transistor AlQ14 base
becomes negative it will conduct and connect transistor AlQ15 base to a more negative
voltage. Transistor AlQl5 begins to divert the current through transistor AlQ16. Transistor
AlQl6 collector becomes more negative until transistor AlQl7 gate is no longer positive
enough to conduct. This removes capacitor A1C9 from the circuit and the shifted-phase
voltage is reduced.
F. Battery Isolation And Charging
The voltage divider described in paragraph 3 biases transistor AlQ6 to an ON condition. The
battery charging potential through A2CRl 6 and A2CR17 applied by A2R33 and A2R34 to bias
A2Ql9 and A2Q20OFF. As long as aircraft 28.0Vdc is applied to connector pin 10,
transistors A2Q18and A2Q20are OFF and the batteries are isolated from the emergency bus,
pin 11. If aircraft 28Vdc is interrupted, transistors A2Ql8 and A2Q20will connect the internal
batteries to the emergency bus. A2CR24 and A2CR25 provide battery isolation.
Battery charging results from tapping and rectifying part of the output voltage. Transformer
T2, terminals 8 and 10, and diodes A2CR16 and A2CRl7 provide approximately 40Vdc while
the inverter is operating. The charging current is approximately 145mA from the inverter
charger and 45 mA from the external 28Vdc. The external path through A2CR22 allows a
trickle charge although the inverter may be OFF, as is often the case during periodic inspection.

P/N 501-1075-()
G. Battery Test Circuit (if present)
The Battery Test Circuit is present on unit models designated _/T. The assembly level
designation is A3 as indicated in Figure 4 of this section, the schematics for /T models in the
Fault Isolation section and IPL Figure 6 in the Illustrated Parts List section.
CAUTION: OFTHETESTCIRCUITCANDAMAGE
IMPROPEROPERATION THEUNITANDMAKETHE
TESTINDICATOR
USELESS.DONOTATTEMPTTHETESTAGAINFOR2TO 3 MINUTES.
SEETHECHECKSSECTIONOFTHISMANUAL
FORPROPEROPERATION.
The battery test circuit operation is initiated by depressing the test button, typically mounted in
the cockpit. When the test button is depressed, 28Vdc is applied to relay A3Kl and to the
bases of transistors A3Q3and A3Q4biases the 400Hz oscillator OFF during the battery test.
Relay A3Kl is energized when the 28Vde applied through resistor A3R1 biases transistor
A3Q1ON completing a current path from power ground through diode A3CR2, transistor
A3Q1,and relay winding A3Kl to the test switch and 28Vdc. Relay A3Kl contacts 3 and4
open disconnecting the 28Vde input from pin J1-10. Contacts 7 and 8 close completing a
current path from the emitter of transistor A3Q5through relay A3K l to power ground. When
ground is connected to transistor A3Q5,a resistive load made up of resistor A3R6 and A3R7 is
simultaneously connected between the battery output and power ground. Current flow through
resistors A3R7 and A3R8 develops a positive voltage at the junction of capacitor A3C2 and
zener diode A3CR5. Capacitor A3C2 charges to a calibrated voltage representative of the
battery output voltage. If the battery voltage is within calibrated limits, zener diode A3CR5
will apply a positive voltage to the base of transistor A3Q4. The conduction of transistor A3Q4
causes a positive voltage drop across resistor A3R10 that in turn biases transistor A3Q5on.
Electron current flow is from power ground through relay A3Kl, contacts 7 and 8, through
transistor A3Q5,and diode A3CR6 to the test lamp. The test lamp, mounted near the test
button, will illuminate indicating that the battery output voltage is acceptable.
When the positive voltage on capacitor A3Cl reaches a sufficient level, zener diode A3CR3
applies the voltage to the base of transistor A3Q3biasing the transistor ON. Current flow
through resistor A3R2 develops a positive voltage on the base of transistor A3Ql. The positive
voltage on the base of transistor A3Ql will bias the transistor OFF. Current flow through
transistor A3Ql and the winding of relay A3Kl will be zero. Relay A3Kl will de-energize
disconnecting the resistive load from the battery and reconnecting the 28Vdc input at pin Jl-10.
Note that relay A3Kl is automatically de-energized after approximately 4 seconds after the
beginning of the test in this paragraph. However, the 400Hz oscillator will be biased OFF as
long as the test switch is ON. To recycle the battery test circuit, it is necessary to momentarily
open the test switch so that capacitor A3Cl can discharge sufficiently to tum transistors A3Q3
and A3Q2OFF.

Revision A
P/N 501-1075-()

P/N 101-1075-()
Testing and Fault Isolation

1. General
This section provides a list of test equipment, calibration procedures, and performance tests
necessary for maintenance of the PS-823 Emergency Power Supply.
2. Tools And Test Eguipment
Figure 101 provides a list of test equipment required for maintaining the Emergency Power Supply.
Equivalent test equipment may be substituted where necessary.
Oty Name Designation Characteristics

1 Power Supply *PMC Powermate BPA40G 12 Amp 28Vac Regulated Power Supply
1 Voltmeter/ Ammeter *Fluke 8010 or 8050 Indicates true RMS voltage. / 0-5 Ampere
range
1 Voltmeter *Simpson Mode1260 or 270
1 Oscilloscope *Tetronix TDS 210
1 Load Resistor R1 500 Ohm, 100 Watt

l Load Resistor R4 50 Ohm, 50 Watt
1 Lamp *GE No. 47 (DS1) 6 Volt, 150mA
1 Lamp *CM327 (DS2) 28.0Volt, 40mA
1 Capacitor Cl 1800µF, 50WVdc
I Stopwatch *Meylan 202A Elapsed time reference

1 Frequency Meter 380-420Hz Reed type
1 Test Panel BFGAS, Inc. Model JT-5B Provides:
(Figure 101) Emergency Power Supply P/N a. 28.0Vdc Regulated
570-1426-02 b. 0-3A Current drain
c. Monitors voltage of power supply batteries
and voltage to the PS-823.
d. Switched 25.0Vdc to inverter.
e. Simulated loads of:
500 ±25 Ohms, 50W
470 ±23.5 Ohms, 12W
f. Test points for monitoring connector pins.
Tools and Test Equipment

Figure 101
*
Or equivalent
msmijtp202TestFaultlsodiskl59 24-20-03 Page 101

P/N 101-1075-()
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
EMERGENC POWE SUPPLY
CONNECTORPINS LTS MPERES
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
JT-5 Emergency Power Supply Test Panel

Figure 102
Figure102
Designation Function
ReferenceNo.
1 Light (DSl) Test Panel power on light.
2 Fuse (3 Amp) Protects 28.0Vdc power supply (F2)
3 ON-OFF-CHARGE (S4) Applies 25.0Vde to inverter in Emergency Power Supply.
Connects charging circuit.
4 25.0VDC-28.0VDC (S3) Selects voltage to be monitored by voltmeter.
5 F-C (Sl) Connects either phase A or phase C to TPl.
6 TP l (Blk) Common chassis ground.
7 TP 2 (Red) Monitors switch F-C.
8 DC Voltmeter (M2) 0-5.0Vdc range for monitoring Emergency Power Supply
batteries and input-output voltages of the Emergency Power
Supply.
9 DC Ammeter (Ml) 0-5 Amp range to monitor current drain.
10 PUSH TO READ (S5) Automatic shunt for DC Ammeter.

ll MS3102A-18-9S (J l) Connector
Connector Pins:
12 Pin G 25/28.0Vde lnverter input
13 Pin F Phase A
14 Pin E Phase B
15 Pin D Power Ground
16 Pin C Phase C
17 Pin B 25.0Vde Emergency Power to bus
18 Pin A 27.0Vdc input
Explanation of Controls, Indicators, and Connectors

Figure 103
msmljtp202TestFaultisodisklS9 24-20-03 Page 102

r' UF dodrich¾fönics Systems, Inc.
P/N 101-1075-()
Figure 102
Reference No.
19 Light (DS2) Test unit power fight
20 PWR ON (S2) Power ON-OFF switch -
Applies line power to Test Panel
*
Connector (P2) l 15.0Vac, 60Hz, power input
*
Fuse (F1) 3 Amp primary power fuse
* MS3l06A-20-29S (Pl) Connector -Provides connection of JT-5B Test Panel to either
JT-5-l A Test Set Adapter connector 15 or to JT-5B connector
J2.
* MS3102A-20-20P (J2) Connector -Provides for connection of Pl connector when
JT-5-lA is not available.
*
Denotes item mounted on rear of Test Set

Figure 103 (Cont.)
msmljtp202TestFaultIsodiskl59 24-20-03 Page 103

Revision A
June 30, 1999
P/N 101-1075-()
/2 3 8 9
O aT-s, Psora/Al-eon / O
TEST SET ADAPTER INTLOM) INTLOAD ON yn
N/L
riNT LOAD, ESV I
TPIO TPII R OU WF
1 13 12 11 10
JT-5-1A Test Set Adapter
Figure 104
Figure 104
Reference No.
1 MS3112E-10-6S (14) Connector -provides
connection for interconnect cable to
indicator
2 ØA (S7) Connects either test equipment internal load (INT Load) or
indicator load (IND) to ØA of Emergency Power Supply.
3 ØC (S8) Connects either test equipment internal load (INT Load) or
indicator load (IND) to ØC of Emergency Power Supply.
4 4.6V (S9) Connects either test equipment simulated lamp (5 ohm R21)
load (INT Load) or indicator lamps (IND) to Emergency
Power Supply.
5 26.0V (S12) Connects Emergency Power Supply to test equipment 50 ohm
(R22) load (INT Load).
6 SURGE TEST (Sll) ON-OFF Connects circuit to Emergency Power Supply which simulates
a high current drain.
BAT TEST (Sl4) Selects load (7 Ohm, R25 or 60 Ohm, R24) to7-NL-60 be
connected to Emergency Power Supply during Battery Test.
8 25.0V 1-28.0V I (S6) Selects current to be measured by ammeter.
9 MS3102A-20-29S (13) Connector connection for interconnect cable to
-provides
Emergency Power Supply.

10 BAT TEST ON-OFF (Sl3) Provides ground to Emergency Power Supply inverter.
Ensures that 28.0Vdc external power will not be applied to
Emergency Power Supply inverter during battery test.
Connects battery test loads to Emergency Power Supply.
11 SURGE TEST (S10)
RIN-ROUT Removes resistor from surge test circuit.
12 TPl l Provides for monitoring of Emergency Power Supply 26.0V

output.
Explanation of Test Adapter Controls and Connectors

Figure 105
msmljtp202TestFaultlsodiskl59 24-20-03 Page 104

P/N 101-1075-()
Figure 104
Reference No.
13 TP10 Provides for monitoring of Emergency Power Supply 4.6V
output.
* MS3102A-20-29P (J5) Connector -provides
connection for JT-5B Test Panel cable
connector Pl.
*
Denotes an item mounted on rear of Test Set Adapter.
Explanation of Test Adapter Controls and Connectors

Figure 105 (Cont.)

P/N 101-1075-()
3. Emergency Power Supply Test Setup
The following requirements must be maintained during the performance tests.
NOTE: Unless specifically noted all references to PS-823A through PS-823D also includes PS-
823A/T through PS-823D/T.
A. The Emergency Power Supply and test equipment shall be connected as shown in Figure 106
unless otherwise directed. Emergency Power Supplies PS-823A through D (excluding A/T
through D/T) may be connected as shown in Figure 106.
B. The tests shall be performed at an ambient temperature (72° F, 22.2° C), humidity, and pressure
environment.
FUNCTIONAL ON
PS-823( )/T ONLY
DS2
6
CM327 28V
40-60MA
VARIABLE i 10
POWER SUPPLY
26VDC 15A 12
PS-823( )
EMERGENCY
3 POWER SUPPLY
CI GE #47 R2
--
ISOOMFD 6V DSI 470 SOI-IO75-Ol/OS
*
50WVDC AT ISOMA
gShort
out R5
504
when checking R5., ,
RI F M3
following units: : : 5 50
R3
UNIT MOD Mi 5û
IOW
SCOPE 5
-01
11
-02
10 y
-03
8 NOTE: ALL RESISTORS ARE 210%
-04
7 CANNON DPXB-13-33S-0001 /
-05
13
-0
6 12
-07
10
-08
9
PS-823 Basic Test Setup

Figure 106
msmljtp202TestFaultisodiskl59 24-20-03 Page 106

P/N 101-1075-()
4. Performance Test Standards
The performance standards listed in Figure 107 shall be met during testing of the Emergency Power
Supply.
Parameter Or Specification Standard

Electrical Performance:
Battery- PS-823A,C,E,G PS-823B,D,F,H
PS-823A/T,C/T,E/T,G/T PS-823B/T,D/T,F/T,H/T
DC Output 25.0Vde 25.0Vdc
Discharge Cutoff l9.0Vdc 19.0Vdc
Capacity I.9Ah 3.8Ah
Maximum Short- 15 Amperes 15 Amperes

term Drain -
Charge Rate Automatic Automatic

Inverter-
Voltage Input 28.0Vdc (Nominal)
*Output Voltages
Pin 3 to 7 (GND) I15.0Vac +7%, -10%
for maximum load of 100VA
Pin 5 to 7 (GND) 4.6Vac +7%, -10%
for maximum load of 10VA
Pin 4 to 7 (GND) 26.0Vac +7%, -10%
for maximum load of20VA
Waveform- Square Wave
Frequency- 400Hz ±8Hz for 20-32.0Vde
Loadability- 100VA (Pin 3 to GND) intermittent duty
Third Phase Output- Network shifted 10VA maximum(Pin 1 to Pin 3)
Power Switch Time- 2.5 minutes nominal for PS-823A, B, E, F
3.0 minutes nominal for PS-823C, D, G, H
Efficiency- 75% at full load
RFl- Internal suppression on output and 28.0Vde line. Meets Cat. A of TSO C-
73 and Cat. A/Z of DO-l38
Transient Protection- ±88V for 10mS
Reverse Polarity- Protected by diode and fuse

Battery Charger- Automatic when inverter is on and aircraft 28.0Vde is on.
*
For 26.0Vdc (low) and 32.0Vdc (high) input, tolerance is an additional 5%.
Performance Standards
Figure 107

P/N 101-1075-()
5. Battery Pack Test
Battery Pack inspections and testing should be performed at 100-hour/3-month period of operation,
and after any 15 day period of non-operation.
WARNING: THEELECTROLYTEUSEDINNICKEL-CADMIUM
BATTERIES
ISTHECAUSTICSOLUTION
POTASSIUM
HYDROXIDE. O
IFSPILLEDONCLOTHING ROTHERMATERIALS,BATHETHEAREA
IMMEDIATELY
WITHLARGEQUANTITIESOFWATER.IFTHEELECTROLYTEGETSONTHESKIN,
BATHETHEENTIREAREAWITHLARGEQUANTITIES
OF WATERANDNEUTRAI.IZE
WITHABORIC
ACIDSOLUTION
ORVINEGAR.IFELECTROLYTEGETSINTOTHEEYES,FLUSHWITHWATERAND
GETMEDICAL IMMEDIATELY.
ATTENTION
NOTE: Read all the Battery Test procedures prior to proceeding with test and inspections.
Testing is performed by monitoring the process of the complete discharge of a fully charged Battery
Pack. The discharge process exercises the Battery Pack(cells) (which discourages battery
"memory"), discloses unbalanced cells, and will indicate the level-of-charge that is being maintained
by the aircraft's electrical system.
A. Initial Battery Test Procedure
Remove unit from aircraft and place at test station.
Remove the Cover Assembly (IPL 1-5, Illustrated Parts Listing section) from PS-823 and
inspect the Battery Pack and Battery Access Cover (Figure 601-2 Repair section) for
indications of venting or corrosion.
CAUTION: THEPS-823COVERASSEMBLY,
BEFOREREMOVING THE10AMPFUSE(F2)MUSTBE
REMOVEDFROMTHEFUSEHOLDERTOPREVENTCIRCUITDAMAGE.
Check stored voltage by placing a jumper wire across Jl connector pins 11 and 13. Measure
voltage between pin 11 (positive) and pin 7 (ground). If voltage is 19.0 Vde or higher, add a 7
Ohm ±1% 150-Watt load resistor across pins 11 (positive) 7 (ground). This will provide for the
discharge of the unit. Monitor and chart the voltage drop/time progression. Compare the
discharge curve to the sample provided at Figure 108.
If voltage is less than 19.0Vde, proceed to Battery Pack Charging Procedure, Paragraph 5-B.
The healthy Battery Pack discharges in a manner that charts without sudden or premature
drops, and according to the discharge periods listed with Figure 108. If the unit tests are
acceptable, recharge the unit (Figure 110), replace the Battery Access Cover and Cover
Assembly, and return unit to the aircraft or appropriate storage container.
If the Battery Pack experiences sudden and/or premature voltage drops as indicated by
comparison to the sample chart (Figure 108) proceed to Battery Pack and Cell Test
Procedure, Paragraph C.
msmlitp202TestFaultlsodiskl59 24-20-03 Page 108

P/N 10 1-1075-( )
Typical Discharge
Voltage Curve
Premature
Voltage Dip
Minutes
UNIT UNDER TEST END OF DISCHARGE VOLTAGE MINIMUM DISCHARGE TIME
PS-823A, C, E, G 19.0 Vdc 24 Minutes

PS-823B, D, F, H 19.0 Vdc 47 Minutes
20 Cell Battery Test 20.0 Vdc 27 Minutes
Battery Acceptance Values and Discharge Curve

Figure 108
B. Battery Pack Charging Procedure (in unit)
Remove the load resistor and the voltage meter from the Jl connector pins. Do ng remove the
jumper wire form between pins 11 and 13. Connect the 28.0Vdc power supply to Jl pins 10
(positive) and 7 (ground)
as shown in Figure 109.
Remove the power source añer charging for at least 24 hours and allow 4 hours for batteries to
stabilize prior to performing further test.
Perform the Initial Battery Test, Paragraph A.
NOTE: If unit fails the above test añer having received a full charge and the unit is in
warranty period, contact your BFGAS distributor for Service Center Information.
If the unit is out of warranty, proceed to Battery Pack and Cell Test Procedure,
Paragraph C.
10 -+
Regulated
11 28.0Vdc
Jumper
PS-823
Wire
13 1.25A
per PS-823
7 - -
PS-823 Power Supply Charging

Figure 109
msmijtp202TestFaultisodiskl59 24-20-03 Page 109
P/N 101-1075-()
C. Battery Pack and Cell Test Procedure
Remove Cover Assembly (Figure IPL 1-5, Illustrated Parts Listing section) from PS-823 and
inspect the Battery Pack and Battery Access Cover (Figure 601-2, Repair section) for
Remove Battery Pack from the unit, remove Battery Access Cover from the Battery Pack, and
inspect individual cells and adjoining areas for evidence of venting, ruptures or corrosion.
Replace any defective cells.
NOTE: Battery cells can normally be inspected without physically removing individual
cells from the battery pack.
. 1) Charging Circuit Assembly Inspection
Poor Battery Pack health is the result of cell deterioration or inadequate charging. When
discharge tests reveal poor Battery Pack health, take time to inspect for evidence related to
the charging circuitry that may be the cause of inadequate charging.
After Battery Pack is removed, check:
a. For frayed, discolored and burnt wires and connections.

b. Insulation condition on all charging circuit wires.
c. Solder terminals on the Battery Pack(s)
d. Evidence of overheating of charging circuit components (A1R34, AlR39).
2) Battery Pack Deep-Cycle Discharge and Testing
CAUTION TOSHORTACELLAS ITDROPSBELOW0.5VDCONA DEEPCYCLE

FAILURE
DISCHARGE
WILLCAUSETHECELLTOBECOMEREVERSED ANDDAMAGE TOTHE
CELLMAYRESULT.
Apply a 7 Ohm ±1% 150-Watt load resistor across the Battery Pack terminals. This will
initiate the discharge process. Monitor the individual cell voltages with a DC voltage
meter. When an individual cell reaches 0.5Vdc or less, short out the remaining stored
energy by crossing a 16 AWG buswire between the + and cell terminals. Continue this
-
action until all cells are shorted-out and leave the pack in this condition for 24 hours.
After a 24-hout duration, remove the shorting wires from individual cells and the load resistor
form the Battery Pack.
msmijtp202TestFaultIsodiskl59 24-20-03 Page 110

P/N 101-1075-()
Unregulated Power 20 Cell Battery

Supply 32-36Vdc Pack
250
200±20mA 10W
20-Cell Battery Pack Charging

Figure 110
Apply 32-36.0Vde constant-current power supply as indicated in Figure l10, to the Battery
Pack terminals. Adjust the supply to provide 200±20mA and charge for 16-24 hours.
Allow Battery Pack to stabilize for at least one hour after removing the power supply, and
then proceed with the Initial Battery Test Procedure, Paragraph A. Again, chart the
discharge and compare to the sample in Figure 108. If the charted discharge curve is
acceptable, reassemble the Battery Pack and place in unit and install Cover Assembly.
Charge unit as directed in the Battery Pack Charging Procedure (in unit) Paragraph B,
then place the unit back into service or storage as applicable.
If the Battery Pack fails to meet the requirements depicted in Figure 108, perform the
Battery Pack deep-cycle discharge process again. If the Battery Pack fails three times, on
the forth discharge process, stop when the pack reaches the 20.OVdc and check each
individual cell voltage. If any cell indicates 0.5Vde, replace it (them) and recharge the
pack.
Again, perform the Initial Battery Test Procedure Paragraph A.
3) Individual Cell Deep-Cycle Discharge and Testing
a. Inspect individual cells for visible signs of corrosion, venting or ruptures. Corrosion
indicates that the cell seal has ruptured causing out-gasing. Replace cells that exhibit
any of these conditions.
b. Apply a 2.0Vde constant-current* power supply to the Battery Cell terminals. Adjust
the supply to provide 200.0±20mA and charge for 16-24hours. A normal cell will
have 1.2 to l.5Vde, (depending on energy state), across it while under charge within
the first 1/2 hour. At the end of charge, the cell voltage should be 1.35 to 1.5Vde, and
nominally close to 1.4Vdc.
NOTE: *lf
a constant current supply is not available, it is altemately permissible
to use a 22 to 25 Ohm resistor (5 Watt) in series with the cell from a
constant or regulated 6 Vde supply. The same 16 to 20 hour charge
period applies.

Revision A
June 30, 1999
P/N 101-1075-()
c. At the end of charge (within one hour) connect the cell to a 0.35 Ohm (5-10 Watt)
resistor for discharge testing. Discharge the cell to a level of 1.0Vde (no lower). The
elapsed time from moment of discharge initiation to the 1.0Vde level shall be 26
minutes or greater. Shorter times are not indicative of an unusable cel( but it will not
meet the standard for capacity that BFGAS, Inc. has set as a minimum.
If the cell fails the discharge time test, it must be deep cycle discharged to erase the
NI-CAD "memory" phenomenon (memory appears as an apparent loss of capacity).
Erasing memory is accomplished by "flexing" the NI-CAD cell from no charge to full
charge.
d. Deep cycle discharge:
(1) Continue discharging the cell with 0.35 Ohm resistor.
(2) Monitor the cell voltage during discharge. When the cell reaches +0.5Vde,
connect a 16 AWG buswire jumperacross the positive and negative terminals,
shorting the cell out. Leave the cell in this condition for approximately 24 hours
before performing the next step.
(3) Remove shorting jumperand recharge cell as in Step b. Repeat Step c.
(4) After the third deep cycle procedure (if needed) and if the cell discharge does not
meet the requirements of Step c, recharge the cell as in Step b and perform Step
e.
e. Reconnect the 0.35 Ohm load resistor and DC voltmeter, and perform cell discharge
check. If discharge time is too fast, replace the cell.
6. PS-823 Storage
A. If a "ready" condition is required for the PS-823, it is recommended that the power supply be
charged according to Battery Pack Charging Procedures (in unit), Paragraph 5-B, for eight
hours after every 15 days of storage. Do not trickle charge!
B. For ready and non-ready storage requirements, perform Initial Battery Test Procedure,
Paragraph 5-A and Battery Pack Charging Procedures (in unit), Paragraph 5-B every three
months
NOTE: BFGAS recommends that Battery Pack Deep-Cycle Discharge and Testing,
Paragraph C-1, be performed with two deep-cycle discharges at least once per
year to a PS-823 that is in long term storage. This will equalize uneven cells and
aid in preventing "memory" buildup.
7. PS-823A Through H Periodic Inspection And Charging
Inspect PS-823A through H (excluding AIT through H/T) batteries by performing the following:
A. Connect the UUT to test equipment as shown in Figure l 13, except disconnect the indicator.
B. Position the test equipment switches as follows:

P/N 101-1075-()
Switch Position
PWR ON Center
ON-OFF-CHARGE OFF
25.0VDC-28.0VDC 28.0VDC
ØA NO LOAD
ØC NO LOAD
4.6V N/L
26.0V NO LOAD
SURGE TEST ON-OFF OFF
BAT TEST ON-OFF ON
7-NL-60 NL
28.0V I-25.0V I 28.0V I
The DC voltmeter shall indicate 24.0Vde, minimum.
C. If the voltage is less than 24.0Vde, place the BAT TEST ON-OFF switch to OFF, place ON-
OFF-CHARGE switch to ON and place PWR ON switch to PWR ON. This will start the
inverter and charge the batteries using the internal charge circuit. Charge in this manner for 24
hours minimum then place PWR ON switch to center and ON-OFF-CHARGE switch to OFF.
D. If the voltage is 24.0Vde or more (for units that have been in storage or 27-28.0Vdc for recently
charged units), place the BAT TEST ON-OFF switch ON, place BAT TEST 7-NL-60 switch to
7, place ON-OFF-CHARGE switch ON, place 25.0VDC-28.0VDC switch to 28.0VDC and
place PWR switch ON. Observe the voltmeter, at 25 minutes for PS-823A, E or 50 minutes for
PS-823B, F after PWR ON the voltage shall not be less than 19.5Vdc (Figure 108 is a sample
discharge curve for reference).
E. If the voltage is less than 19.5Vde, disassemble the unit and remove the battery pack(s).
Discharge the battery pack at a 400mA rate to zero terminal volt level using a 60 Ohm 20W
resistor.
F. Recharge the battery pack by connecting the battery pack positive terminal to the test
equipment test point A and the negative terminal to test point B. Place the test equipment
25.0VDC-28.0VDC switch to 28.0VDC, the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch to CHARGE and the
PWR switch ON. Charge in this manner for 24 hours.
8. Emergency Power Supply Calibration
Figure 111 provides the steps necessary to calibrate PS-823 Emergency Power Supply. Figure 114
may be used to calibrate PS-823A through H (excluding A/T through H/T) Emergency Power
Supplies.
9. Emergency Power Supply Performance Test.
Figure 112 provides steps necessary to verify performance of the PS-823 Emergency Power Supply.
Figure 115 may be used to verify the performance of PS-823A through H (excluding A/T through
H/T) Emergency Power Supplies.
msmijtp202TestFaultIsodiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1 13

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Test Procedure NormalIndication
Active
-
1.0 CalibrationSetup
(PS-823A through H and ATTthrough HTT)
NOTE: PS-823A through H (excluding A/T
through HTT)Emergency Power
Supplies may be calibrated using JT-
5B Test Panel and JT-5-lA Test Set
Adapter and the procedure of Figure
l 13, Model PS-823A through H
Calibration.
a. Connect the Emergency Power Supply to the test
equipment as shown in Figure 106.
NOTE: The voltmeter used in these tests

must be a ytrue_RMSvoltmeter.
Other meters may produce
inaccurate readings of±10%.
2.0 TimingCycleCalibration
a. Apply a filtered 28.0Vdc from the variable power The variable power supply
supply to the test unit. voltmeter indicates
28.0Vdc.
b. Set the stopwatch to zero.

c. Simultaneously start the stopwatch and place Timing cycle lamp (DSl) Adjust RI7 for
switch SI ON. Observe the timing cycle lamp shall light and true RMS voltage, and
(DSl). voltmeter shall indicate adjust R2 or
l l5.0Vac +7%, -10%
at 400 reselect Rl for
±8Hz as indicated on the frequency.
frequency counter.
d. When the timing cycle lamp (DSI) dims, stop Stopwatch shall indicate 150 Reselect R24.
stopwatch. +20, seconds for the PS-
-25
823A,B,E,F and 180 ±20

seconds for the PS-823
C,D,G,H.
NOTE: Before repeating step d, capacitor
omdesrtbe dbtscWthedcocreme
n t
Calibration with Test Setup

Figure 111
msmijtp202TestFaultisodisk l 59 24-20-03 Page 114

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
1.0 Test Setup
(PS-823A through H and A/T through HIT)
NOTE: PS-823A through H (excluding A/T
through H/T) Emergency Power
Supplies may be performance tested
using JT-5B Test Panel and JT-5-lA
Test Set Adapter and the procedure
of Figure 108, Model PS-823A
through H Performance Test.
Disconnect the Emergency Power Supply from all
input power sources.
2.0 PerformanceTests
2.1 Pin-to-Pin Resistance
Using an ohmmeter, measure the pin-to-pin

resistance on connector Jl as follows:
Pin 9 (+) to 13 (-) 0.5 Ohm max (Open for
E, F, G, H, EIT, F/T, GET,
H/T)
Pin 10 (+)to 7 (-) Greater than 1 Meg *
After the
following MODS
Pin 10 (-)to 7 (+) Greater than 1 Meg
Pin 7 to case shall
Pin 13 (+)to 7 (-) 2K ±200 Ohms be less than 0.5
ohm.
Pin 13 (-) to 7 (+) 2K to 8K Ohms
Pin 7 to case Open, except see*

Pin 7 (+)to 12 (-) Less than 0.5 ohms
Pin 11 to case Open
Pin 3 (+)to 7 (-) 3 ±1 Ohm 101-1075
Dash No. MOD
Pin 3 (+)to 1 (-) Greater than 1 Meg for
PS-823A, B, E, F 1300 -0
1, -02
6
±25 Ohms for PS-823C,
-10
-09,
D, G, H
-03, -04, 3
-12
-11,
-05, -06, 7
-14
-13,
-07, -08, 4
-16
-15,
Performance Test with Test Setup

Figure l 12
msmljtp202TestFaultisodiskl59 24-20-03 Page l 15
P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
2.2 Power Input Circuit
a. Connect the Emergency Power Supply as shown in
the test setup of Figure 106.
b. Connect a DC voltmeter between connector pins Jl-
ll (+) and Jl -7 (-).
c. With switch S1 OFF, apply 28.0Vdc to connector The DC voltmeter shall Check isolation
pins Jl-l0(+)and Jl-12 (-). indicate 27.0Vdc circuitry.
minimum.
2.3 Battery Output

a. Remove the 28.0Vdc applied to connector pins Jl-
10 and Jl-l2.
b. Connect the DC voltmeter between connector pins
Jl-l3 and Jl-7 (Gnd).
c. Place switch Sl ON. The DC voltmeter
indication shall not be less
than 24.0Vdc.
d. For PS-823E, F, G, H, E/T, Fif, Gif and HTT, DC voltmeter indication

remove AlF2 (l0A fuse) and read voltage at pins 9 shall not be less than
to 7. 24.0Vdc.
NOTE: If the wrong reading is obtained in
step c and the reading in step d is
correct, the isolation circuitry is
defective
e. Monitor the voltage across each battery pack. Voltage shall be not less Perform steps of
than 24.5Vde. para. 7
NOTE: Charge the batteries, by appling
28.0Vdc between pins Jl-l0 and Jl-7
(GND) with pins Jl-l l and Jl-13
jumperedtogether.
2.4 Timing Cycle Lamp DS1 shall
illuminate for 150 +20,
With the Emergency Power Supply connected m the
.
a. -25
seconds before
test setup as shown in Figure 106, apply 28.0Vdc to
dimming for the PS-823A,
pms Jl-l0 (+)and Jl-l2 (-).
.
B, E, F. (180 ±20
seconds for the PS-823C,
D, G, H).
b. Set the stopwatch to zero.
c. Simultaneously start the stopwatch and place switch

SI ON. Observe the timing cycle lamp (DSl). Stop
the stopwatch when the lamp dims.
NOTE: Discharge timing capacitor C8 by
momentarily shorting before
repeating step c. Otherwise, wait 2
minutes and allow for a 10% shorter
timeout.
Performance Test with "est Setup
Figure 112 (Cont.)
msmijtp202TestFaultlsodiskl59 24-20-03 Page l 16

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Test Procedure Normal Indication
Active
2.5 Load Voltage Check
Voltage across load
a. Disconnect batteries and replace them in the circuit resistor shall be 26.95V
with a 200 Ohm ±3%, 10W resistor. ±l.5Vdc.
b. Apply 28.0Vdc input thru unit connector with S1

closed.
c. Adjust Rl7 to provide 36.5Vde at A2-19 and
measure the voltage across load resistor.
d. Reset Rl7 to provide 23.5Vdc on Q9 emitter.
2.6 Timer Hysteresis
Place switch S1 Off for 10 seconds, then place S I Lamp DS I shall be dim.
ON.
2.7 Timer Recycle

Place switch SI Off for 2 minutes, then place Sl Lamp DSl shall
ON. illuminate for a minimum
of 60 seconds, but less
than 170 seconds (200
seconds for PS-823C, D,
G, H).
2.8 Inverter Output Voltage (115 Vac) A uniform, stable square
wave of 115.0Vac +7%,
a. Connect the Emergency Power Supply as shown in -10%,
400 ±8Hz shall be
the test setup of Figure 106.
evident (see Figure I 17).
b. Connect the true RMS voltmeter, frequency counter,
and oscilloscope across load resistor Rl.
c. With switch S1 OFF, apply 28.0Vde to pins Jl-10
(+)and JI-12 (-).
d. Place switch S1 ON.
e. Monitor the voltmeter, the frequency counter, and

the oscilloscope.
2.9 Input Power Drain
a. Apply 28.0Vdc to the Emergency Power Supply as

shown in Figure 106.
b. Place switch S1 ON.
c. Monitor ammeter M2. Ammeter M2 indicates 4

Amps, maximum
d. Place switch Sl OFF.
Performance Test with "est Setup

Figure 112 (Cor t.)

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
2.10 Inverter Output Voltage (4.6Vac)
A uniform, stable square
a. Connect the true RMS voltmeter, frequency counter, wave of 4.6Vac +7%,
and oscilloscope across load resistor R3. (Jl-5 to -10%, 400 ±8Hz shall be
Jl-7). evident (see Figure l17).
b. Apply 28.0Vdc to the Emergency Power Supply.
c. Place switch S1 ON.
A uniform, stable square
a. Connect the true RMS voltmeter, frequency counter, wave of 26.0Vac +7%,
and oscilloscope across load resistor R4. (Jl-4 to -10%, 400 ±8Hz shall be
11-7). evident (see Figure 117).
b. Apply 28.0Vde to the Emergency Power Supply.

c. Place switch S1 ON.
d. Return switch S1 OFF.
2.12 Shifted Phase Voltage The voltmeter shall

indicate 90 ±5.0Vac
a. Connect a true RMS voltmeter across pins Jl-1 and
Jl-7 before time-out and 110
±6.0Vac after 4 minutes
b. Apply 28.0Vdc to the Emergency Power Supply. for the PS-823A, B, E, F.
c. Place switch S1 ON, and monitor the voltmeter. The voltmeter shall
indicate 93 ±5.0Vac
d. Return switch S1 OFF.
before time-out and 110
for the PS-823C, D, G, H.
2.13 Inverter Output Voltage (w/o External 28.0Vdc)
Repeat Tests 2.6, 2.8, 2.10, 2.11, and 2.12 without
applying external 28.0Vdc to the Emergency Power The results shall be the
Supply. same.
2.14 Battery Output Results shall be the same.

Repeat Test 2.3 except do not place PWR ON
switch to PWR ON position.
2.15 Indicator Drive Test

a. Connect a 2-inch or single-phase 3-inch BFGAS
Indicator to the PS-823A, B, E or F, or a 3-inch
three-phase BFGAS or SFENA lndicator to the PS-
823C, D, G or H EPS. (See Figure 106).
b. Apply 28.0Vdc to pins Jl-10 (+) and Jl-12 (-).
c. Place switch S1 ON, and monitor the voltage
between the specified pins listed in the NORMAL
INDICATION column with a voltmeter.

Figure 112 (Cont.)
msmljtp202TestFaultIsodisklS9 24-20-03 Page 118

PIN 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
NOTE: If reed type frequency meter is used For PS-823A & E Mod
for frequency measurement 24, B & F Mod 23, A/T
disconnect meter before performing & E/T Mod 26 or B/T,
indicator drive test· F/T Mod 25 and after:
NOTE: The flag should not appear during the The Indicator shall
run cycle. accelerate to full speed in
less than 5.5 minutes.
After synchronization
speed is attained the
voltage between pins shall
be as follows:
Indicator
JI Pin 3Ø lØ
1 to 3 115+20-15.0Vac NA
3to7 ll5±5.0Vac 117±7.0Vac
1 to 7 115+20-15.0Vac NA
For PS-823A, E Mod 23,

B, F Mod 22, A/T, E/T
Mod 25 or B/T, F/T
Mod 24 and before:
The indicator shall

accelerate to full speed in
be as follows:
Indicator
Jl Pin 3Ø 1Ø
l to 3 115±11.0Vac NA
(C&D)
115.5±17.5Vac
(A&B)
3 to 7 I15±5.0Vac 117±7.0Vac

Figure l 12 (Cont.)

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
2.15 1to7 115±ll.0Vac NA
Cont. (C&D)
115.5±l7.5Vac
(A&B)
For PS-823C, D, G or H
(Including if)
The Indicator shall
be as follows:
Indicator
Jl Pin 3Ø IØ
l to 3 l l5 ±11.0Vac NA
3 to 7 115 ±5.0Vac 117±7.0Vac
1 to 7 115 ±11.0Vac NA
2.16 Battery Output Surge

a. Connect the Emergency Power Supply in the test
setup in Figure 106 with the following changes:
1) Disconnect the external 28.0Vdc source.
The voltmeter indicates
2) Disconnect load resistors R2, R3, and R4. 115.0Vac +7%, -10%.
b. Place switch S1 ON.

c. Monitor the true RMS voltmeter, frequency counter, The oscilloscope presents
and oscilloscope connected across load resistor Rl. a square wave of 400
±8Hz (See Figure 117).
The square wave shall
appear unifonn and
stable.
d. Retum switch S1 to OFF. The results shall be the

same as Step c.
e. Repeat steps b, c, and d two more times. The results shall be the
same as Step c.

Figure 112 (Cont.)

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
2.16
Cont.
Observe * instructions of Figure 106 and place S2
OFF for a minimum of 5 seconds, then place it in
the ON position.
g. Place switch S1 and S2 switches OFF.
h. Disconnect the Emergency Power Supply from the

test setup, or proceed to 2.17.
2.17 Battery Test Circuit
NOTE: Perform the following test for the
Model PS-823 ( )/T only.
setup as shown in Figure 106.
b. Remove fuse F2 (10 Amp) from the Emergency
Power Supply.
c. Remove the Emergency Power Supply Cover

Assembly to expose the Battery Test Circuit Card
Assembly, P/N 542-1087-01. See IPL 1 item 85
and schematic diagrams (this section). Temporarily
remove the jumper between TP-1 and TP-2.
d. Temporarily install a jumper between TP-3 and TP- Lamp DS2 connected to
4. connector pin 11-6 shall
not light.
e. Disconnect the positive terminal of the test setup

power supply from Jl-10 and connect to TP2.
f. Apply 20.0Vdc to TP2.
g. Slowly increase the voltage applied at TP-2 from Lamp DS2 shall be off at Adjust R7.
20.0Vdc to 21.0Vdc. 20.5Vdc and fully on at
21.0Vdc.
h. Disconnect the positive terminal of the test setup

power supply from TP-2 and connect it to Jl-10.
i. Reinstall the jumper removed in step c. between TP-
1 and TP-2.
j. Remove the jumper between TP-3 and TP-4.
k. Reinstall fuse F2 (10 Amp) in the Emergency Power

Supply.
l. Apply 28.0Vdc to 11-10 and Jl-12, in addition to The voltmeter indicates
applying 28.0Vde to the Emergency Power Supply. I15.0Vac +7%, -10%.

Figure l12 (Cont.)

Revision A
June 30, 1999
P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
2.17
Cont.
m. Place switch Sl ON, and monitor the voltmeter, The oscilloscope presents
frequency counter, and oscilloscope connected a square wave of400
across load Rl. ±8Hz (See Figure 117).

appear uniform and
stable.
n. Depress switch S3 for 10 seconds while monitoring After a 1.5 ±0.75 second Repeat TEST 2.3.
lamp DS2 and the extemal 28.0Vde power supply delay, lamp DS2 shall
ammeter. light.
Lamp DS2 shall go off 3.5
±1 seconds after engaging
switch S3. This indicates
proper recycling of the
test circuit.
The extemal 28.0Vde
power supply current
applied at Jl-10 and Jl-12
shall decrease to less than
0.25A.
o. Place the extemal 28.0Vdc supply power switch

OFF.
p. Reinstall the Cover Assembly removed in step c.

q. Disconnect the Power Supply from the test setup.

Figure I12 (Cont.)

PIN 101-1075-()
MS3126E10-65
30 INDICATOR
C
DC -
TO J1-3
8 A E
VARIABLE * 10 10
F POWERSUPPLY
28VOC 15A -
123 1
1
PS-823( )
EMERGENCY
POWERSUPPLY
4 4 501-1075-( )
10 INOICATOR 5 5
Ft 1 1
STARTINGCIRCUIT
E B 7 7
A C B O_)
-
C 3 3
D
O OPXB-13-34P-0101
DPX8-13-335-0001
MS3112E10-6P
EMERGEMCT POWER SUPPLY

H PUSH READ
OFF
cHARGE 2BVDC C .
CONNECTOR PINS TS PERES

g
"Ee éóé 6ó • •
TO OCILLOSCOPE
AI-804( ) PS-823
VERTICALREFERENCE EMERGENCY
GYROSCOPEINDICATOR POWERSUPPLY
PS-823 Test Setup with Attitude Indicator

Figure 113

P/N 101-1075-()
. Corrective
Active
1.0 CalibrationSetup
Connect the Emergency Power Supply to the test
equipment as shown in Figure l 13 except do not
connect the indicator.
2.0 TimingCycleCalibration
a. Place JT-5B Test Panel switches in the following
positions:
Switch Position
PWR ON Center
ON-OFF-CHARGE OFF
25.0VDC-28.0VDC 28.0VDC
F-C Center
b. Place JT-5-lA Test Set Adapter switches in the
following positions:
Switch Position
ØA INT LOAD
ØC INT LOAD
4.6V INT LOAD
26.0V INT LOAD
SURGE TEST
ON-OFF OFF
R IN-R OUT Center
BAT TEST
ON-OFF OFF
7-NL-60 NL
25.0V I-28.0V I 28.0V I
c. Place POWER ON switch to PWR ON position. Test panel PWR ON lamp
DS1 lights.
d. Set the stopwatch to zero.
e. Simultaneously start the stopwatch and place ON- The timing cycle lamp Adjust R2 or
OFF-CHARGE switch ON, and Observe the timing (DS2) shall light. reselect Rl for
cycle lamp (DS2). Oscilloscope shall frequency. Adjust
indicate 115.0Vac +7%, -
R17 for voltages.
10% at 400±8Hz.
f. When timing cycle lamp (DS2) dims stop the The stopwatch shall
stopwatch. indicate 150 +20, -25
seconds for PS-823A, B,

E, F and 180 Ø20 seconds
for PS-823C, D, G, H.
Reselect resistor R24.
Calibration with JT-5 Test Set

Figure l 14

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
1.0 Test Setup
Disconnect the Emergency Power Supply from all
input power.
2.0 Performance Tests
2.1 Pin-to-Pin Resistance
Using an ohmmeter, measure the pin-to-pin

resistance on connector Jl as follows:
Pin 9 (+)to 13 (-) 0.5 Ohm max 101-1075
Pin 10 (+)to 7 (-) Greater than 1 Meg
Dash No. MOD
Pin 10 (-) to 7 (+) Greater than 1 Meg
Pin13(+)to7(-) 2K±200Ohms -01,-02
6
Pin 13 (-) to 7 (+) 2K to 8K Ohms -09,
-10
Pin 7 to case Open, except see * *After the following -03, -04
3
Pin 7 (+)to 12 (-) Less than 0.5 Ohms MODS Pin 7 to case shall -11, -12
Pin 11 to case Open be less than 0.5 Ohm. -05,

-06
7
Pin 3 (+) to 7 (-) 3 ±1 Ohm -13,
-14
Pin 3 (+) to 1 (-) Greater than 1 Meg for -07,

-08
4
PS-823A, B, E, F -15,
-16
1300 ±25 Ohms for PS-

823C, D, G, H
2,2 Power Input Circuit

setup as shown in Figure 113 except disconnect the
indicator.
b. Place test equipment switches to the following
positions
Switch Position
PWR ON Center
ON-OFF-CHARGE OFF
25.0VDC-28.0VDC Center
F-C Center
ØA INT LOAD
ØC INT LOAD
4.6V INT LOAD
26.0V INT LOAD
SURGE TEST
ON-OFF OFF
R IN-R OUT Center
BAT TEST
ON-OFF OFF
7-NL-60 NL
25.0V 1-28.0V I 28.0V I
Performance Test with JT-5 Test Set

Figure 115
msmljtp202TestFaultIsodisklS9 24-20-03 Page 125

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
2.2
Cont.
c. Place 25.0VDC-28.0VDC switch to 28.0VDC.
d. Place PWR ON switch to ON
e. Place ON-OFF-CHARGE switch to ON. DC voltmeter shall

indicate 28.0Vdc.
2.3 Battery Output
a. Perform test 2.2 steps a and b.

positions:
Switch Position
ON-OFF-CHARGE ON
ØA NO LOAD
ØC NO LOAD
4.6V N/L
26.0V NO LOAD
PWR ON PWR ON
c. Place 25.0Vde-28.0Vde switch to 25.0Vdc. DC voltmeter shall Check isolation
NOTE: If the wrong reading is obtained in indicate 24.0Vdc or circuitry
step c and the reading in step d is higher.
correct, the isolation circuitry is
defective.
d. Monitor the voltage across each battery pack. Not less than 24.5Vdc. Perform steps of
Paragraph 7.
NOTE: Place the test equipment switches to
the positions of Steps b and c to
charge the batteries.
e. Place PWR ON switch to the center position, and
the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch OFF.
2.4 Timing Cycle
a. Perform test 2.2 Steps a and b.
b. Place PWR switch ON.
c. Set the stopwatch to zero. Lamp shall light for 150

+20, -25
seconds before
d. Simultaneously start the stopwatch, place ON-OFF-
dimmmg for the PS-823A,
. .
CHARGE switch ON, and observe the timing cycle

B, E, F. (180 Ø20
lamp (DS2). Stop the stopwatch when the lamp
seconds for the PS-823C,
dims.
D, G, H).
NOTE: Discharge timing capacitor C8 by
momentarily shorting before
repeating step d. Otherwise wait 2
minutes and allow for a 10% shorter
time out.
Figure 115 (Cont.)

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
Cont.
e. Place ON-OFF-CHARGE switch OFF for 10 Timing cycle lamp (DS2)
seconds, then return it to the ON position. shall be dim.
f. Place ON-OFF-CHARGE switch OFF for 2 Timing cycle lamp shall
minutes, then return it to the ON position. illuminate for a minimum
of 60 seconds, but not
more than 170 seconds
(200 seconds for PS-
823C, D, G, H).
2.5 Load Voltage Check
a. Disconnect batteries and replace them in the circuit
with a 200 Ohm±3%, 10W resistor.
b. Apply 28.0Vde input thru unit connector with S1

closed
c. Adjust R17 to provide 36.SVde at A2-19 and Voltage across load
measure the voltage across load resistor. resistor shall be 26.95
±1.SVdc.
d. Reset RI7 to provide 23.5Vdc on Q9 emitter.

2.6 Inverter Output Voltage (ll5.0Vac)
b. Connect the true RMS voltmeter and frequency
counter across test points C and E (GND).
c. Place F-C switch to C.
d. Place the PWR switch ON.
e. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch ON. The voltmeter indicates

llS.0Vac+7%,-10%.
f. Monitor the voltmeter, the frequency counter, and
The oscilloscope presents
oscilloscope.
a square wave of 400
±8Hz.
appear uniform and
stable.
2.7 Input Power Drain
b. Place 4.6V switch to N/L, and the 26.0V switch to

NO LOAD position.
c. Place PWR switch ON.
d. Place ON-OFF-CHARGE switch ON.
e. Press PUSH TO READ switch and monitor the DC DC AMPERES meter

AMPERES meter. indicates 4 Amp, max.
Figure l 15 (Cont.)

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
2.7
Cont.
f. Release PUSH TO READ switch and place ON-
OFF-CHARGE switch OFF.
2.8 Inverter Output Voltage (4.6 Vac)

b. Connect the true RMS voltmeter, frequency counter,
and oscilloscope across TP-10 and TP-I (GND)
c. Place PWR switch ON. The voltmeter indicates

4.6Vac +7% -10%.
d. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch ON, and The oscilloscope presents

monitor the voltmeter, frequency counter, and a square wave.
oscilloscope· The frequency counter
registers 400 ±8Hz.
e. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch OFF.


b. Connect the true RMS voltmeter, frequency counter
and oscilloscope across TP-11 and TP-1 (GND)
c. Place the PWR switch ON. The voltmeter indicates

26.0Vac +7%, -10%.
d. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch ON, and The oscilloscope presents

monitor the voltmeter, frequency counter, and a square wave.
oscilloscope· The frequency counter
registers 400 ±8Hz.
2.10 Shifted Phase Voltage
b. Connect the true RMS voltmeter across TP-2 and

TP-1 (GND).
c. Place F-C switch to F.

d. Place PWR switch ON.
e. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch ON, and The voltmeter shall

monitor the voltmeter. indicate 90 ±5.0Vac
before time out and 110
f. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch OFF.
for the PS-823A, B, E, F.
(93 ±5.0Vac, 110
±7.0Vac and 7 minutes
for PS-823C, D, G, H).
I
Figure 115 (Cont.)

Revision A
P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
2.11 Inverter Output Voltage (Without Extemal
28.0Vdc)
Repeat tests 2.4 step e, 2.6, 2.8, 2.9 and 2.10 except The results shall be the
do not place PWR switch ON. same.
2.12 Batterj Output (Without Extemal 28.0Vdc)

Repeat test 2.3 except do not place PWR switch The results shall be the
ON. same.
2.13 Indicator Drive Test

setup as shown in Figure 113.

positions:
Switch Position
PWR ON Center
ON-OFF-CHARGE OFF
25.0Vdc-28.0Vdc Center
F-C C
ØA IND
ØC IND
4.6V IND
26.0V NO LOAD
Surge Test
ON-OFF OFF
R IN-R OUT center
Bat Test
ON-OFF OFF
7-NL-60 NL
25.0V I-28.0V I 28.0V I
c. Place PWR switch ON.

d. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch ON, and For PS-823A, B, E, F
monitor the voltage between the specified test points The indicator shall
listed in the NORMAL INDICATION column accelerate to full speed in
with a voltmeter. less than 5.5 minutes.
voltage between test
points shall be as follows:

Figure 115 (Cont.)
P/N 10 1-1075-( )
Corrective
Active
2.13
Cont.
Indicator
Test Point 3Ø 1Ø
F to C 112.5±17.5Vac NA
C to E 115 ±5.0Vac 117±7.0Vac
FtoE I15±lI.0Vac NA
The flag should not

appear during the run
cycle.
For PS-823C, D, G, H
The Indicator shall
be as follows:
Pin (Jl) Voltage
I to 3 115.0V
±11.0Vac
3 to 7 115.0V
±5.0Vac
1 to 7 115.0V
±11.0Vac
The flag should not
appear during the run
cycle.
e. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch OFF, and

disconnect the indicator.

Figure 115 (Cont.)

P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Test Procedure Normal lndication
Active
2.14 Battery Output Surge
setup shown in Figure I 13 except disconnect the
indicator.
positions:
Switch Position
PWR ON Center
ON-OFF-CHARGE OFF
25.0Vdc-28.0Vdc Center
F-C C
ØA NO LOAD
ØC INT LOAD
4.6V N/L
26.0V NO LOAD
SURGE TEST
ON-OFF OFF
R IN-R OUT center
BAT TEST
ON-OFF OFF
7-NL-60 NL
25.0V I-28.0V I 28.0V I
c. Connect true RMS voltmeter and frequency monitor

across TP-2 to TP-1 (GND).
d. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch ON, and Voltmeter indicates
monitor the true RMS voltmeter, frequency counter, l l5.0Vac +7%, -10%.
and oscilloscope. The oscilloscope presents

a square wave of 400
±8Hz.
The square wave appears
' uniform and stable.

f. Repeat steps d and e two more times. The results shall be the
same as Step d.
g. Place ON-OFF-CHARGE switch ON.

Figure 115 (Cont.)

Revision A
June 30, 1999
B¥Uoodrich Avlonics Systems, Inc.
P/N 101-1075-()
Corrective
Active
2.14
Cont.
h. Place the R IN-R OUT switch to R IN, except for
PS-823A with MOD 11 and PS-823B with MOD 10
place R IN-R OUT switch to R OUT.
i. Place SURGE TEST switch OFF for a minimum of
5 seconds, then place it ON.
j. Monitor the true RMS voltmeter, frequency counter, The results shall be the
and oscilloscope. same as Step d.
k. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch OFF, and

place the SURGE TEST switch to the center
position.
2.15 Battery Test Circuit
Perform test 2.17 of Figure 106 for PS-823()/T
units.

Figure 115 (Cont.)

P/N 101-1075-()
Test Points From Figures 118And 119
From To Switch Position Condition Dc Scope

S1 S2 Volts Frame
l Gnd On Off 27.3 l
1 Gnd On Norn 36 2
2 Gnd On Norn 26.5 3

2 Gnd Off Norn 24.5 4
2 Gnd Off Cutoff Decrease 0-28.0Vdc until 2 decreases to zero.

3 Gnd Off Cutoff Decrease 0-28.0Vdc until2 decreases to zero. 25.5 5
3 Gnd On Norn
4 Gnd On Norn 17 6
7 Gnd On Norn 24 9
8 Gnd On Norn 24 10
9 Gnd On Norn Loads inverter down.
I1 Gnd Off Cutoff Decrease 0-28.0Vde until 2 decreases to zero.

12 Gnd On Norn 0.045 13
12 Gnd Off Cutoff Decrease 0-28.0Vdc until 2 decreases to zero.

13 Gnd On Norn Loads inverter down.
16 Gnd On Norn 12 16
19 21 On Norn Isolated scope. 15 20

19 22 On Norn Isolated scope. 15 21
19 17 On Norn Isolated scope. 0.2 22
19 18 On Norn Isolated scope. 0.2 23
21 22 On Norn 1solated scope.
22 Gnd On Norn Isolated scope. 0.8 25
Test Points and Settings

Figure l 16

P/N 101-1075-()

From To Switch Position Condition Dc Scope
S1 S2 Volts Frame
23 Gnd On Norm Isolated scope. 0.14 26
23 24 On Norm Isolated scope. NA 27
25 26 On Norm Isolated scope.
26 28 On Norm Isoalted scope.
27 28 On Norm Isolated scope.
29 Gnd On Norm NA 28
30 Gnd On Norm
32 Gnd On Norm 0.54 31
32 Gnd OF Norm -12
32
33 Gnd On Norm -0.09
33
33 Gnd OF Norm -13
34
34 33 On Norm NA 35
35 33 On Norm NA 36
35 Gnd On Norm
36 Gnd Of Norm 30 37
37 Gnd On Nonn 30 39
37 Gnd OF Norm 24 40
38 Gnd On Norm
39 Gnd On Norm
40 Gnd On Norm Before time out. NA 41
40 31 On Norm Before time out. (Isolated scope) NA 42
40 Gnd On Norm Añer time out NA 43
40 3I On Norm After time out(Isolated scope) NA 44
41 Gnd On Norm Before time out 0.6 45
41 Gnd On Norm After time out -0.016

46
42 Gnd On Norm Añer time out l I.5 48
43 Gnd On Norm Añer time out 13.5 50
44 Gnd On Norm Before time out
Test Points and Settings

Figure l 16 (Cont.)
msm1jtp202TestFaultlsodiskl59 24-20-03 Page 134

P/N 101-1075-()

From To SwitchPosition Condition Dc Scope
S1 S2 Volts Frame
44 Gnd On Norm Aûer time out
45 Gnd On Norm Before time out
45 Gnd On Norm Aûer time out
Voltage and Waveforms

Figure 116 (Cont.)

twuoodncti Aviomcs Systems, Inc.
P/N 101-1075-()
Frame:1 Frame:2 Frame:3

Test Point:l Test Point:1 Test Point:2
Scope Setting- Scope Setting- Scope Setting-

H:NA H:.05MS/CM H:NA
V:10Volts/CM V: 10Volts/CM V: 10Volts/CM
Input Voltage:28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vde
Voltage Reading- AC: NA Voltage Reading- AC: NA Voltage Reading- AC: NA
DC:27.3 DC:36 DC:26.5
Test Point:2 Test Point:3 Test Point:4
H: NA H: NA H: NA
V: 10Volts/CM V: 10Volts/CM V: 10Volts/CM
Input Voltage:Batteries Input Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vde
DC:24.5 DC:25.5 DC:17
H: NA H: NA H: NA
Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vde

DC:16.5 DC:24.5 DC:24
Test Point:8 Test Point:10 Test Point:l l
H:.05MS/CM H: NA H: NA
V: 10Volts/CM V: 10Volts/CM V: 1Volt/CM
lnput Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vde

DC:24 DC:18.5 DC:750M
Waveform Scope Frames
Figure l 17

P/N 10 1-1075-( )
Test Point:12 Test Point:14 Test Point:I5

H:NA H: NA H: NA
V:10MVICM V:10Volts/cm V:lVolt/CM
Input Voltage:28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc
Voltage Reading- AC: NA Voltage Reading- AC: NA Voltage Reading- AC:920M
DC:45M DC:16.5 DC:400M
H:0.5MS/CM H:0.5MS/CM H:0.5MS/CM
V:10Volts/CM . V:10Volts/CM V:10Volts/CM
Input Voltage:28.0Vdc Input Voltage:28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc
Voltage Reading- AC: 735M Voltage Reading- AC: 585M Voltage Reading- AC:570M
DC:12 DC:15 DC:15
Test Point:19 Test Point:19 to 21 Test Point:19 to 2
H:NA H:0.5MS/CM H:0.5MS/CM
V:10Volts/CM V:10Volts/CM V:10Volts/CM
Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vde

Voltage Reading- AC:NA Voltage Reading- AC:15 Voltage Reading- AC:15
DC:15.5 DC:15 DC:15
Test Point:19 to 1 Test Point:19 to 18 Test Point:21

V:10Volts/CM V:lVolt/CM V:10Volts/CM
Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc

Voltage Reading- AC:570M Voltage Reading- AC:570M Voltage Reading- AC:15
DC:200M DC:200M DC:800M
Figure 117 (Cont.)

P/N 101-1075-()
Test Point:22 Test Point:23 Test Point:23 to 2

V:10Volts/CM V:lVolt/CM V:lVolt/CM
lnput Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc
Voltage Reading- AC:15 Voltage Reading- AC:2 Voltage Reading- AC:3.6
DC:800M DC:140M DC:NA
Test Point:29 Test Point:30 Test Point:3 1
V:10Volts/CM V:10Volts/CM V:ll5Vac for 10CM
Input Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vde
Voltage Reading- AC:4.6 Voltage Reading- AC:26.3 Voltage Reading- AC:116
DC:NA DC:NA DC:NA

H: NA H:NA H:NA
V:100MV/CM V: 10Volts/CM V: 100MV/CM

Input Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage:Input Batteries Input Voltage: 28.0Vde
Voltage Reading- AC: NA Voltage Reading- AC:NA Voltage Reading- AC: NA
DC:540M DC: -12 DC:-90M

Test Point:33 Test Point:34 to 33 Test Point:34 to 33
H: NA H: 0.5MS/CM H: 0.5MS/CM
Input Voltage: Input Batteries lnput Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc
Voltage Reading- AC: NA Voltage Reading- AC: Voltage Reading- AC:
DC:-13M DC: NA DC: NA
Figure l 17 (Cont.)

P/N 101-1075-()

H:NA H:NA H:NA
Input Voltage: 28.0Vde lnput Voltage: Input Batteries Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc
Voltage Reading- AC:NA Voltage Reading- AC:NA Voltage Reading- AC:NA
DC:30 DC:24 DC:30
Frame:40 Frame:4 l Frame:42
Test Point:37 Test Point:40 Test Point:40 to 31

H: NA H: 0.5MS/CM H: 0.5MS/CM
V: 10Volts/CM V:115.0Vac for 10CM V: l l5.0Vac for 10CM
Input Voltage: Input Batteries Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vde
Voltage Reading- AC: NA Voltage Reading- AC:l00 Voltage Reading- AC:95
DC:24 DC: NA DC: NA

Test Point:40 Test Point: 40 to 3 Test Point:41
H: 0.5MS/CM H: 0.5MS/CM H: 0.5MS/CM
V: ll5.0Vac for 10CM V: ll5.0Vac for 10CM V: lVolt/CM
Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc
Voltage Reading- AC:l10 Voltage Reading- AC:l10 Voltage Reading- AC:400M
DC: NA DC: NA DC:600M

H: 0.5MS/CM H:NA H:NA
V:10 Millivolts/CM V: 10Volts/CM V: 10Volts/CM
lnput Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc Input Voltage: 28.0Vdc

Voltage Reading- AC:NA Voltage Reading- AC:NA Voltage Reading- AC:NA
DC:-16M DC:10.5 DC:11.5
Figure 117 (Cont.)

Revision
Downloaded from A
P/N 101-1075-()
Frame:49 Frame:50 Frame:

Test Point:43 Test Point:43 Test Point:
H:NA H:NA H:
V: 10Volts/CM V: 10Volts/CM V:
Input Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage: 28.0Vde Input Voltage:
Voltage Reading- AC:NA Voltage Reading- AC:NA Voltage Reading- AC:
DC:9.5 DC:13.5 DC:

Figure 117 (Cont.)

P/N 501-1075-()
TO CR22 C16 OR
R34 C21
TO CR16 --
TO F2
195
R32 . R35
65 65
5W SW Q18
2N5156
A1B1 Q20
16 2N5156
I +
R39
38
220 37
A1B2 IYi
15 + 17
TO R33
A CONFIGURATIONPRIORTO 1/30/76
I)3 CONFIGURATION
AFTER1/30/76
TO 31-11
33
TO CR22 36 C16
R34 10A
OR C21
220 4 i r 20
TO CR171 . ...., ."TO J1-9
19 Q18
------------1
2NS156
542-1250-01 i Q20
6R35. DIODEASSEMBLY 2HS156
I TB1-1 TB1-2
CH7
JAN1N5614 1
CR26
A181 JAN1NS614 CR24
kl 17
C19
CR25 I 38 10uF
+ W3 I 35V
39
- A182 L----.----------- -
TO 31-8
NOTE: See the schematic that represents the model in hand for NOTES and FLAGS.
Battery Circuit Variation Schematic Diagram

Figure 119
msmljtp202TestFaultiso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 143

P/N 501-1075-()
msmijtp202TestFaultlso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 144

P/N 501-1075-()
PS-823A,B, E, and F Notes:

PS-823A/T,B/T,EIT,and F/TNotes:
Description of Notation or Modification
I 1 Unless otherwise specified, all resistors are in Ohms (±5%),1/4W. All capacitors are in
microfarads (µF), ±20%. All diodes are 1N2069.
2 2 Select the value of R24 (nominal value: 680K) and Rl (nominal value: 130K).
3 A1B2 used on 501-1075-02 and may also altemate for AlBl. When using A1B2 on 501-
-04
1075-01, disconnect R32 from point 16 for pre 1976 configurations or from TB-1 for after 1976.
When using A1B1 on 501-1075-01 disconnect R35 from point 17 or TB-2. See Figure 119 A and
B.
3 A l B2 used on 501-1075-06 may also be altemate for A lB l. When using A l B2 on 50 1-1075-05,
disconnect R32 from point 16 for pre 1976 configurations or from TB-l for after 1976.. When
using AlBl on 501-1075-05 disconnect R35 from point 17 or TB-2. See Figure 119 A and B.
4 N/A.
5 Mod 1 added R39.
6 Mod 2 added Cl4 (removed in Mod 3) and Cl5, changed Rl2 to 560 Ohms, and removed Cl3.
7 Mod 3 added C16, CR21 and CR22, and removed Cl4.
8 N/A
9 4 Mod 5 added Cl9.
5 Mod 6 added CR7.
10 6 Mod 20 added C17 and C18.
ll [7] Mod 6 [7] added chassis ground.
12 [8] Mod 7 [8] removed Q9from board and mounted to Heatsink, and Mod 9 added washer.
13 [9] Mod 8 [9] changed R19, thru R22.
14 10 Mod 11 (PS-823A), Mod 10 (PS-823B), Mod 13 (PS-823A/T, and Mod 12 (PS-823B/T) relocated
AlF2 and added CR23 and C20.
15 11 Mod l2 (PS-823A), Mod 11 (PS-823B), Mod 14 (PS-823A/T), and Mod 13 (PS-823BTT)changed
value of R7 to 27K.
16 Mod 13 (PS-823A) and Mod 12 (PS-823B) removed Cl7 and changed C11 to 0.1µF/500V.
12 Mod 15 (PS-823A/T) and Mod 14 (PS-823B/T) removed C17 and changed the values of C18 and
R37.
17 13 Mod 14 (PS-823A), Mod 13 (PS-823B), Mod 16 (PS-823A/T), and Mod 15 (PS-823BTT)
removed Cl2, added L2, and changed the values of C18 to 0.1µF/200V and R37 to 390R.
14 Electrically relocated R31, January 1976

15 Mod 17 (PS-823A/T) and Mod 16 (PS-823B/T) physically relocated Cl8.
18 16 Mod 16 (PS-823A), Mod 15 (PS-823B), Mod 18 (PS-823A/T), and Mod 17 (PS-823BTT) added
wire between 11-8 and A2-1l, and repositioned Cl8 (repositioning of C18 in the PS-823ATT,and
B/T not included).
20 18 Mod 18 (PS-823A), Mod 17 (PS-823B), Mod 21 (PS-823A/T), and Mod 19 (PS-823BTT)added
diode assembly, removed Ql9, and electrically repositioned Ql8 and Q20. See, also, Figur 119 A
and B.
Schematic Diagram Notes

Figure 128
msmljtp202TestFaultlso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 161
Revision A
June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()
PS-823A,B, E,and F Notes:
PS-823Aff,B/T,E/T,and FMNotes:
Descriptionof Notationor Modification
21 19 Mod 19 and 21 (PS-823A), Mod 18 and 19 (PS-823B), Mod 22 and 23 (PS-823A/T), and Mod 21
and 22 (PS-823B/T) added A2C21 as a replacement for A2C16.
22 20 N/A
23 21 N/A.
24 22 PS-823E and Eff is same as PS-823A and A/T respectively, and PS-823F and F/T is same as PS-
823B and B/Trespectively, except that AlF1 is removed (Jl-13 connects directly to Ll) and Jl-9
is connected to XF2-20.
23 Mods 27 (A/T and E/T), Mod 26 (B/T and F/T) changed A3Cl to 180µF/75V, A3CR3 to
IN960B, A3R4 to 1.0Megohm (1%), and A3R5 to 41.2K (1%).

Figure 128 (Cont.)
msmljtp202TestFaultlso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 162

P/N 501-1075-()
PS-823C,D, G,and HNotes:

PS-823CM,DM,Gif,and Hit Notes:
Description of Notationor Modification
I 1 Unless otherwise specified, all resistors are in Ohms (±5%), 1/4W. All capacitors are in
microfarads (µF), ±20%. All diodes are 1N2069.
2 2 Select the value of R24 (nominal value: 1.0Meg) and Rl (nominal value: 130K).
3 AlB2 used on 101-1075-08 may also be alternate for A1Bl. When using A1B2 on 101-1075-07,
disconnect R32 from point 16 for pre 1976 configurations or from TB-1 for aûer 1976. When
using AlBl on 101-1075-07, disconnect R35 from point 17 or TB2. See Figure l19 A and B.
3 A l B2 used on 101-1075-04 may also be alternate for A lB l. When using Al B2 on 10 1-1075-01,
disconnect R32 from point 16 for pre 1976 configurations or from TB-1 for aûer 1976. When
using AlBl on 101-1075-01, disconnect R35 from point 17 or TB2. See Figure l19 A and B.
4 N/A
5 N/A
6 N/A
7 4 Mod 2 added Cl9.
5 Mod 3 added CR7.
8 6 Mod 20 added C17 and C18.
9 [7] Mod 3 [7] added chassis ground.
10 [8] Mod 4 [5] removed Q9,and Mod 6 [8] added washer.
11 [9] Mod 5 [6] changed R19, R20, R21, R22.
12 10 Mod 8 (PS-823C), Mod 7 (PS-823D), Mod 10 (PS-823C/T), and Mod 9 (PS-823D/T) relocated
AlF2 and added CR23 and C20.
13 11 Mod 9 (PS-823C), Mod 8 (PS-823D), Mod 11 (PS-823C/T), and Mod 10 (PS-823D/T) changed
value of R7 to 27K.
14 12 Mod 10 (PS-823C), Mod 9 (PS-823D), Mod 11 (PS-823C/T), and Mod 10 (PS-823DET) removed
Cl7 and changed Cll to 0.lµF/500V.
15 13 Mod ll (PS-823C), Mod 10 (PS-823D), Mod 13 (PS-823C/T), and Mod 12 (PS-823D/T)
removed Cl2, added L3, and changed the values of C18 to 0.lµF/200Vand R37to 390.0.
16 14 Electrically relocated R31, January 1976.
17 15 Mod 12 (PS-823C), Mod ll (PS-823D), Mod 14 (PS-823C/T), and Mod 13 (PS-823D/T)

physically relocated C18.
18 16 Mod 13 (PS-823C), Mod 12 (PS-823D), Mod 15 (PS-823C/T), and Mod 14 (PS-823D/T) added
wire between Jl-8 and A2-l l.
wire between Jl-9 and Fl/Ll.
diode assembly, removed Q19,and electrically repositioned Ql8 and Q20. See, also, Figur 119A
and B.
21 19 Mod 16 and 17 (PS-823C), Mod 15 and 16 (PS-823D), Mod 18 and 19 (PS-823C/T), and Mod 17
and 18 (PS-823D/T) removed A2C16 and added A2C21.

Figure 129
msmijtp202TestFaultlso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 163

P/N 501-1075-()
PS-823C,D,G, and HNotes:
PS-823CIT,Dif, G/T,and HfTNotes:
Descriptionof Notationor Modification
23 21 N/A
22 20 N/A
24 22 PS-823G and G/T is same as PS-823C and C/T respectively, and PS-823H and H/T is same as PS-
823D and D/T respectively except that AlF1 is removed (Jl-13 connects directly to Ll) and Jl-9
is connected to XF2-20.
23 Mod 23 (PS-823CTTand G/T) and Mod 22 (PS-823D/T and H/T) changed A3Cl to 180µF/75V,
AlCR3 to 1N960B, A3R4 to 1.0Megohm (1%), and A3R5 to 41.2K (1%).

Figure 129 (Cont.)
msmljtp202TestFaultiso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 164

P/N 501-1075-()
Disassembly
1. General
Disassembly procedures are listed in descending order to allow for successive accessibility to sub-
assemblies and components. These procedures are intended to cover most aspects of disassembly.
De-soldering of components and wires, and the replacement of items such as switches, fasteners,
and other simple operations are not covered explicitly. Technicians working on avionics equipment
of this type should have adequate knowledge of avionics shop practices prior to attempting any
repairs.
CAUTION: READALLTHEINFORMATION
INTHISSECTIONPRIORTOANYATTEMPTTODISASSEMBLE
THIS
UNIT.
Whenever a disassembly procedure involves disconnecting wires from components and/or connector
Jl, it is best to tag, mark or identify the wires that are cut, de-soldered or otherwise removed. If
wires are cut, do so in a manner that provides an adequate wire for re-connections. Numbers in
parenthesis refer to index numbers of parts on IPL Figure 1 in the Illustrates Parts List section.
NOTE: Detailed disassembly procedures for the Battery Pack(s) are listed in the Repair
section and testing procedures in the Testing and Fault Isolation section of this
manual.
Any disassembly of the PS-823 for repair or cleaning will require functional testing after re-
assembly and prior to installation. See the Testing and Fault Isolation section for functional test
procedures and wiring diagrams.
WARNING: SEVERE(3RDDEGREE)BURNSANDMELTEDMETALPARTSCANRESULTTHROUGHIMPROPER
HANDLINGOFTHELRUANDSUBASSEMBLIES. CONTAINED
THEBATTERIES WITHINTHEPS-823
ARECAPABLEOF PRODUCING LARGECURRENTS(OVER50 AMPS)FOR
ANDSUSTAINING
SEVERALMINUTES.REMOVEALLJEWELRYWHENWORKINGONTHISEQUIPMENT.
Place the PS-823 on a stable, flat surface with appropriate lighting. Anticipate placing fasteners and
other small components into containers to prevent loss. Take special note that the storage batteries
contained in the PS-823 are charged and are capable of inflicting burns and shocks. Mark any wires
or connectors that are cut or disconnected to insure correct re-assembly. Do not proceed with
disassembly without reading this entire section.
2. Cover Removal
NOTE: Numbers in parenthesis refer to index numbers of parts on IPL Figure 1 in the
Illustrates Parts List section.
A. Remove Cover Assembly fasteners (15 and 20).

B. Lift the Cover Assembly (5) from the unit and place to the side.
msmljtp202DisAssemblydisk l 59 24-20-03 Page 30 1

P/N 501-1075-()
3. Battery Pack Removal
NOTE: Insert screws back into forward Chassis holes (301-1 both sides) prior to lifting the
lower Battery Pack from the unit. This will prevent the Chassis from tilting forward
and causing stress breaks in the Chassis Base.
AVOID TILTING
Figure 301
Chassis Breakage Prevention
NOTE: Numbers in parenthesis refer to index numbers of parts on IPL Figure l in the
A. If present, remove Support Bracket Assembly fasteners (30), lift Support Bracket Assembly
(25) from the unit and place to the side
B. For Battery Pack A1B2 (if present):

1) Remove Battery Pack fasteners (55).
2) Lift Battery Pack (35) from the unit and place to the side.
3) Remove wires from terminals.
C. For Battery Pack A1B1 (if present):

1) Remove Battery Pack fasteners (75, 225, 230, 235, 240).
2) Lift Battery Pack (45) from the unit and place to the side.
3) Remove wires from terminals.
NOTE: Detailed disassembly procedures for the Battery Pack are listed in the Repair section
of this manual and testing procedures in the Testing and Fault Isolation section.
msmljtp202DisAssemblydiskl59 24-20-03 Page 302

P/N 501-1075-()
4. Circuit Card Assembly (CCA) Removal
A. Remove Circuit Card Assembly mounting screws (75 and 80).

B. Lift the Circuit Card Assembly (70) from Chassis (220) and place to the side.
C. Disconnect any wiring necessary to perform the required maintenance, remembering to mark
wires to insure correct re-connections.
5. Battery Test Circuit (if present) Removal from Circuit Card Assembly.
A. Remove Battery Test Circuit Assembly mounting fasteners (100, 95, and 95).
B. Remove Battery Test Circuit Assembly (85) from Circuit Card Assembly (70).
6. Transistor/Heatsink Assembly Removal
A. Remove the Transistor/Heatsink Assembly attaching parts (120, 125, 130, 135, and 140).
B. Remove the Transistor/Heatsink Assembly (105) and the Handle, which is held on the Front
Plate with the assembly fastener nut (140).
7. Diode Assembly Removal
A. Remove Diode Assembly attaching parts (155, 160, 165, 170).

B. Remove Diode Assembly (145) from unit chassis (220) and place to the side.
C. The Support Hook (150) becomes free for removal.
D. Disconnect any wiring necessary to perform the required maintenance, remembering to mark
8. Fuse Holder Assembly
A. Remove the Cover Assembly (5), Support Bracket Assembly (25) and Battery Pack (35 or 45)
to access the Fuse Holder mounting nut.
B. Disconnect any wiring necessary to perform the required maintenance, remembering to mark
C. Rotate the Fuse Holder (185) mounting nut and lock washer counterclockwise and remove from
the Fuse Holder Assembly.
D. Remove Fuse Holder Assembly from Front Panel (190).
9. Chassis Disassembly
A. Remove the Cover Assembly (5), Support Bracket Assembly (if present)(25), Battery Pack (35
or 45), Transistor/Heatsink Assembly (105), Diode Assembly (145) and Both Fuse Holders
(185) to access the Front Panel mounting nuts (215).
B. Remove Front Panel Assembly fasteners (210, 215).
C. Remove Front Panel (190) from Chassis (220).

Revision A
June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()

P/N 501-1075-()
Cleaning
1. General
The PS-823, like any avionics equipment, will accumulate dust and dirt during service. BFGoodrich
Avionics Systems, Inc. has taken precautions to allow cleaning the equipment with environmentally
friendly solutions and chemicals. Procedures and suggested cleaning agents are described in this
section.
2. Extemal Cleaning
CAUTION: WATERMAYMIGRATEOR LEAKINTOTHECELLTHROUGHTHECELLVENTCAUSINGA

CHEMICAL
CHANGEINTHECELLRESULTINGINSHORTENEDSERVICELIFE,EVENTHOUGHTHE
CELLSARESUPPOSEDLY
BATTERY SEALED.DONOTIMMERSETHEPOWERSUPPLIESINA
WATERBATH.
The outside surfaces and flat metal parts may be cleaned with a damp cloth containing a mild
solution of ordinary household cleaner (following manufacturer's instructions on cleaner container)
and water. Dirt and grime caught in metal comers or around screws or other fasteners may be
removed with a modified acid brush (bristles removed to 1/3 of the normal length as shown in
Figure 401) and a solution of cleaner and water. Dry the unit after cleaning before reinstallation and
use.
NOTE: Water in connectors can be removed using low pressure compressed air.
3. Intemal Cleaning
WARNING: ISOPROPYL
ALCOHOL HASBEENIDENTIFIED ADEGREEOF HAZARD
ASHAVING INHEALTHAND
CONSULTTHEAPPLICABLE
FLAMMABILITY. MATERIAL
SAFETYDATASHEETPRIORTO USEOR
ASSOCIATION
WITHTHISPRODUCT.
With exception to the circuit card assemblies (CCAs), the internal surfaces of the assembly may be
cleaned following the processes for extemal cleaning above. CCAs can be cleansed using Isopropyl
Alcohol and a modified acid brush. Allow CCA to dry prior to use.
Remove dust and dirt with a low-pressure jet of clean, dry air. If necessary, use the brush depicted
in Figure 401 to loosen hardened dirt and embedded dust balls.
msmijtp202Cleandiskl59 24-20-03 Page 401

P/N 501-1075-()
Modified Acid Brush

Figure 401
msmijtp202Cleandiskl59 24-20-03 Page 402

P/N 501-1075-()
CHECKS
1. General
This section is provided to encourage avionics service personnel to inspect for, sometimes, obvious
and overlooked areas which can cause or contribute to unit failures.
2. Checks Prior to Repair (in aircraft)
A. For PS-823 ( )/T Models
These units include internal battery testing circuitry that provides a Battery Test Button and
Indicator Lamp in the aircraft cockpit. This circuitry offers quick reference to Emergency
Power Supply Battery Pack condition.
CAUTION: IMPROPEROPERATION
OF THETESTCIRCUITCANDAMAGE THETEST
UNITANDMAKE
USELESS.
INDICATOR
Proper Battery Test Procedure:
a. Insure aircraft power is OFF.

b. Press and hold the Battery Test Button for 10 seconds.
c. Indicator Lamp will illuminate if the Battery Pack contains an adequate charge and
will extinguish after 2.5 to 4 seconds.
d. If Lamp does not illuminate or only for a very slight moment, the Battery Pack will
require a charge. (See Testing and Fault Isolation section, Paragraph 5 Battery
Pack Test)
CAUTION: THETESTAGAINFOR2 TO3 MINUTES.

DONOTATTEMPT
Repeated test requires a delay of 2-3 minutes to allow cool down of resistor R6 on the Battery
Test Assembly (IPL 1-85).
3. Checks After Repair and During Re-assembly
A. Perform disassembly according to the Disassembly section.
While in progress of disassembly, check:
1) Transistors, high-wattage resistors and surrounding areas for overheating.
2) For burned, broken, or shorted parts, components, and hardware.
3) Connector and terminal posts for bent, broken, or damaged pins, screws (heads and
threads), and casings for breakage and cracking.
msmljtp202Checkdiskl59 24-20-03 Page 501

P/N 501-1075-()
4) Inspect all wiring for being excessively tight or loose, chafing, fraying, burned insulation,
and breakage. Wiring insulated with Teflon should be checked closely for insulation cold
flowing and leaving the conductors bare. This phenomenon would be most evident at wire
bends and places where wire bundles are secured or tied. Being able to see actual wire
through the insulation does not necessarily mean the wire needs replacement. An
insulation breakdown test will determine if replacement is warranted.
5) Inspect all soldered connections, even those not unsoldered during disassembly, for broken
or pitted solder, cold joints, and solder quality.
Deficiencies found during inspection should be corrected when repairing a defective unit, or
performed as a preventive maintenance measure to preclude future problems. Repair defects in
accordance with the Repair section of this manual.
4. Inspection After Repair and During Assembly
A. Perform re-assembly according to Reassembly section.
While in progress of unit re-assembly check:
1) Sufficient service loop exists between interconnected subassemblies.
2) All screws in terminal posts and CCAs are tight (not stripped).
3) Screws attaching subassemblies to chassis aæ tight (not stripped).
4) External hardware and nuts securing front panel to chassis are tight.
5) Appropriate modifications have been incorporated and mod numbers marked off
accordingly on modification plate.
6) Connector Jl is properly covered for storage or handling.
After assembly, perform unit performance test according to Testing and Fault Isolation
section.
5. PS-823 Storage
If the unit is to be stored, cover the Jl connector pins with dust cap P/N 563-1725-01 and place the
unit into the original shipping container (or equivalent) for storage. See Test and Fault Isolation
section, PS-823 Storage Paragraph 6, for charging requirements of units in storage.
msmljtp202Checkdiskl59 24-20-03 Page 502

P/N 501-1075-()
Repair
1. General
Repair of the PS-823 Emergency Power Supply should be accomplished by a qualified technician at
an authorized service center. Figure 602 provides a list of consumable materials.
2. Circuit Card Assembly (CCA) Repair
BFGAS exercises stringent circuit board manufacturing processes and soldering requirements. To
provide for best circuit board repair results, match these requirements in the CCA repair process.
BFGAS uses industry standards IPC-A-610B and ANSI/J-STD-001 (for class 2 applications) for
soldering practices and workmanship standards.
Suggested materials:
Pre-solder cleaning- Acetone

Connection pre-solder cleaning- Only R or RMA rated flux for solder preparation.
Solder- SN63WRMA .025"dia. or similar dependent on requirements.
Solder Wick- Bare stranded wire (19 strand wire is preferred) and liquid flux or
a commercial flux impregnated de-soldering braid (PLATO-
WICK or equivalent).
A. Circuit Board Removal
Circuit card assemblies must be removed from the unit for repair. Mounting hardware may be
secured with a bonding agent or by conformal coatings. Use an X-ACTO or the similar knife to
remove coating from screw head slots and other secured fasteners. Use normal hand torque to
free fasteners and hardware.
B. Removal of Components
ASHAVING
WARNING: ACETONEHASBEENIDENTIFIED A DEGREEOFHAZARDINHEALTHAND
FLAMMABILITY. MATERIAL
SAFETYDATASHEETPRIORTO
WITHTHISPRODUCT.
USEORASSOCIATION
1) Clean the affected component(s) and adjacent area with acetone to remove conformal
coating material.
2) Use small wire cutters to cut component leads and remove affected component(s).
CAUTION CUTAFFECTEDCOMPONENTS
FROMBOARDCAREFULLY, THATCIRCUIT
INSURING
BOARDTRACKSANDLANDS
ARENOTDAMAGED.
3) Apply flux to original solder connection on both primary and secondary sides of circuit
board.
msmijtp202Repairdiskl59 24-20-03 Page 601

P/N 501-1075-()
CAUTION GUARDAGAINSTOVERHEATING
CIRCUITBOARDLANDSANDADJACENT
COMPONENTS.EXCESSIVE
HEATWILLDAMAGE ANDCAUSE
SEMICONDUCTORS
TRACKSANDLANDSTODETACHFROMTHEBOARD.
CIRCUITBOARDPATTERNS,
4) Set soldering iron to appropriate temperature and apply iron tip to original solder
connection on secondary side of board.
5) Remove all flowing solder and discarded component leads from original connection with
suction and/or wicking wire.
WARNING: ISOPROPYL
ALCOHOL
HASBEENIDENTIFIED
ASHAVING
A DEGREEOFHAZARD
IN
HEALTH CONSULT
ANDFLAMMABILITY. THEAPPLICABLE
MATERIAL SAFETYDATA
WITHTHISPRODUCT.PIN 516-2000-01
SHEETPRIORTO USEORASSOCIATION
6) Clean the affected circuit lands and tracks with Isopropyl Alcohol.
C. Installation of Components
1) Tin all intended components and wire leads prior to soldering.
2) Insure that the affected circuit board lands and holes are thoroughly clean.
3) Place replacement component into appropriate holes, insuring proper pin location and
component polarity.
4) Bend, clinch and cut the component leads insuring appropriate component clearance and
lead mounting.
5) Apply flux to intended connection.
6) Set Solder iron to appropriate temperature setting.
7) Apply solder iron tip to intended connection, insuring that tip is in contact with both
component lead and circuit board land.
8) Apply solder to connection.
9) Clean new connection with isopropyl alcohol.
10) Apply conformal coating for moisture and fungus proofing after successful completion of
the performance test.
3. Performance Test
Verify serviceability of the reworked CCA by performing applicable performance tests cited in
Testing and Fault Isolation section.
4. Moisture And Funeus Proofing
Apply coating to reworked CCA in accordance with MIL-T-152B as follows:

P/N 501-1075-()
FROMRESIWELD
WARNING: COATINGMATERIAL 7200 ANDDURICON AS
3100HAVEBEENIDENTIFIED
A DEGREEOF HAZARD
HAVING INHEATHANDFLAMMABILITY.CONSULTTHEAPPLICABLE
SAFETYDATASHEETPRIORTOUSEORASSOCIATION
MATERIAL WITHTHISPRODUCT.
A. Prepare coating (BFGAS, P/N 514-1015-01 [Resiweld 7200], P/N 514-1018-01 [Duricon
3100], or equivalent) in accordance with manufacturer's instructions on product. Prepare only
enough coating to accomplish the task.
B. Generally, MIL-T-152B requires or permits the following:
1) Coating may be applied by spraying, brushing, or dipping.
2) Unless the part may be damaged, the part should be pre-dried at a temperature of 60
degrees C.
3) The temperature of the part to be coated should be at least 5 degrees C above room
temperature when the coating is applied.
4) All surfaces shall be free from dirt, oil, grease, or other foreign matter.
5) The temperature of the coating at application shall not be less than room temperature.
6) Dried coating shall be 0.0020 to 0.0025-inches thick, maximum.
Prior to using the coated part, the coating shall be dried until no longer tacky to the touch.
5. Battery Pack Replacement
Disassemble the Emergency Power Supply in accordance with guidance from the Disassembly
section and Illustrated Parts List section IPL Figure 1.
A. Remove screws (-15, -20) and Cover Assembly (-5).
B. Remove Battery Pack AlB2 (-35),PS-823B, D, F, H, and Support Bracket (-5),PS-823A, C, E,

G, from Chassis (-220).
CAUTION: DONOTOVERHEAT TABSASEXCESSHEATWILLCAUSECELLDAMAGE.A HEAT

BATTERY
SINKSHOULDBECONNECTEDBETWEENTHECELLANDTHESOLDERJOINTTO PREVENT
POSSIBLEDAMAGE.
C. When replacing Battery Pack AlB2 (-35),unsolder the two connecting wires from the tabs.
Note position of each wire so they can be reconnected to the proper tab on the replacement
Battery Pack.
D. Connect and solder the leads (removed in step C) to the proper tab on the replacement Battery
Pack (601-3).

Revision A
June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()
E. To replace Battery Pack AlB1 (45), unsolder the two connecting wires from the tabs. Again,
note position of each wire so that it can be reconnected to the proper tab on the replacement
assembly. Remove the defective Battery Pack AlB1 (45) from the Chassis (-220).
F. Install the replacement Battery Pack AlB1 (45) in Chassis (-220).Connect and solder the
leads (removed in step F) to the proper tab on the new battery assembly.
NOTE: See Testing and Fault Isolation section, Battery Pack Test paragraph 5, for
Battery Pack and Cell testing procedures.
6. Individual Cell Replacement and Battery Pack Repair
Individual cells may be replaced in the A1B1 and A1B2 Battery Packs. Refer to Figure 601.
A. Remove screw (601-1) and Battery Access Cover (601-2) to expose the individual cells.
B. Cut the interconnecting tabs as close as possible to the cell(s) being removed. Save the
insulating washer(s) from atop of the defective cell(s) for use on replacement cell(s).
C. Check polarity of replacement cells before installation into the battery assembly.
msmljtp202Repairdiskl59 24-20-03 Page 604

P/N 501-1075-()
I i
i i
2
3
Battery Assembly
Figure 601
msmijtp202Repairdiskl59
24-20-03 Page 605
P/N 501-1075-()
D. Place insulating washer atop replacement cell.
E. Install the replacement ce11(s) into position previously occupied by the defective cell(s) with the
interconnect tabs overlapping about 3/8-inch.
NOTE: The positive tab on the replacement cell will have to be folded as indicated in
(601-3) for some cell replacements.
F. Solder the interconnecting tabs.
CAUTION: DONOTOVERHEAT TABSAS EXCESS

BATTERY HEATWILLCAUSECELLDAMAGE.A HEAT
SINKSHOULDBECONNECTEDBETWEENTHECELLANDTHESOLDERJOINTTO PREVENT
POSSIBLE
DAMAGE.
WARNING: EPOXYADHESIVE,HYSOLR8-2038,HASBEENIDENTIFIED
AS HAVINGADEGREEOF
HAZARDINHEALTH,FLAMMABILITYANDREACTIVITY.
CONSULT THEAPPLICABLE
MATERIALSAFETYDATASHEETPRIORTOUSEOR ASSOCIATION WITHTHISPRODUCT.
G. Replace Battery Access Cover (601-2) and secure with screw (601-1) or cement as applicable.
When cementing is required, use Hysol R8-2038, or equivalent.
NOTE: See Testing and Fault Isolation section, Battery Pack Test Paragraph 5, for
Battery Pack and Cell testing procedures.
7. Power Supply Re-assembly
A. Install the Battery Pack AlBl (-45)in Chassis (-220).Reconnect and re-solder the leads,
removed, in step 5F to the proper tab on the battery assembly.
B. Reinstall Support Bracket (-5),PS-823A, C, E, G, or Battery Pack A1B2 (-35),PS-823B, D, F,

H, into Chassis (-220).
C. Replace Cover Assembly (-5)and secure with mounting screws (-15,

-20).
8. Performance Test
Verify serviceability of the reworked Emergency Power Supply by performing applicable

performance tests as directed in the Testing and Fault Isolation section.

P/N 501-1075-()
Part Number Specification Nomenclature Cage Code

AMS3653 Insulation, Sleeving, 20 AWG, NAT 96906
AMS3653 Insulation, Sleeving, 18 AWG, Color Optional 96906

AMS3655 Insulation, Sleeving, 19 AWG, NAT 96906
MMM-A-132 Adhesive, Type 1, Cl 3 (CH) 96906
SN60WRMAP3 QQ-S-571 Solder 96906
S4302l-03A MIL-I-23053/5 Sleeving, Insul., Electrical 25583
M23053/5-102-0 MIL-I-23053/5 Sleeving, Insul., Heatshrink, .062 ID, BLK 96906
M23053/5-103-0 MIL-I-23053/5 Sleeving, Insul., Heatshrink, .093 ID, BLK 96906
514-1004-01 V-36 Adhesive, Rubber Base (CH) 25583
514-1015-01 Compound, Coating, Protective (CH) 25583
514-1031-01 DC-340 Compound, Heatsink (CH) 25583
M16878/4BFB9 MIL-W-16878/4 Wire, Electrical, Insulated, 22 AWG, WHT 96906
M16878/4BGB9 Wire, Electrical, Insulated, 20 AWG, WHT
M16878/4BHBO Wire, Electrical, Insulated, 18 AWG, BLK
Ml6878/4BHB2 Wire, Electrical, Insulated, 18 AWG, RED
M16878/4BHB4 Wire, Electrical, Insulated, 18 AWG, YEL
M16878/4BHB9 MIL-W-16878/4 Wire, Electrical, Insulated, 18 AWG, WHT
QQW343H18SlT QQ-W-343 Wire, Electrical, Uninsulated, 18 AWG
QQW343H20SlT QQ-W-343 Wire, Electrical, Uninsulated, 20 AWG 96906
Consumable Materials List

Figure 602
msmljtp202Repairdiskl59 24-20-03 Page 607

P/N 501-1075-()
Assembly
1. General
Assembly procedures are listed in ascension order, starting at the lowest level of assembly. These
procedures are intended to cover most aspects of assembly. Soldering of components and wires, and
the replacement of items such as switches, fasteners, and other simple operations are not covered
explicitly. Technicians working on avionics equipment of this type should have adequate
knowledge of avionics shop practices prior to attempting any repairs.
CAUTION: READANDUNDERSTAND INTHISSECTIONPRIORTOATTEMPTING

ALLTHEINFORMATION
OF THISUNIT.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Detailed assembly procedures for the Battery Pack(s) are listed in the Repair section.
Testing procedures are found in the Testing and Fault Isolation section of this
manual.
Disassembly section procedures included encouragement to tag and/or mark wires at disconnection.
If no wire marking was performed at disassembly, take time to identify wires and appropriate
connection points prior to starting re-assembly process.
WARNING: SEVERE(3RDDEGREE)BURNS ANDMELTEDMETALPARTSCANRESULTTHROUGHIMPROPER

HANDLINGOF THELRUANDSUBASSEMBLIES.
THEBATTERIES
CONTAINEDWITHINTHEPS•823
ARECAPABLE OF PRODUCING I.ARGECURRENTS
ANDSUSTAINING (OVER50AMPS)FOR
SEVERALMINUTES.REMOVEALLJEWELRYWHENWORKINGONTHISEQUIPMENT.
Place the PS-823 assemblies and components on a stable, flat surface with appropriate lighting.
Take special note that storage batteries contained in the PS-823 are charged and capable of inflicting
burns and shocks. Do not proceed with assembly without reading this entire section.
2. Chassis Assembly
NOTE: Numbers in parenthesis refer to index numbers of parts on IPL Figure 1 in the
A. Place Front Panel (190) into position on front of Chassis (220).

B. Insert the mounting screws and secure nuts to screws (210, 215).
C. Secure fasteners to snug tight.
3. Mounting Fuse Holder
A. Insert the Fuse Holders (185) into their appropriate holes in the Front Panel (190).
B. Reconnect and solder wires to the Fuse Holder solder terminals.
C. Place the Fuse Holder lock washers and nuts (185) onto the Fuse Holder(s) and tighten to snug-
tight.
msmijtp202Assemblydiskl59 24-20-03 Page 701

P/N 501-1075-()
4. Mounting Diode Assembly
A. Reconnect and solder previously cut or disconnected wires to the appropriate solder terminals
or connections.
B. Align Support Hook (150) with the appropriate front panel holes and insert mounting screws
(155, 160).
C. Align and place Diode Assembly (145) into position inside the Chassis (220).
D. Assemble solder lugs (170) and locking nuts (165) to mounting screws (155, 160) and tighten
to snug-tight.
5. Mounting Transistor/Heatsink Assembly
or connections.
B. Align and place mounting nuts (140) into mounting track of the Handle Assembly (1 10).
C. Mount Transistor/Heatsink Assembly fasteners (120, 125, 130, 135) into Transistor/Heatsink
Assembly (105) mounting holes.
D. Align and place Transistor/Heatsink Assembly (105) into the appropriate holes of Chassis
(220).
E. Secure the assembly fasteners to the nuts (140) that are positioned inside the track of Handle
Assembly (110) and tighten to snug-tight.
6. Battery Test Circuit Board Assembiv
or connections.
B. Align and place the Battery Test Circuit Board (85) to Circuit Card Assembly (70).
C. Insert fasteners (90, 95, 100) into the appropriate holes and tighten to snug.
7. Circuit Card Assembly (CCA)
or connections.
B. Align and place Circuit Card Assembly (70) into position inside Chassis (220).
C. Align and place fasteners (75, 80) into the appropriate holes and tighten to snug tight.
8. Battery Pack Assembly
or connections.
B. For Battery Pack Al Bl (if present):

1) Place Battery Pack (45) into position inside Chassis (220).
2) Place and tighten Battery Pack fasteners into their appropriate locations (75, 225, 230,
235, 240).
C. For Battery Pack A l B2 (if present):

1) Place Battery Pack (35) in position inside Chassis (220).
2) Place and tighten Battery Pack fasteners into their appropriate locations (55).
msmljtp202Assemblydiskl59 24-20-03 Page 702

P/N 501-1075-()
D. If Battery Pack A1B2 is not present, mount Support Bracket Assembly (25) in position inside
Chassis (220)
E. Place and tighten Support Bracket Assembly fasteners (30).
9. Cover Assembly Replacement
A. Place Cover Assembly into position onto the Chassis (220).

B. Place and tighten the Cover Assembly fasteners (15 and 20).
10. Preparation For Use Or Storage
Prior to returning unit to service or storage, verify the electrical serviceability of reassembled power
supply by performing appropriate testing and charging procedures in the Test And Fault Isolation
section.
If unit is to be stored, cover Jl connector pins with dust cap P/N 563-1725-0l and place unit in the
original shipping container (or equivalent) for storage. See Test and Fault Isolation section, PS-
823 Storage, Paragraph 6, for charging requirements of units in storage.

P/N 501-1075-()

Revision A
June 30, 1999
Installation and Operation Manual
P/N 501-1075-()
FITSANDCLEARANCES
1. General
This section contains instructions that are typical and not meant to pertain to any particular aircraft.
It is recommended that for installations in a specific aircraft, the aircraft owner's manual should be
consulted and the applicable information used in conjunction with this manual.
2. Emergency Power Supply Location
The following steps provide general requirements for locating the Emergency Power Supply in an
aircraft.
A. The Emergency Power Supply provides limited DC power to the aircraft emergency bus and
115Vac (100VA, maximum), single-phase power to aircraft equipment in the event of primary
power failure. Therefore, the supply should be located in the general area of aircraft AC and
DC busses.
B. Ensure that space requirements for the supply match space available for the installation being
considered.
1) The Emergency Power Supply should be accessible for inspection, maintenance or

removal.
2) The installation area should be free from excessive vibration and heat.
C. Consider the relative distance to associated equipment. Keep connecting cables as short as
possible.
D. The cable should not run adjacent to heaters or engine exhausts.
3. Pre-Installation Inspection And Preparation
A. Check unit for physical damage that may have occurred during shipping and handling.
B. For new-unit installation, the PS-823 Battery Pack must be charged. See Testing and Fault
Isolation section.
C. Units installed after a maintenance action must be tested in accordance with the Performance
Test procedures listed in Testing and Fault Isolation section prior to installation.
msmljtp202FitsClearancediskl59 24-20-03 Page 801

P/N 501-1075-()
4. Post Installation
The Emergency Power Supply shall be operable with the operating procedures of this manual.
NOTE: A fuse bypass function is provided to permit use of the emergency power supply even
though a condition exists that could damage the unit. This feature is intended for use
only in an extreme emergency. The PS-823 Models E, F, G, H, E/T, F/T, G/T and H/T
incorporate changes required to meet FAA requirements for this feature.
msmljtp202FitsClearancediskl59 24-20-03 Page 802

P/N 501-1075-()
SpecialTools, Fixtures and Equipment

1. General
This section provides a list of test equipment necessary for maintenance of the PS-823 Emergency
Power Supply.
2. Tools And Test Equipment
Figure 901 provides a list of test equipment required for maintaining the Emergency Power Supply.
Equivalent test equipment may be substituted when necessary.
OTY NAME DESIGNATION CHARACTERISTICS

l Power Supply *PMC Powermate BPA40G 12 Amp 28Vac Regulated Power Supply
1 Voltmeter/ Ammeter *Fluke 8010 or 8050 Indicates true RMS voltage. / 0-5 Ampere
range
l Voltmeter *Simpson Model 260 or 270
I Oscilloscope *Tetronix TDS 210
l Load Resistor R2 450 Ohm, 50 Watt

1 Lamp *GE No. 47 (DSl) 6 Volt, 150mA
l Lamp *CM327 (DS2) 28.0Volt, 40mA
1 Capacitor Cl l800µF, 50WVde
1 Stopwatch *Meylan 202A Elapsed time reference
1 Frequency Meter 380-420Hz Reed type

1 Test Panel BFGAS, Inc. Model JT-5B Provides:
(Figure 901) Emergency Power Supply P/N a. 28.0Vde Regulated
570-1426-02 b. 0-3A Current drain
c. Monitors voltage of power supply batteries
and voltage to the PS-823.
d. Switched 25.0Vdc to inverter.
e. Simulated loads of:
500 ±25 Ohms, 50W
470 ±23.5 Ohms, 12W
f. Test points for monitoring connector pins.
*Or equivalent
Tools and Test Equipment
Figure 901
msmljtp202SpecialToolsdiskl59 24-20-03 Page 901

Revision A
June 30, 1999
u¥Uooarlen Aviomes systems, Inc.
P/N 501-1075-()
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
EMERGEN POWE SUPPLY
CONNECTORPINS IS MPERES
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 ll
JT-5 Emergency Power Supply Test Panel
Figure 902
Figure 902
Reference Designation Function
No.
l Light (DS1) Test Panel power on light.
2 Fuse (3 Amp) Protects 28.0Vde power supply (F2)

3 ON-OFF- Applies 25.0Vde to inverter in Emergency Power Supply. Connects
CHARGE(S4) charging circuit.
4 25.0Vde-28.0Vde (S3) Selects voltage to be monitored by voltmeter.
5 F-C (Sl) Connects either phase A or phase C to TPl.
6 TP l (Bik) Common chassis ground.
7 TP 2 (Red) Monitors switch F-C.
8 DC Voltmeter (M2) 0-5.0Vde range for monitoring Emergency Power Supply batteries and
input-output voltages of the Emergency Power Supply.
9 DC Ammeter (Ml) 0-5 Amp range to monitor current drain.
10 PUSH TO READ (S5) Automatic shunt for DC Ammeter.
ll MS3102A-18-9S (Jl) Connector

Connector Pins:
12 Pin G 25/28.0Vde Inverter input
13 Pin F Phase A
14 Pin E Phase B
15 Pin D Power Ground
16 Pin C Phase C
17 Pin B 25.0Vde Emergency Power to bus
18 Pin A 27.0Vde input

Figure 903

P/N 501-1075-()
Figure 902
Reference Designation Function
No.
19 Light (DS2) Test unit power light
20 PWR ON (S2) Power ON-OFF switch Applies line power to Test Panel
-
*
Connector (P2) I 15.0Vac, 60Hz, power input
*
Fuse (Fl) 3 Amp primary power fuse
* MS3106A-20-29S Connector -Provides connection of JT-5B Test Panel to either JT-5-lA
(Pl) Test Set Adapter connector J5 or to JT-5B connector J2.
* MS3102A-20-20P Connector -Provides for connection of Pl connector when JT-5-1A is
(J2) not available.

Figure 903 (Cont.)
*
Denotes item mounted on rear of Test Set

P/N 501-1075-()
23 4 5 6 7 8 9
TEST SET ADAPTEA INTLOAD INTLOAD ON 7n
N/L
MNT LOAD•¡ 2SV I
l 13 12 11 10
JT-5-lA Test Set Adapter
Figure 904
Figure 904
Reference No.
1 MS3112E-10-6S(J4) Connector -provides
indicator
2 ØA (S7) Connects either test equipment internal load (INT Load) or
indicator load (IND) to ØA of Emergency Power Supply.
3 ØC (S8) Connects either test equipment internal load (INT Load) or
indicator load (IND) to ØC of Emergency Power Supply.
4 4.6V (S9) Connects either test equipment simulated lamp (5 ohm R21)
load (INT Load) or indicator lamps (IND) to Emergency
Power Supply.
5 26.0V (S12) Connects Emergency Power Supply to test equipment 50 ohm
(R22) load (INT Load).
6 SURGE TEST (S11) ON-OFF Connects circuit to Emergency Power Supply which simulates
a high current drain.
BAT TEST (Sl4) Selects load (7 Ohm, R25 or 60 Ohm, R24) to7-NL-60 be
connected to Emergency Power Supply during Battery Test.
8 25.0V I-28.0V I (S6) Selects current to be measured by ammeter.
9 MS3102A-20-29S (J3) Connector -provides
Emergency Power Supply.
10 BAT TEST ON-OFF (Sl3) Provides ground to Emergency Power Supply inverter.
Ensures that 28.0Vdc extemal power will not be applied to
Emergency Power Supply inverter during battery test.
Connects battery test loads to Emergency Power Supply.
11 SURGE TEST (S10)

Removes resistor from surge test circuit.
R IN-R OUT
Test Adapter Controls and Connectors

Figure 905

P/N 501-1075-()
Figure 904
Reference No.
12 TPl l Provides for monitoring of Emergency Power Supply 26.0V
output.
13 TP10 Provides for monitoring of Emergency Power Supply 4.6V
output.
* MS3102A-20-29P (J5) Connector -provides
connection for JT-5B Test Panel cable
connector Pl.
Test Adapter Controls and Connectors

Figure 905 (cont.)
*
Denotes an item mounted on rear of Test Set Adapter.

P/N 501-1075-()

P/N 501-1075-()
Illustrated Parts List

1. General
The purpose of the Illustrated Parts List is to provide detailed illustrations and parts listings that
assist in identification and location of component parts and assemblies for the PS-823 (Part
Numbers 501-1075-01 thru The illustrations and listing are arranged, also, to assist in the
-16).
unit's assembly and disassembly.
Note To insure accurate parts reciept, record the information on the Modification Plate,
located on the front panel of the PS-823, and be prepared to provide that information
when ordering parts.
The Illustrated Parts Listing include three subsections:
•
Numerical Index
•
Part Reference Designator Index
• Detailed Parts List
The Numerical and Part Reference Designator Index tables are constructed to assist in utilizing the
Detailed Part List when component identity is known.
2. Numerical Index
A. Part Number Column
Contains a complete numerical-alpha listing of all part numbers appearing in the Detailed Parts
List.
B. IPL Figure and Item Number Column
Lists the Detailed Parts List figure and item number assigned for all parts listed.
C. Total Required Column
Reflects the total quantity for each item number listed.
msmljtp202IPLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1001

CornponentAtaintenance Adanual
Pß¾501-1075-()
Part Number Figure / Item Oty. Part Number Figure / Item Oty.
lN5072 2-CFUs 1 501-1075-09 1-1H FUEF
1145072 2-C319 1 501-1075-10 1-lJ FUEF
lN5072 3-CR8 1 501-1075-11 1-lK FUEF
1145072 3-CDI9 1 501-1075-12 l-lL FUEF
IN5072 4-C318 l 501-1075-13 1-11M IDEF
IN5072 4-CR9 1 501-1075-14 1-1N FliF
IN5072 5-CR8 I 501-1075-15 l-IQ REF
1145072 5-CDI9 l 501-1075-16 1-lP IDEF
ll4523lB 2-C3110 1 517-1069-01 l-220 I
1N523lB 3-C3110 l 517-1070-01 l-5 1
11452318 4-CRl0 l 518-1098-01 1-190 1
1145231B 5-C3110 1 518-1098-02 1-190At 1
lN960B 6-CFU; 1 518-1208-01 2-200 1
lN967B 6-CFui 1 518-1208-01 4-200 1
2195156 2-Ql8 1 518-1208-01 5-200 1
2N5l56 2-Q20 1 535-1098-01 1-195
2N5l56 3dQl8 1 535-1203-01 1-10 1
095156 34Q20 1 535-1606-01 1-195A 1
2N5156 4-Ql8 1 536-1041-01 2-5 1
2N5156 44Q20 1 536-1041-01 4-5
2N5156 54218 1 536-1065-01 3-5
2N5156 54Q20 1 536-1065-01 5-5 1

095192 3-Q21 I 536-1072-01 6-5 1
2145496 2-(15 1 536-1251-01 2-10 1
2145496 3-(85 l 536-1251-01 3-10

2145496 4-(85 1 536-1252-01 4-10
2N5496 5-(85 1 536-1252-01 5-10 1

501-1075-01 l-1 FSOF 542-1072-01 1-70 1
501-1075-02 1-lAs FSOF 542-1080-01 1-70/t 1
501-1075-03 I-IB FUEF 542-1087-01 1-85 1
501-1075-04 l-lC FUEF 542-1087-01 6-1 FliF
501-1075-05 1-lD FUEF 542-1088-01 l-70B l
501-1075-06 1-1E FUEF 542-1089-01 l-70C l
501-1075-07 l-lF FUEF 542-1111-01 1-105 l
501-1075-08 1-lG FUEF 542-1111-01 7-1 FliF

Revision As June30, 1999
PRW50l-l075-()
Part Number Figure/ Item Oty. Part Number Figure / Item Oty.
542-1250-01 1-145 1 550-1404-04 3-C18 1
542-1250-01 8-1 IDEF 550-1404-04 4-Cl8 1
542-1254-01 1-70D 1 550-1404-04 5-C18 1
542-1254-01 2-1 1 550-1426-01 2-C3 1
542-1254-02 1-70E l 550-1426-01 2-C4 1
542-1254-02 2-IA 1 550-1426-01 3-C3 1
542-1255-01 1-70F 1 550-1426-01 3-C4 1
542-1255-01 3-1 1 550-1426-01 4-C3 1
542-1255-02 l-70G 1 550-1426-01 4-C4 1
542-1255-02 3-lA 1 550-1426-01 5-C3 1
542-1256-01 l-70H l 550-1426-01 5-C4 1
542-1256-01 4-l 1 550-1513-03 2-C8 1
542-1256-02 l-70J 1 550-1513-03 3-C8 1
542-1256-02 4-lA 1 550-1513-03 4-C8 1
542-1257-01 1-70K 1 550-1513-03 5-C8 1
542-1257-01 5-1 1 550-1514-03 6-Cl 1
542-1257-02 l-70L 1 550-1514-06 6-C2 1
542-1257-02 5-lA l 551-1015-08 2-Rl7 1
549-1011-06 1-110 1 551-1015-08 3-Rl7 1
549-1028-01 1-135 2 551-1015-08 4-Rl7 1
549-1128-01 2-Ç¿l0 1 551-1015-08 5-Rl7 l
549-1128-01 2-Ç¿ll 1 551-1015-12 2-R2 1
549-1128-01 2-(212 1 551-1015-12 3-R2 1
549-1128-01 2-Ql3 1 551-1015-12 4-R2 1
549-1128-01 3-(210 1 551-1015-12 5-R2 1
549-1128-01 3-Qill 1 551-1217-05 2-R33A l
549-1128-01 3-Ql2 1 551-1217-05 3-R33A 1
549-1128-01 3-Ql3 1 551-1217-05 4-R33A 1
549-1128-01 4-(210 1 551-1217-05 5-R33A 1
549-1128-01 4-Qll l 551-1217-28 2-R37A l
549-1128-01 4-Ql2 1 551-1217-28 3-R37A 1
549-1128-01 4-Ql3 1 551-1217-28 4-R37A l
549-1128-01 5-(210 1 551-1217-28 5-IL37At 1
549-1128-01 5-Q11 1 553-1069-01 2-Q6 1
549-1128-01 5-(212 1 553-1069-01 2-Q7 1
549-1128-01 5-Ql3 1 553-1069-01 3-Q6 1
550-1404-04 2-Cls: 1 553-1069-01 3-lQ7 1
nsmijtp202IPLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1003

Fevision As June30,l999
Pnü501-1075-()
553-1069-01 44Q6 1 556-1112-01 5-T2 1
553-1069-01 4-()7 l 556-1802-01 2-L1 1
553-1069-01 5-Q6 1 556-1802-01 3-Ll l
553-1069-01 5-(27 1 556-1802-01 4-L1 1
553-1070-01 2-Q2 l 556-1802-01 5-LI l
553-1070-01 2-(gl 1 556-1804-01 3-L2 1
553-1070-01 2-Q4 l 556-1804-01 5-L2 1
553-1070-01 2-Ql4 l 556-1814-01 2-L1 1
553-1070-01 2dQl5 1 556-1814-01 3-L3 1
553-1070-01 2-Ql6 1 556-1814-01 4-L2 1
553-1070-01 3-(gl l 556-1814-01 5-L3 1
553-1070-01 3-(NI l 559-1610-01 1-40 20
553-1070-01 3-Çy‡ l 559-1610-01 1-50 20
553-1070-01 3dQl4 1 559-1611-01 l-35 l
553-1070-01 3-Ql5 1 559-1612-01 1-45 1
553-1070-01 3dpl6 1 562-1100-01 7-10 1
553-1070-01 4-($1 1 565-1106-03 8-15 4
553-1070-01 4-(gl l 565-1108-01 2-195 1
553-1070-01 4-Çy‡ l 565-1108-01 3-195 1
553-1070-01 4-Ql4 1 565-1108-01 4-195 1
553-1070-01 4-Ql5 1 565-1108-01 5-195 l
553-1070-01 4-Ql6 l 565-1111-05 8-30 2
553-1070-01 5-(61 1 565-1220-02 2-TB1 1
553-1070-01 54Q3 1 565-1220-02 3-TBl 1
553-1070-01 5-(24 l 565-1220-02 4-TBl 1
553-1070-01 5-Qil4 1 565-1220-02 5-TBl 1
553-1070-01 54Q15 1 569-1125-01 7-15 1
553-1070-01 5-(ll6 i 569-1137-05 2-155 l
554-1112-01 8-CIt24 1 569-1137-05 3-155 l
554-1112-01 8-CIL25 1 569-1137-05 4-155 1
556-1107-01 2-TI l 569-1137-05 5-155 1
556-1107-01 3-Tl 1 569-1152-02 8-25 2
556-1107-01 4-Tl 1 573-1167-01 l-25 1
556-1107-01 5-TI l 573-1168-0] 2-15 1
556-1112-01 2-T2 1 573-1168-01 3-15 1
556-1112-01 3-T2 1 573-1168-01 4-15 l
556-1112-01 4-T2 l 573-1168-01 5-15 1
I I
asmljtp2021PLIdiskl59 24-2(F03 Page 1004

Fevision A June30,1999
P/N 501-1075-()
573-1176-01 6-20 1 JANIN4148 4-CR7 1
573-1177-01 6-25 1 JANlN4148 S-CR2 l
573-1268-01 8-5 l JANlN4148 S-CR4 1
AN936-A6 7-30 1 JAN1N4148 S-CR5 1
AN960-C10L 1-130 2 JAN1N4148 S-CR6 1
AN960-Cl0L 2-90 1 JANlN4148 S-CR7 1
AN960-C10L 3-90 1 JAN1N5614 2-CR3 1
AN960-Cl0L 4-90 1 JAN1N5614 2-CRll 1
AN960-C10L 5-90 1 JAN1N5614 2-CRI6 1
AN960-C3 2-105 4 JANIN5614 2-CRI7 l
AN960-C3 3-105 4 JANlN5614 2-CRl9 l
AN960-C3 4-105 4 JAN1N5614 2-CR21 1
AN960-C3 5-105 4 JAN1N5614 2-CR22 1
AN960-C4 1-225 2 JANlN5614 2-CR23 l
AN960-C4 1-225A AR JAN1N5614 3-CR3 1
AN960-C4 2-45 4 JAN1N5614 3-CRll 1
AN960-C4 3-45 6 JAN1N5614 3-CRl6 1
AN960-C4 4-45 4 JAN1N5614 3-CRI7 1
AN960-C4 5-45 6 JANlNS614 3-CRl9 l
AN960-D6 2-85 2 JAN1NS6l4 3-CR21 1
AN960-D6 3-85 2 JAN1NS614 3-CR22 1
AN960-D6 4-85 2 JAN1NS614 3-CR23 1
AN960-D6 5-85 2 JAN1NS614 4-CR3 1
JAN1N4148 2-CR2 1 JAN1NS614 4-CRll 1
JAN1N4148 2-CR4 1 JAN1N5614 4-CRl6 1
JAN1N4148 2-CR5 1 JAN1NS614 4-CR17 1
JAN1N4148 2-CR6 1 JANlN5614 4-CRl9 1
JANlN4148 2-CR7 1 JANlN5614 4-CR2l 1
JANIN4148 3-CR2 l JANlN5614 4-CR22 1
JANlN4148 3-CR4 1 JAN1N5614 4-CR23 1
JANlN4148 3-CR5 1 JAN1N5614 5-CR3 1
JANlN4148 3-CR6 1 JAN1N5614 5-CRll 1
JANlN4148 3-CR7 1 JAN1N5614 5-CR16 1

JAN1N4148 4-CR2 1 JAN1N5614 5-CR17 1
JAN1N4148 4-CR4 1 JAN1N5614 5-CRl8 1
JAN1N4148 4-CR5 1 JAN1N5614 5-CRI9 I
JAN1N4148 4-CR6 1 JANIN5614 5-CR21 1
mimljtp202IPLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1005

P/N 501-1075-()
Part Number FigureI Item Oty. Part Number Figure / Item Oty.
JANlN5614 5-CR22 l MS24693-S31 2-205 1
JANlN5614 5-CR23 l MS24693-S31 3-205 1
JANIN5614 6-CRl l MS24693-S31 4-205 1

JANIN5614 6-CR2 1 MS24693-S31 5-205 1
JANlN5614 6-CR4 1 MS35206-208 2-175 2
JAN1N5614 6-CR6 1 MS35206-208 3-175 2
JANIN5614 6-CR7 1 MS35206-208 4-175 2
JANIN5614 8-CR26 1 MS35206-208 5-175 2
JANIN5614 8-CR27 1 MS35206-218 2-165 2
M45938/7-4 8-10 1 MS35206-218 3-165 2
MIL-W-16878/4 8-45 AR MS35206-218 4-165 2
MIL-W-16878/4 8-50 AR MS35206-218 5-165 2
MIL-W-16878/4 8-55 AR MS35206-227 7-20 2
MIL-W-16878/4 8-60 AR MS35333-35 2-145 4
MIL-W-16878/4 8-65 AR MS35333-35 3-145 4
MS15795-805 2-210 I MS35333-35 4-145 4
MSl5795-805 3-200 1 MS35333-35 5-145 4
MSl5795-805 3-210 1 MS35333-36 3-215 6
MS15795-805 4-210 1 MS35333-36 5-215 4
MSl5795-805 5-210 1 MS35333-37 7-25 l
MS20341-10C 1-140 2 MS35333-39 8-35 2
MS20341-10C 8-40 2 MS35333-70 1-235
MS20341-2C 4-185 2 MS35333-70 2-215 2

MS20341-2C 5-185 2 MS35333-70 4-215 2
MS21042-04 1-240B 6 MS35333-70 6-55 2
MS21042-04 1-240C 2 MS35333-71 2-115 3
MS21042-06 1-215A 1 MS35333-71 3-115 3
MS21042-06 l-310A 4 MS35333-71 4-115 3
MS24693-25B 1-210A MS35333-71 5-115 3
MS24693-26B 1-210B 4 MS35333-73 2-120 1
MS24693-4B 1-55 6 MS35333-73 3-120 1
MS24693-C25 2-60 2 MS35333-73 4-120 1
MS24693-C25 3-60 2 MS35333-73 5-120 l
MS24693-C25 4-60 2 MS35338-134 2-190 2
I
MS24693-C25 5-60 2 MS35338-134 3-190 2
MS24693-C28 l-155A l MS35338-134 4-190 2
MS24693-C29 1-160 1 MS35338-134 5-190 2
mumljtp202IPLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1006

Revision A
June 30, 1999
CornponentNianitenancebdanual
Pn4501-1075-()
A4S35338-135 2-95 12 A4S51957-lS 2-50 3
A4S35338-135 3-95 12 A4S51957-15 3-50 3
54835338-135 4-95 12 A4S51957-15 4-50 3
A4S35338-135 5-95 12 A4SS1957-15 5-50 3
A4S35338-138 l-125 2 A4SSl957-15 6-45 2
AIS35649-224 2-185 2 A4S5l957-15B 1-30A 4
54535649-224 3-185 2 NISSl957-17 1-95A 2
AIS35649-244 1-65 AJR h4S51957-4 2-65 4
A4S35649-244 2-125 17 N4S51957-4 3-65 4
AIS35649-244 3-125 17 A4S51957-4 4-65 4
AIS35649-244 4-125 17 A4S51957-4 5-65 4
NIS35649-244 5-125 15 A4S51958-66 1-120A 2
hãS35649-244 6-50 2 A4S77068-2 1-165 1
NIS35649-264 l-215 1 NLASl635-04-4P 1-20 2
NIS35649-264 1-310 4 FLASl635-04-5P 1-80 4
N4S35649-264 2-130 3 NA.Sl635-04-5P 1-100 4
N4S35649-264 3-130 3 FLASl635-04-5P 1-305 1
N4S35649-264 4-130 3 NLASl635-04-8 1-95 2
NIS35649-264 5-130 3 FLASl635-34-14 1-120 2
A4S35650-304 1-110A 2 FLAS43DDO-14 2-170 2
A4S35650-304 2-140 1 FLAS43ENDO-14 3-170 2
MS35650-304 3-140 1 NAS43DDO-14 4-170 2
A4S35650-304 4-140 1 FLAS43ENDO-14 5-170 2
NIS35650-304 5-140 1 NLAS43I3133-18 2-180 2
MS51957-12 2-70 4 NAS43DD3-18 3-180 2
h4S5I957-12 3-70 4 FLAS43DD3-l8 4-180 2
A4S51957-12 4-70 4 FLAS43DD3-18 5-180 2
A4S51957-12 5-70 4 FLAS43DDCI-8 1-60 AR
híS51957-13 2-55 2 bbkS620Cl0 I-I30A 2
híS51957-13 3-55 4 bbtS620-C4 2-75 7
A4S51957-13 4-55 2 NAS620-C4 3-75 7
híS51957-13 5-55 4 bbtS620-C4 4-75 7
NIS51957-13 6-30 AJI NLAS620-C4 5-75 7
MS51957-13B 1-20A 2 NAS622CT2 1-150 1
MS51957-I4 6-30A AR NAS67lC4 1-240 6
NIS51957-l4B I-80A 4 NLAS67lC4 l-240A 2
90S51957-14B l-100A 1 RCROSG274JS 2-R38 i
n smljtp2021PLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1007

F.evision As
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine June30, 1999
Conaponenthdaintenance Adanual
PEN 501-1075-()
Part Number Figure I Item Oty. , Part Number Figure / Item Oty.
G J 1 CRO G J 2-Rl1 1
RCRO5G274JS 5-R38 1 RCRO7Gl52JS 3-R9 1

RCRO7Gl01JS 2-R5 l RCRO7Gl52JS 3-Rll 1
RCRO7Gl0lJS 2-R3l l RCRO7Gl52JS 4-R4 l
RCRO7Gl01JS 3-R5 1 RCRO7Gl52JS 4-R9 1
RCRO7(3l01JS 4-FLS l 10CFU37Cil52JS 4-Rll l
RCRO7Gl01JS 4-R3l l RCRO7Gl52JS 5-R4 1

RCRO7Gl01JS 5-R5 l RCRO7Gl52JS 5-R9 1
RCRO7(Il02JS 2-FUB l RCILD7(Il52JS 5-Rll l
RCRO7Gl02JS 2-Rl0 l RCRO7Gl53JS 2-R26 l
RCRO7Cil02JS 2-Rl3 1 ILCFU37(Il53JS 3-FC26 l
RCRO7Gl02JS 2-Rl4 l RCRO7Gl53JS 4-R26 l
RCRO7G102JS 3-R8 1 RCRO7Gl53JS 5-R26 1

RC3107(3102JS 3-Rl0 1 10CFU37(Il83JS 2-FOO' l
RCIt07Cil02JS 3-Rl3 l 10CFU37(Il83JS 3-FOO' l
RCRO7Gl02JS 3-Rl4 1 RCRO7Gl83JS 4-R27 1
RCRO7Gl02JS 4-R8 1 RCRO7Gl83JS 5-R27 l
RCRO7Gl02JS 4-R10 1 RCRO7G220JS 3-R31 1
RCIt07(Il02JS 4-Rl3 l RCI D7(1220JS 5-R31 1

RCRO7(Il02JS 4-Rl4 l RCIt07(1221JS 2-R34 l
RCIt07Cil02JS 5-R10 1 RCILD7(1221JS 3-R34 1
RCRO7(Il02JS 5-R13 l RCIt07(3221JS 3-FEM) 1
RCRO7Gl02JS 5-Rl4 1 RC3107G221JS 4-R34 1
RCRO7(Il03JS 2-FD6 1 RCILD7(1221JS 4-R39 1
RC3107Gl03JS 3-FUS l RC3107G221JS 5-R34 1

RCIt07Cil03JS 4-FU6 l RCILD7(3221JS 5-R39 1
RCRO7Gl03JS 5-R6 l RCRO7G223JS 2-R18 1
RC3107Gl05JS 2-FCE3 l RCRO7(3223JS 3-Rl8 1
RCRO7Gl05JS 3-R23 l RCRO7G223JS 4-Rl8 1
RC3107Gl05JS 3-FDL4 1 RCRO7G223JS 5-Rl8 1
RCRO7Cil05JS 5-FDL4A 1 10CFU37(1273JS 4-R7 1

RCRO7Gl52JS 2-FU‡ l RC3107G273JS 5-R7 1
RCRO7Gl52JS 2-R9 1 RCRO7G332]S 6-R1 1
n.smijtp202]PLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1008

I.evision As Jtule 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()
RCRO7G332JS 6-Rl0 1 RCR20G271JS 4-R29 1
RCRO7G333JS 6-R2 1 RCR20G271JS 5-R29 1
RCRO7G333JS 6-R9 1 RCR20G3R3JS 2-R19 1
RCRO7G561JS 2-Rl2 1 RCR20G3R3JS 3-R21 1
RCRO7GS62JS 5-R16 1 RCR20G3R3JS 5-R20 1
RCRO7G684JS 4-R24 1 RN55C1004F 6-R4 1
RCR20Gl02JS 2-R15 1 RN55Cl213F 2-R1A 1
RCR20Gl02JS 2-R30 1 RN55Cl213F 3-R1A 1
RCR20Gl02JS 3-R15 1 RN55Cl213F 4-RlA 1
RCR20Gl02JS 3-R30 1 RN55Cl213F 5-RlA 1
RCR20Gl02JS 4-Rl5 1 RN55Cl303F 2-RlB l
RCR20Gl02JS 4-R30 1 RN55Cl303F 3-RlB l
RCR20Gl02JS 5-Rl5 1 RN55Cl303F 4-R1B l
RCR20Gl02JS 5-R30 1 RN55Cl303F 5-RlB l
RCR20G221JS 2-R36 1 RN55C1403F 2-RlC 1
RCR20G221JS 3-R36 1 RN55Cl403F 3-RlC l
RCR20G221JS 4-R36 1 RN55Cl403F 4-R1C 1
RCR20G22lJS 5-R36 1 RN55Cl403F 5-RlC 1
RCR20G271JS 2-R29 1 RN55Cl503F 2-R]D 1
RCR20G271JS 3-R29 1 RN55C1503F 3-RlD 1
nsmljtp202IPLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1009

Levision A June 30, 1999
CornponentAdahitenanceAdanual
Pß¾501-1075-()
Part Number Figure / Item Oty. Part Number Figure /Item Oty.
FUV55C1503F 4-RID 1 S10162-09 4-C9 1
PJ455C1503F 5-R1D 1 $10162-09 5-C9 1
FOR55C4122F 6-R5 1 S10162-16 3-C10 l

S10034-10-35h4 2-Cl9 1 S10162-16 5-C10 1
S10034-10-35hí 3-Cl9 1 S10162-34 2-C2 1
S10034-10-35hí 4-C19 1 S10162-34 3-C2 1
S10034-10-35hí 5-Cl9 1 S10162-34 4-C2 1
S10117-05 2-C7 1 S10162-34 5-C2 1
S10117-407GO40-4 3-C7 1 S10162-39 2-C10 1
S10117-407 GO40-4 4-C7 1 S10162-39 4-C10 1
S10117-407 GO40-4 5-C7 1 S10169-01 2-Cl l
S10130-04 2-06 1 S10169-01 3-Cl 1
S10130-04 3-C6 1 S10169-01 4-Cl l
S10130-04 4-C6 1 S10169-01 5-Cl l
S10130-04 5-C6 1 S11082-09 6-R7 1
S10130-22 2-020 1 Sll083-25-5-1 6-R6 1
S10130-22 3-C20 1 S11083-5-65-3 2-R32 1
S10130-22 4-C20 1 S11083-5-65-3 2-R35 1
S10130-22 S-C20 1 S11083-5-65-3 3-R32 1
S10130-51 2-C5 1 S11083-5-65-3 3-R35 l
S10130-51 3-C5 1 S11083-5-65-3 4-R32 1
Sl0130-51 4-C5 1 S11083-5-65-3 4-R35 1
510130-51 5-C5 1 S11083-5-65-3 5-R32 1
S10150-505PO30 2-Cl5 1 S11083-5-65-3 5-R35 1
S10150-505PO30 3-Cl5 1 S11091-05 2-R33 l
S10150-505PO30 4-C15 1 S11091-05 3-R33 1
S10150-505PO30 5-C15 1 511091-05 4-R33 1
$10151-50 2-C21 1 S11091-05 5-R33 1
$10151-50 3-C21 1 S11091-28 2-R37 1
S10151-50 4-C21 1 $11091-28 3-R37 1
510151-50 5-C21 1 S11091-28 4-R37 l
S10160-02 2-C11 1 S11091-28 5-R37
S10160-02 3-Cll l S11127-122J4 3-R40 1
S10160-02 4-C11 l Slll27-122J4 5-R40 l
SS11016602-0029 52 SS112200001-1449
29 1 2- 21 1
S10162-09 3-C9 1 S1200l-l49 4-lQ2l l
m:mljtp202IPLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1010

Revision A June30,1999
Conaponenthianitenancehtanual
PnS501-1075-()
Part Number FigureI Item Oty. Part Number Figure / Item Oty.
S12001-149 5-Q21 1 Sl2002-194 2-CR20 1
S12001-152 2428 1 S12002-194 3-CR20 1
S12001-152 3-Q8 1 S12002-194 4-CR20 1
S12001-152 4-Q8 1 S12002-194 5-CR20 1
S12001-152 5-IQ8 1 S12009-06 2-IQl7 l
S12001-154 2-Q1 1 S12009-06 3-Ql7 1
S12001-154 3-lQl 1 S12009-06 4-Ql7 1
S12001-154 4-Ql 1 S12009-06 5-Ql7 1
S12001-154 54Q1 1 Sl5045-01 6-Kl l
S12001-164 6-lQ1 1 S21001-28 1-180 1
S12001-164 6-Q2 1 S21001-31 1-175 1
S12001-164 6-Q3 1 S21019-01 1-185 2
S12001-164 6-Q4 1 S24134-01 2-Jl l
S12001-164 6-Q5 1 S24134-01 3-Jl l
S12002-154 2-CRl8 1 S24134-01 4-Jl 1
S12002-154 3-C3tl8 1 S24134-01 5-Jl l
S12002-154 4-CRl8 1 S24134-02 2-JlA 1
S12002-188 2-CRl ' 1 S24134-02 3-JlA 1
S12002-188 2-C3112 1 S24134-02 4-JlA 1
S12002-188 2-C3tl3 1 S24134-02 5-JlA 1
S12002-188 2-C3114 1 S26100-01 1-200 1
S12002-188 2-C3tl5 1 S26100-02 1-205 1
S12002-188 3-CRl 1 S26103-01 1-115
S12002-188 3-C3112 1 S32000-04B 2-20 2

S12002-188 3-C3tl3 1 S32000-04B 3-20 2
S12002-188 3-C3tl4 1 S32000-04B 4-20 2
S12002-188 3-C3tl5 1 S32000-04B 5-20 2
S12002-188 4-CRl 1 S32002-04D 2-80 3
S12002-188 4-CRl2 1 S32002-04E) 3-80 3
512002-188 4-C3tl3 1 S32002-04I) 4-80 3
S12002-188 4-C3tl4 1 S32002-04E) 5-80 3
Sl2002-188 4-C3tl5 1 S32051-03 5-110 5
S12002-188 5-C3tl l S32051-03 6-40 2
Sl2002-188 5-CRl2 1 S32051-4862-127 2-110 3
S12002-188 5-CR13 1 S32051-4862-127 3-110 5
S12002-188 5-C3tl4 1 S32051-4862-127 4-110 3
S12002-188 5-CRl5 1 S32053-2001B-1 2-25 2
nsmijtp202IPLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1011

Eevision A June30,1999
Conaponenthiaintenancehdanual
Pß¾ 501-1075-()
S32053-2001B-1 3-25 2 S36029-02 2-150 19
S32053-2001B-1 4-25 2 S36029-02 3-150 19
S32053-2001B-1 5-25 2 S36029-02 4-150 19
832053-200181 6-15 4 S36029-02 5-150 19
S32053-2035B-1 2-30 5 S45022-03 2-135 1
S32053-2035B-1 3-30 5 S45022-03 3-135 1
S32053-2035B-1 4-30 6 S45022-03 4-135 1
S32053-2035B-1 5-30 6 S45022-03 5-135 1
S32053-2035B1 6-10 6 846048-25 1-210
S33001-03-D 2-35 1 S46048-28 1-155 2
S33001-03-D 3-35 1 S46048-3 1-75 6
S33001-03-D 4-35 1 S46048-4 1-15 1
S33001-03-D 5-35 1 846053-08 2-40 10
S33030-139B 1-230 2 S46053-08 3-40 10
S33030-139B 1-230A 6 S46053-08 4-40 8
S36002-001 2-160 4 846053-08 5-40 8
S36002-001 3-160 4 S.elect 2-Rl 1
S36002-001 4-160 4 Select 3-R1 1
S36002-001 5-160 4 Select 4-R1 1
S36020-16 8-20 2 Select 5-Rl l
S36020-36 2-160A 4
S36020-36 3-160A 4
S36020-36 4-160A 4
S36020-36 5-165A 4
S36029-01 1-90 2
msmljtp202LPLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1012

Revision As June 30,1999
P/N 501-1075-()
3. Part Reference Designator Index
A. Part Reference Designator
This column lists all components by their equipment designator in alphanumeric sequence.
B. IPL Figure Column
This column lists Detailed Parts List IPL Figure number.
C. Item Number
This column lists the Detailed Parts List Item Number where all items having equipment
designators can be found.
Part IPL Item Part IPL Item Part IPL Item

Reference Figure No. Reference Figure No. Reference Figure No.
Designator Designator Designator
AlB1 l 20 AlCl9 4 Cl9 AlC5 4 C5
AlB2 l 10 AlCl9 5 Cl9 AlC5 5 C5
AlCl 2 Cl AlC2 2 C2 AlC6 2 C6
AlCl0 2 Cl0 AlC20 2 C20 AlC7 2 C7
AlC10 4 Cl0 AlC20 4 C20 AlC7 4 C7
AlCl0 5 C10 AlC20 5 C20 AlC7 5 C7
AlCll 2 Cll AlC21 2 C21 AlC8 2 C8
AlCll 3 Cll AlC21 3 C21 AlC8 3 C8
AlCll 4 Cll AlC21 4 C2l AlC8 4 C8
AlCll 5 Cll AlC2l 5 C21 AlC8 5 C8
AlCl5 2 C15 AlC3 2 C3 AlC9 2 C9
AlC15 3 Cl5 AlC3 3 C3 AlC9 3 C9
AlCl8 2 Cl8 AlC4 2 C4 AlCRl 2 CRl
AlC18 3 Cl8 AlC4 3 C4 AlCRl 3 CRl
AlCl8 4 Cl8 AlC4 4 C4 AlCRl 4 CR1
AlCl8 5 Cl8 AlC4 5 C4 AlCRl 5 CRl
AlCl9 2 Cl9 AlC5 2 C5 AlCRl0 2 CRl0
AlCl9 3 Cl9 AlC5 3 C5 AlCRl0 3 CRl0

Revision A
June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()

AlCRl0 4 CR10 A1CR19 3 CR19 AlCR5 2 CRS
AlCR10 5 CRIO AlCR19 4 CRl9 A1CR5 3 CR5
AlCR11 2 CRll AlCR]9 5 CR19 AlCR5 4 CRS
AlCR11 3 CR11 AlCR2 2 CR2 AlCR5 5 CR5
AlCRll 4 CRll AlCR2 3 CR2 AlCR6 2 CR6
AlCRll 5 CR11 AlCR2 4 CR2 AICR6 3 CR6
AlCR12 2 CRl2 AlCR2 5 CR2 AlCR6 4 CR6
AlCR12 3 CR12 AlCR20 2 CR20 AlCR6 5 CR6
AlCRl2 4 CR12 AlCR20 3 CR20 AlCR7 2 CR7
AlCR12 5 CRl2 AlCR20 4 CR20 AlCR7 3 CR7
AICRl3 2 CRl3 AlCR20 5 CR20 AlCR7 4 CR7

AlCRl3 4 CRl3 AlCR21 3 CR21 AlCR8 2 CR8
AlCRl3 5 CRl3 AlCR2] 4 CR21 AlCR8
I 3 CR8

AlCRl5 4 CRl5 AlCR23 3 CR23 AlF2 1 55
AlCRl5 5 CRl5 AlCR23 4 CR23 AlF2 I 60

AlCRl6 2 CRl6 AlCR23 5 CR23 AlJl 2 Jl
AlCRl6 3 CR16 AlCR24 8 CR24 AlJl 3 Jl
AlCR16 4 CRl6 AlCR25 8 CR25 Alll 4 Jl
AlCRl6 5 CRl6 AlCR26 8 CR26 A1J1 5 Jl
AlCRl7 2 CRl7 AlCR27 8 CR27 AlJlA 2 JlA
AlCRl8 2 CRl8 AlCR3 5 CR3 AlL1 2 Ll
AlCRl8 3 CRl8 AlCR4 2 CR4 AlL1 3 Ll
AlCR18 4 CRl8 AlCR4 3 CR4 AlL1 4 Ll
AlCR18 5 CRIS AlCR4 4 CR4 AlL1 5 L1
AlCRl9 2 CR19 AlCR4 5 CR4 AlL2 2 L2
msmijtp202IPLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1014

ConaponentNiaintenanceNianual
P/FJ 501-1075-( )
Part IPL Item Part IPL Item Part IPL Rem

Ax1LI 3 LI As1(ll6 4 (116 Atl(26 3 (26
AtlL I 4 LI Atl()l6 5 (116 Ax1(26 4 (26
AtlL2 5 L1 Atl(217 2 (217 Atl()6 5 Q6
Ax1L3 3 L3 A=1(217 3 Ç¿l7 At1(27 2 ()7
AtlL3 5 L3 At1(¿l7 4 (217 Atl()7 3 Q7
Atl()l 2 ()1 Atl()l7 5 Ç¿l7 Atl()7 4 ()7
Atl()l 3 ()1 Atl()l8 2 Ç¿l8 Atl()7 5 ()7
Atl()l 4 ()1 Atl()l8 3 Ç¿l8 Atl(28 2 (28

Al(ll 5 ()1 A=1(218 4 (218 Atl()8 3 Q8
Atl()l0 2 (210 Atl(218 5 Ç¿l8 Atl()8 4 ()8
Ax1(210 3 (210 Atl()2 2 (22 Atl()8 5 (28
Atl(210 4 (210 Atl()2 3 (22 141111 2 Rl
Atl()l0 5 (210 Atl(22 4 ()2 AtlRI 3 Rl
Atl()11 2 ()11 Atl()2 5 (22 141111 4 Rl

Atl(211 3 (211 Atl(220 2 ($20 ArlFL1 5 R1
Atl()ll 4 (211 As1()20 3 (y20 AtlR10 2 RlC
A1Q11 5 Qll AlQ20 4 Q20 AlRIO 3 R10

AlQl2 2 Ql2 AlQ20 5 Q20 AlR10 4 Rl0
Atl()l2 3 (212 Atl()21 2 ()21 /\11110 5 Rl0
Atl(212 4 (212 Atl()21 3 ()21 ¿\11111 2 Rll
Atl(212 5 (212 Atl()21 4 ()21 Atlftl 1 3 Rll
Atl(213 2 (213 Atl()21 5 (221 Atlftl 1 4 Rll
Atl()l3 3 (213 Atl()3 2 ()3 AtlR11 5 Rll
A1(213 4 (213 Atl()3 3 ()3 AtlR12 2 R12
Atl()l3 5 ()13 Atl()3 4 ()3 Atlft12 3 R12
Al()]4 2 ()14 ikl(23 5 ()3 AtlR12 4 R12
Atl()l4 (214 Atl()4 2 ()4 iklft12 5 Rl2
Atl(214 4 C)14 Ax1(24 3 (24 Ax1Ft13 2 R13
Atl()l4 5 (214 Atl(24 4 (24 AtlFtl3 3 RI3
Al()l5 2 (215 Atl()4 5 (24 AtlRl3 4 Rl3
A1()l5 3 (215 Al(25 2 (25 AtlR13 5 Rl3
Atl()l5 4 (215 Atl()5 3 (25 As1Ftl4 2 Rl4
Atl()l5 5 (215 Atl()5 4 (25 AtlFtl4 3 Rl4
Atl(ll6 2 (216 Al(25 5 (25 AtlRl4 4 Rl4

Atl(216 3 ()16 Aal()6 2 (26 AtlFtl4 5 Rl4

Revision At Jtule 30,1999
P/N 501-1075-()

AlR15 2 Rl5 AlRID 5 R1D AlR27 4 R27
AlR15 3 Rl5 AlR2 2 R2 AlR27 5 R27
AlRl5 4 Rl5 AlR2 3 R2 AlR28 2 R28
AlR15 5 Rl5 A1R2 4 R2 AlR28 3 R28
AlRl6. 2 Rl6 AlR2 5 R2 AlR28 4 R28
AlRl6 3 R16 AlR20 2 R20 AlR28 5 R28
AlRl6 4 R16 AlR20 3 R20 AlR29 2 R29
AlR16 5 R16 AlR20 4 R20 A1R29 3 R29
AlR17 2 R17 AlR20 5 R20 AlR29 4 R29
AlRl7 3 R17 AlR21 2 R21 AlR29 5 R29
AlR17 4 Rl7 AlR21 3 R21 AlR3 2 R3
AlRl7 5 R17 AlR21 4 R21 AlR3 3 R3
AlR18 2 R18 AlR21 5 R21 AlR3 4 R3
A1Rl8 3 R18 AlR22 2 R22 AlR3 5 R3
A1Rl8 4 Rl8 AlR22 3 R22 AlR30 2 R30
AlRl8 5 R18 AlR22 4 R22 AlR30 3 R30
AlR19 2 R19 A1R22 5 R22 AlR30 4 R30
AlR19 5 R19 AlR23 4 R23 AlR31 3 R31
AlRIA 2 RlA AlR23 5 R23 AlR31 4 R31
AlR1A 3 RlA AlR24 2 R24 AlR31 5 R31
AlRlA 4 RlA AlR24 3 R24 AlR32 2 R32
AlRlA 5 RlA AlR24 4 R24 AlR32 3 R32
AlRIB 2 RlB AlR24 5 R24 AlR32 4 R32
AlRIB 3 RlB AlR25 2 R25 AlR32 5 R32
AlRlB 4 RlB AlR25 3 R25 AlR33 2 R33
AlRlB 5 RlB AlR25 4 R25 AlR33 3 R33
AlRlC 2 R1C AlR25 5 R25 AlR33 4 R33

AlRlC 3 R1C AlR26 2 R26 AlR33 5 R33
AlR1C 4 RlC AlR26 3 R26 AlR33A 2 R33A
AlRlC 5 RlC AlR26 4 R26 AlR33A 3 R33A
AlRID 2 RlD AlR26 5 R26 AlR33A 4 R33A
RR 2 7 AAl 334A 52 334A

4 D E 7 lR R
msm1jtp202IPLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1016

P/N 50 1-1075-( )

AlR34 3 R34 AlR5 4 R5 A3CR4 6 CR4
AlR34 4 R34 AlR5 5 R5 A3CR5 6 CR5
AlR34 5 R34 A1R6 2 R6 A3CR6 6 CR6
AlR35 2 R35 AlR6 3 R6 A3CR7 6 CR7
AlR35 3 R35 AlR6 4 R6 A3Kl 6 Kl
AlR35 4 R35 AlR6 5 R6 A3Ql 6 Ql
AlR35 5 R35 AlR7 2 R7 A3Q2 6 Q2
AlR36 2 R36 AlR7 3 R7 A3Q3 6 Q3
AlR36 3 R36 AlR7 4 R7 A3Q4 6 Q4
AlR36 4 R36 AlR7 5 R7 A3Q5 6 Q5
AlR36 5 R36 AlR8 2 R8 A3Rl 6 Rl
AlR37 2 R37 AlR8 3 R8 A3R10 6 RIO
AlR37 3 R37 AlR8 4 R8 A3R2 6 R2
AlR37 4 R37 AlR8 5 R8 A3R3 6 R3
AlR37 5 R37 AlR9 2 R9 A3R4 6 R4
AlR37A 2 R37A AlR9 3 R9 A3R5 6 R5
AlR37A 3 R37A AlR9 4 R9 A3R6 6 R6
AlR37A 4 R37A AlR9 5 R9 A3R7 6 R7
AlR37A 5 R37A AlTl 2 Tl A3R8 6 R8
AlR38 2 R38 AlTl 3 Tl A3R9 6 R9
AlR38 3 R38 AlTl 4 Tl
AlR38 4 R38 AlTl 5 Tl
AlR38 5 R38 AlT2 2 T2
AlR39 2 R39 AIT2 3 T2
AlR39 3 R39 AlT2 4 T2
AlR39 4 R39 AlT2 5 T2
AlR39 5 R39 AlTBl 2 TBl
AlR4 5 R4 A3Cl 6 Cl
AlR40 5 R40 A3C2 6 C2
AlR40 5 R40 A3CRl 6 CRl
AlR5 2 R5 A3CR2 6 CR2
AlR5 3 R5 A3CR3 6 CR3
msmljtp202IPLidiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1017

tsroooancn Aviomcs bystems, Inc.
P/N 501-1075-()
4. Detailed Parts List
The Detailed Parts List consists of illustrations and columnar parts listing of component parts for
this equipment. AII assemblies, subassemblies, and parts that can be disassembled, repaired or
replaced, and reassembled are included. The Detailed Parts List only lists and illustrates those parts
attached by means other than welding or riveting, or other generally accepted means of permanent
attachment.
Each illustration is assigned a figure number commencing with IPL Figure 1 and progressing
sequentially from there. Alpha variants A thru Z will be assigned to figure numbers when necessary
to add additional figures to show modification or configuration changes, or differences between
units.
A. Figure Number Column
This column reflects the assigned Figure number of an illustration.
B. Item Number Column
This column reflects the assigned Item number of an illustration. Items listed but not shown on
the illustration are identified with a dash (-)to the left of the item number. Alpha variants A
thru Z are assigned to existing item numbers when necessary to add items, to show
configuration changes, or multiple sources for component parts.
C. Part Number Column
Part numbers listed are MIL Standard or BFGoodrich Avionics Systems, Inc. part numbers
BFGoodrich Avionics Systems part numbers consist of a three digit family group, four digit
family number, and a two digit variant number.
D. Nomenclature Column
This column contains key and modifying words depicted within BFGoodrich Avionics
Systems, Inc. drawing title description blocks, modification numbers and service bulletin
references, part reference designators "if any", military standards, plus pertinent information
relative to that part such as "Matched Parts" or Next Higher Assembly (NHA). Electrostatic
discharge sensitive components are identified with bold letters (ESDS).
E. Units Per Assembly Column
Quantities specified in this column are per item number. The letters AR appearing in this
column denote selection of parts on an As Required basis. Letters REF refer to an assembly
completely assembled on a previous illustration.
F. Effectivity Code Column
This column is used to establish parts compatibility with units or subassemblies which are
essentially the same as far as color, marking methods, etc. When no code is listed, parts are
usable on all applicable models or assemblies. At the end of each Figure Listing is a
Effectivity Code to Part Number cross reference table to assist in unit identification.

P/N 501-1075-()
5. How To Use The Detailed Parts List
For the following examples, refer to the appropriate lists and indexes within this manual.
A. Finding the Part Number when only the physical location of the part is known:
1) Use the List of Illustrations to locate assembly page number in which the part is used.
2) Find the illustration and locate the part on the next higher assembly (e.g., if a part is
located oli a PC board, the PC board is the next higher assembly). Note the part number.
3) Refer to the Detailed Parts List for the illustration figure number.
4) Locate the part item number and the part number in the Part Number column.
B. Finding the Part Number when only the Part Reference Designator is known:
1) Find the Part Reference designation number in the Part Reference Designator Index.
2) Refer to the figure and item number column in the Detailed Parts List for part number.
C. Finding an Illustration for a known Part Number:
1) Locate the known part number in the Numerical Index. Note the figure and item number.
2) Turn to the Detailed Parts List and locate the figure and index number for a description of
the part.
3) Turn to the illustration and locate the physical position of that part on the assembly.
msmijtp202]PL i disk l 59 24-20-03 Page 10 19

P/N 501-1075-()
msmljtp2021PLldiskl59 24-20-03 Page 1020

P/N 501-1075-()
Figure Item Part Number Nomenclature Units/ Effectivity

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I i i i I I I
1 1 501-1075-01 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF A

Model PS-823A
lA 501-1075-02 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF B
Model PS-823B
1B 501-1075-03 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF C
Model PS-823C
IC 501-1075-04 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF D
Model PS-823D
1D 501-1075-05 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF E
Model PS-823A/T
lE 501-1075-06 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF F
Model PS-823B/T
1F 501-1075-07 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF G
Model PS-823C/T
1G 501-1075-08 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF H
Model PS-823D/T
lH 501-1075-09 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF I
Model PS-823E
1J 501-1075-10 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF J
Model PS-823F
1K 501-1075-11 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF K
Model PS-823G
1L 501-1075-12 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF L
Model PS-823H
1M 501-1075-13 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF M
Model PS-823E/T
1N 501-1075-14 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF N
Model PS-823F/T
1P 501-1075-15 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF O
Model PS-823G/T
1Q 501-1075-16 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY REF P
Model PS-823H/T
5 517-1070-01 • COVER ASSEMBLY I
(Inseparable assembly)
10 535-1203-01 • • PLATE, Caution 1
ATTACHING PARTS
15 S46048-4 • SCREW, Flathead I A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H,
20 NASl635-04-4P • SCREW, Pan Head Superseded by Item 20A 2
msmljtp202IPL2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1023

P/N 50 1-1075-( )

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 20A MSS1957-13B • SCREW, Pan Head Supersedes ltem 20 2

kuu
25 573-1167-01 • BRACKET, Support assembly 1 A, C, E, G, I,

Use in conjunction with AlBl. K, M, O
ATTACHING PARTS
30 NASl635-04-SP • SCREW, Pan Head Superseded by Item 30A 4
30A MSS1957-15B • SCREW, Pan Head Supersedes Item 30 4
kuk
35 559-1611-01 • BATTERY PACK (AlB2) Units with 1 B, D, F, H, J,

effectivities of A, C, E, G, I, K, M, O may L, N, P
use either AlBl or AlB2.
40 559-1610-01 • • BATTERY, Nicad Cell, 1.5V 20
45 559-1612-01 • BATTERY PACK (AlBl) Units with 1

effectivities of A, C, E, G, I, K, M, O may
use either AlBl or AlB2.
50 559-1610-01 • • BATTERY, Nicad Cell, 1.5V 20
ATTACHING PARTS
55 MS24693-4B • SCREW, Flathead 6
60 NAS43DDO-8 • SPACER Use spacer in place of AlBl. AR A, C, E, G, I,
K, M, O
65 MS35649-244 • NUT, Plain Hex AR A, C, E, G, I,
Use hex in place of A1B1. K, M, O
Akk
70 542-1072-01 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, 1 A, B, I, J

A, B Superseded by 542-1254-01)
(I, J Superseded by 542-1254-02)
70A 542-1080-01 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, 1 C, D, K, L
(C, D Superseded by 542-1255-01)
(K, L Superseded by 542-1255-02)
70B 542-1088-01 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, 1 E, F, M, N
(E, F Superseded by 542-1256-01)
(M, N Superseded by 542-1256-02)
70C 542-1089-01 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, 1 G, H, O, P

(A, B Superseded by 542-1254-01)
(E, F Superseded by 542-1256-01)
70D 542-1254-01 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY, CCA, 1 A, B
(A 1) (See IPL Figure 2 for breakdown)
70E 542-1254-02 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, 1 I, J

(Al)(See IPL Figure 2 for breakdown)
msmijtp202IPL2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1024

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 70F 542-1255-01 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, l C, D

(Al) (See IPL Figure 3 for breakdown)
70G 542-1255-02 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, l K, L
70H 542-1256-01 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, l E, F
70J 542-1256-02 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, 1 M, N
(A1)(See IPL Figure 4 for breakdown)
70K 542-1257-01 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, 1 G, H
(Al) (See IPL Figure 5 for breakdown)
70L 542-1257-02 • EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, l O, P
ATTACHING PARTS
75 S46048-3 • SCREW, Flathead 6
80 NASl635-04-5P • SCREW, Pan Head Superseded by Item 80A 4
80A MS51957-14B • SCREW, Pan Head Supersedes Item 80 4

kkk
85 542-1087-01 • BATTERY TEST ASSEMBLY (A3) 1 E, F, G, H,

(Models /T) (See IPL Figure 6 for breakdown)
_
M, N, O, P
ATTACHING PARTS
90 S36029-01 • WASHER, Shouldered 2 E, F, G, H,
M, N, O, P
95 NASl635-04-8 • SCREW, Machine 2 E, F, G, H,
Superseded by Item 95A M, N, O, P
95A MS51957-17 • SCREW, Machine, Round Head 2 E, F, G, H,
Supersedes Item 95 M, N, O, P
100 NASl635-04-SP • SCREW, Pan Head 1
Superseded by Item 100A
100A MS51957-14B • SCREW, Pan Head Supersedes ltem 100 1
kkk
105 542-1111-01 • HEATSINK ASSEMBLY l

(See IPL Figure 7 for breakdown)
Models A, B, E, F See Mod 7
Models C, D, G, H See Mod 4
Models CIT, D/T G/T, H/T See Mod 5
Models A/T, B/T, EIT, F/T See Mod 8
Service Bulletin SB501-1075-8 & 8A
110 549-1011-06 • • HANDLE, Finished 1
ll 5 $26103-01 • • • PLATE, Designation
msmijtp202IEL2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1025

P/N 501-1075-()
Figure Item Part Number Nomenclature Units| Effectivity

Assy Code
1234567
1 ATTACHING PARTS
120 NAS1635-34-14 • SCREW, Pan head Superseded by Item 2
120A
120A MS51958-66 • SCREW, Pan head Supersedes Item 120 2
125 MS35338-138 • WASHER, Lock-Spring 2
130 AN960-C10L • WASHER, Flat Superseded by Item 130A 2
130A NAS620C10 • WASHER, Flat Supersedes Item 130 2
135 549-1028-01 • WASHER, Shouldered 2
140 MS20341-10C • NUT, Plain, Hex Superseded by Item 140A 2
140A MS35650-304 • NUT, Plain, Hex Supersedes Item 140 2

Akk
145 542-1250-01 • DIODE ASSEMBLY see SB501-1075-16F 1

(See IPL Figure 8 for breakdown)
150 NAS622CT2 • • HOOK, Support 1
ATTACHING PARTS
155 $46048-28 • SCREW, Flathead Superseded by Item 2
155A MS24693-C28 • C W, Flathead Supersedes Item 155 1
160 MS24693-C29 • SCREW, Flat Head CSK l

165 MS77068-2 • LUG, Terminal 1
170 MS35649-264 • NUT, Plain, Hex Superseded by Item 170A 1
170A MS21042-06 • NUT, Self-Locking Supersedes Item 170 1
Akk
175 S2100l-31 FUSE, 10 Amp (A1F2) see SB501-1075-23D 1
180 821001-28 FUSE, 5 Amp (A1F1) see SB501-1075-23D 1
185 S21019-01 • FUSE HOLDER Includes: 2
• • GROMMET
• • WASHER, Lock
----- • • NUT
190 518-1098-01 • PANEL, Front see Service Bulletin 1 A, B, C, D, E,
SB501-l075-23D F, G, H
190A 518-1098-02 • PANEL, Front l I, J, K, L, M,

N, O, P
195 535-1098-01 • PLATE, Identification Superseded by Item
195A
msmljtp2021PL2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1026

Revision A
P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
l 195A 535-1606-01 • PLATE, Identification Supersedes Item 195 1
200 S26100-Ol • PLATE, Modification 1
205 S26100-02 • STICKER, Modification 1 A, B, E, F, G,

see Service Bulletin SB501-l075-10 H, I, J, M, N,
O, P
ATTACHING PARTS
210 S46048-25 • SCREW, Flathead Superseded by Item
255A
210A MS24693-25B • SCREW, Flathead Superseded by Item
210B
2 l0B MS24693-26B • SCREW, Flathead Supersedes Item 210B 4
Models A & E See Mod 23
Models B & F See Mod 22
Models C & G See Mod 19
Models D & H See Mod 18
Models AM & E/T See Mod 25
Models B/T & F/T See Mod 24
Models C/T & G/T See Mod 22
Models D/T & H/T See Mod 21
Service Bulletin SB501-1075-21A
215 MS35649-264 • NUT, Plain, Hex Superseded by ltem2l5A 4
215A MS21042-06 • NUT, Self-Locking Supersedes ltem 215 4

Models Aff & E/T See Mod 25
Service Bulletin SB501-l075-21A
kkk
220 517-1069-01 • CHASSIS l

225 AN960-C4 • WASHER, Flat 2 B, D, J, L, F,
H, N, P
225A AN960-C4 • WASHER, Flat AR A, C, E, G, I,
K, M, O
230 S33030-l39B • CLAMP, Cable 2 B, D, F, H J,
L,,N,P
230A S33030-139B • CLAMP, Cable 6 A, C, E, G, I,
K, M, O
msmljtp202IFL2diskl59 24-20-0:1 Page 1027

Revision a June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
2WAS4H
5 6Fl7at,
1 235 MS35333-70 Lock (No longer Required)

Models A/T & E/T See Mod 25
Service Bulletin SB501-l075-21A
240 NAS671C4 • NUT, Plain, Hex Superseded by Item 240B 6 A, C, E, G, I,
K, M, O
240A NAS671C4 • NUT, Plain, Hex Superseded by Item 240C 2 B, D, F, H, J,
L, N, P
240B MS21042-04 • NUT, Self-Locking Supersedes Item240 6 A, C, E, G, I,
Models A & E See Mod 23 K, M, O
240C MS21042-04 • NUT, Self-Locking Supersedes Item240A 2 B, D, F, H, J,
Models A & E See Mod 23 L, N, P
-
Item not shown.

PRV501-1075-()
EffectivityCode
501-1075-01 A
501-1075-02 B
501-1075-03 C
501-1075-04 D
501-1075-05 E
501-1075-06 F
501-1075-07 G
501-1075-08 H
501-1075-09 I
501-1075-10 J
501-1075-11 K
501-1075-12 L
501-1075-13 hi
501-1075-14 N
501-1075-15 C)
501-1075-16 P
msm1jtp202IPL2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1029

Downloaded from Revision At
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine JLule 30,1996)
P/N 501-1075-()
msmijtp202IPL2diskl59 24·20-03 Page 1030

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 I 542-1254-01 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY, CCA, 1 A
(Al)(See IPL Figure 1 for NHA)
1A 542-1254-02 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, 1 B
(A1)(See IPL Figure 1 for NHA)
5 536-1041-01 • ASSEMBLY, PCB, Static Inverter l
Not Procurable
10 536-1251-01 • ASSEMBLY, PCB, EPS Not Procurable 1
See Service Bulletin SB501-1075-4F
15 573-1168-01 • ASSEMBLY, Bracket 1
20 S32000-04B • LUG, Solder 2

25 S32053-200 1B-1 • TERMINAL, Stud 2
30 S32053-2035B-1 • TERMINAL, Stud 5
35 S33001-03-D • CLIP, Capacitor 1
40 846053-08 • SCREW, Round head 10
45 AN960-C4 • WASHER, Flat 4
50 MS51957-15 • SCREW, Pan Head 3
60 MS24693-C25 • SCREW, Flat Head 2

75 NAS620-C4 • WASHER, Flat 7

80 S32002-04D • LUG, Solder 3
85 AN960-D6 • WASHER, Flat 2
90 AN960-C10L • WASHER, Flat 1
95 MS35338-135 • WASHER, Lock, Spring 12
110 S32051-4862- • TERMINAL, Insulated 3

127
115 MS35333-71 • WASHER, Lock, Flat 3

125 MS35649-244 • NUT, Plain, Hex 17
130 MS35649-264 • NUT, Plain, Hex 3

135 S45022-03 • NUT, Self Locking 1
140 MS35650-304 • NUT, Plain, Hex 1

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 145 MS35333-35 • WASHER, Lock, Flat 4
150 S36029-02 • WASHER, Shouldered 19
155 569-1137-05 • WASHER, Shouldered I
160 536002-001 • WASHER, Non-metallic 4
160A 536020-36 • WASHER, Non-metallic (Alternate) 4
165 MS35206-2l8 • SCREW, Machine, Pan Head 2

170 NAS43DDO-14 • SPACER 2
175 MS35206-208 • SCREW, Machine, Pan Head 2
180 NAS43DD3-18 • SPACER 2
185 MS35649-224 • NUT, Plain, Hex 2
190 MS35338-134 • WASHER, Lock Spring 2
195 565-1108-01 • TERMINAL, Lug 1
200 518-1208-01 • PLATE, Reactor Mounting 1
205 MS24693-S31 • SCREW, Machine, Flat, Head l
210 MS15795-805 • WASHER, Flat l
215 MS35333-70 • WASHER, Lock Flat 2
Cl Sl0169-01 • CAPACITOR, 0.01µF, 50Vdc, ±5% 1
C2 S10162-34 • CAPACITOR, 0.lµF, 50Vde, ±5% 1
C3 550-1426-01 • CAPACITOR, 0.001µF, 100Vde, ±5% 1

C4 550-1426-01 • CAPACITOR, 0.001µF, 100Vde, ±5% l
C5 S10130-51 • CAPACITOR, 47µF, 35Vde, ±20% l

C6 S10130-04 • CAPACITOR, lµF, 35Vde, ±20% l
C7 S10117-05 • CAPACITOR, 400µF, 40Vde, ±10% 1
C8 550-1513-03 • CAPACITOR, 150µF, 10Vde, ±10% 1
C9 S10162-09 • CAPACITOR, 0.33µF, 200Vdc, ±10% 1
Cl0 810162-39 • CAPACITOR, 0.lµF, 200Vde, ±7% 1

see Service Bulletin SB501-1075-22
Cl1 S10160-02 • CAPACITOR, 0.05µF, 500Vdc, ±20% 1
see Service Bulletin SB501-1075-7A, 25 &26
Cl5 S10150-505PO30 • CAPACITOR, 5µF, 30Vdc, ±20% l
-
Cl7 • CAPACITOR see SB501-1075-7A & -25
Cl8 550-1404-04 • CAPACITOR, 10µF, 50Vde, ±10% 1

See SB50l-1075-7A, &
-13 -26
msmijtp202lPL3diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1034

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 Cl9 S10034-10-35M • CAPACITOR, 10µF, 35Vde, ±20% 1

See Service Bulletin SB501-1075-5
C20 $10130-22 • CAPACITOR, 18µF, 50Vdc, ±10% 1
C21 Sl0151-50 • CAPACITOR, 3.3µF, 50Vdc, ±10% 1
See Service Bulletin SB501-1075-18B
CRl 512002-188 • DIODE 1
CR2 JAN1N4148 • DIODE 1
CR3 JAN1N5614 • DIODE l

CR7 JAN1N4148 • DIODE see SB501-1075-6A 1
CR8 lN5072 • DIODE, Zener, 16Vde, 3W l
CR9 lN5072 • DIODE, Zener, 16Vdc, 3W l
CRl0 1N5231B • DIODE, Zener, 3.9Vde, 500mW l
CRl l JAN1NS614 • DIODE 1
CRl2 $12002-188 • DIODE 1
CRl3 512002-188 • DIODE 1

CRl4 512002-188 • DIODE l
CRl5 $12002-188 • DIODE 1
CRl6 JAN1NS614 • DIODE 1
CRl7 JANlN5614 • DIODE 1
CRl8 $12002-154 • DIODE 1
CRI9 JANINS614 • DIODE 1
CR20 512002-194 • DIODE l
CR22 JANlN5614 • DIODE 1
CR23 JANlN5614 • DIODE see SB501-l075-12 1
11 524134-01 • CONNECTOR see SB501-1075-23D 1 A

JlA 524134-02 • CONNECTOR l B
L1 556-1802-01 • INDUCTOR l
See Service Bulletin SB50l-1075-1
L2 556-1814-01 • REACTOR 1
msmljtp202IIL3diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1035

PANSO1-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 Ql 512001-154 • TRANSISTOR
Q2 553-1070-01 • TTLA14SIST139t 1
Q3 553-1070-01 • TFutf4SISTCGI 1
Q4 553-1070-01 • T1tAIJSIST139t 1
Q5 2N5496 • TRANSISTOR 1
Q6 553-1069-01 • T3tA14SISTN39L 1
Q7 553-1069-01 • TFutt4SISTIDIt 1
Q8 512001-152 • T3tA14SISTN37t 1
Ql0 549-1128-01 • TRANSISTOR 1
(211 549-1128-01 • TTLA14SIST13Ft 1

Q12 549-1128-01 • TRANSISTOR 1
Ql3 549-1128-01 • TTLA14SIST13Ft 1
Q14 553-1070-01 • TRANSISTOR 1
(215 553-1070-01 • TTLA14SISTN3FL 1
Ql6 553-1070-01 • TFL414SISOECGI 1
Ql7 512009-06 • TTLA14SISTN3FL 1
Ql8 2145156 • TFL4tãSISOECGI l
Q20 2145156 • TTLAIRSIST13R 1
Q21 512001-149 • TRANSISTOR 1

Rl Select • RESISTOR, Select Value 1
RlA RNSSCl213F • 124K O, 1/10W, ±1% 1
R1B EG455C1303F • 130KO,1/10?V,±19/o l
RIC RNSSCl403F • 140KO, 1/10W, ±1% l
R1D FD455C1503F • 150KOL1/109¥,±197. l
R2 551-1015-12 • POTENTIOMETER, 50K O, 1/2W, ±20% l
R3 RCRO7G470JS • RESISTOR, 47 O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R4 RCRO7Gl52JS • RESISTOR, 1.5KO, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R5 RCRO7Gl01JS • RESISTOR, 100 O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R6 RCRO7Gl03JS • RESISTOR, 10K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R7 RCRO7G273JS • RESISTOR, 27K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1

See SB501-1075-24
R9 RCRO7Gl52JS • RESISTOR, l.5K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
msmijtp202IPL3diskl59 24-2(M)3 Page 1036

Downloaded from Revision At
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine JUnie 30,1999
P/N 501-1075-()

Msy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 RIO RCRO7Gl02JS • RESISTOR, 1K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1

R11 RCRO7Gl52JS • RESISTOR, 1.5K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R12 RCRO7G561]S • RESISTOR, 560 O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R14 RCRO7G l02]S • RESISTOR, lK O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R15 RCR20Gl02JS • RESISTOR, 1K O, 1/2W, ±5% 1
R16 RCRO7G562]S • RESISTOR, 5.6K O, 1/4W, ±5% l
R17 551-1015-08 • POTENTIOMETER,2KO,±20% l
R18 RCRO7G223JS • RESISTOR, 22K O, 1/4W, ±5% l
R19 RCR20G3R3JS • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, 1/2W, ±5% l
R20 RCR20G3R3]S • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, 1/2W, ±5% l
R23 RCRO7Gl05]S • RESISTOR, 1 Megn, 1/4W, ±5% l
R25 RCRO7G565JS • RESISTOR, 5.6 Megn, 1/4W, ±5% l
R26 RCRO7Gl53JS • RESISTOR, 15KO, 1/4W, ±5% l
R27 RCRO7Gl83JS • RESISTOR, 18KO, 1/4W, ±5% l
R28 RCR20G621JS • RESISTOR, 620 O, 1/2W, ±5% l

R31 RCRO7Gl01]S • RESISTOR, 100 O, 1/2W, ±5% 1
R32 S11083-5-65-3 • RESISTOR, Wirewound, 65 O, 5W, ±5% 1
R33 S11091-05 • RESISTOR, 1.2K O, 2.2W, ±1% l
R33A 551-1217-05 • RESISTOR, 1.2K O, 2.2W, ±1% (Alternate) I

R35 Sl1083-5-65-3 • RESISTOR, Wirewound, 65 O, 5W, ±5% 1
R37 S11091-28 • RESlSTOR, 390 O, 2.2W l

See SB501-1075-24
R37A 551-1217-28 • RESISTOR, 390 O, 2.2W (Alternate) 1
R38 RCRO5G274]S • RESISTOR, 270K O, 1/4W, ±5% l

See SB501-1075-1
msmbtp202IPL3diskl59
24-20-03 Page 1037
P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
I 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 Tl 556-1107-01 • TRANSFORMER, Power l
T2 556-1112-01 • TRANSFORMER, Power l

TB1 565-1220-02 • BOARD, Terminal see SB501-1075-16F 1
-
Not Shown
Effectivity
Code
542-1254-01 A
542-1254-02 B
msmijtp202lPL3diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1038

Revision A
June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()
Figure item Part Number Nomenclature Units/ Effectivity

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3 1 542-1255-01 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, (Al) 1 A

(See IPL Figure 1 for NHA)
lA 542-1255-02 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, (Al) 1 B
5 536-1065-01 • ASSEMBLY, PCB, Static Inverter
Not Procurable
10 536-1251-01 • ASSEMBLY, PCB, EPS Not Procurable
See Service Bulletin SB50 1-107S-4F
20 S32000-04B • LUG, Solder 2
25 S32053-2001B-1 • TERMINAL, Stud 2
30 S32053-2035B-1 • TERMINAL, Stud 5

40 S46053-08 • SCREW, Round head 10

80 S32002-04D • LUG, Solder 3

110 S32051-4862-127 • TERMINAL, Insulated 5

120 MS35333-73 • WASHER, Lock, Flat l
125 MS35649-244 • NUT, Plain, Hex 17

130 MS35649-264 • NUT, Plain, Hex 3
140 MS35650-304 • NUT, Plain, Hex 1

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3 150 $36029-02 • WASHER, Shouldered 19
160 $36002-001 • WASHER, Non-metallic 4
160A $36020-36 • WASHER, Non-metallic 4

Alternate for item 160
185 MS35649-224 • NUT, Plain, Hex 2
195 565-1108-01 • TERMINAL, Lug 1
200 MSl5795-805 • Washer, Flat 1
205 MS24693-S31 • SCREW, Machine, Flat, Head 1
210 MSl5795-805 • WASHER, Flat 1
215 MS35333-36 • WASHER, Toothlock 6

Cl $10169-01 • CAPACITOR, 0.01µF, 50Vde, ±5% l
C2 $10162-34 • CAPACITOR, 0.lµF, 50Vde, ±5% l
C3 550-1426-01 • CAPACITOR, 0.001µF, 100Vde, ±5% l
C4 550-1426-01 • CAPACITOR, 0.001µF, 100Vdc, ±5% 1
C5 $10130-51 • CAPACITOR, 47µF, 35Vdc, ±20% l
C6 S10130-04 • CAPACITOR, lµF, 35Vde, ±20% 1
C7 S10117-407 • CAPACITOR, 400µF, 40Vde, ±10% l

GO40-4
C8 550-1513-03 • CAPACITOR, 150µF, 10Vdc, ±10% 1
C9 S10162-09 • CAPACITOR, 0.33µF, 200Vde, ±10% l
C10 S10162-16 • CAPACITOR, 0.22µF, 200Vdc ±10% l
See SB501-1075-22
Cll S10160-02 • CAPACITOR, 0.05µF, 500Vde, ±20% 1
See SB501-1075-7A, &
-25,
-26
C15 S10150-505PO30 • CAPACITOR, 5µF, 30Vde, ±20% l

See SB501-1075-7A, &
-13,
-26
C17 • CAPACITOR see SB501-1075-7A & 25

Pß¾501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3 Cl9 S10034-10-35M • CAPACITOR, 10µF, 35Vde, ±20% 1
C21 S10151-50 • CAPACITOR, 3.3µF, 50Vde, ±10% 1
C3tl S12002-188 • DIODE 1
CR2 JANlN4148 • DIODE 1
CR6 JAN1N4148 • DIODE l
CR7 JAN1N4148 • DIODE see SB501-1075-6A 1
CR8 1N5072 • DIODE, Zener, 16Vde, 3W l
CRIO 1N5231B • DIODE, Zener, 3.9Vde, 500mW l

Cit11 JA141145614 • f)ICH3El I
C3t12 S12002-188 • E)R3E)E 1

Cit13 S12002-188 • f)BDI)E 1
C1tl4 S12002-188 • f)R3E)E I
CR15 S12002-188 • DIODE 1

C3tl6 JA141145614 • f)IO·I)E 1
C3tl7 JA141145614 • f)R3[)E 1

CR18 S120022154 • DIODE 1
Cit19 JA141145614 • f)ICH3Ei 1

C1120 S12002-194 • f)ICH3Ei 1
CR21 JAN1NS614 • DIODE 1
Jl S24134-01 • CONNECTOR see SB501-1075-23D 1 A
JlA S24134-02 • CONNECTOR 1 B
L1 556-1802-01 • R4DUCTX3R 1
See Service BulletuiSB501-1075-1
L2 556-1804-01 • DNTI3UCTN3R 1

Itevision As Joule3CI,l999
oruooanen avionics aystems, me.
CornponenthianitenanceAdanual
Pn9501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3 L3 556-1814-01 • REACTOR l
(21 S12001-154 • TTLAliSISTN3R 1

()2 553-1070-01 • TTLA14SISTN3R 1
(23 553-1070-01 • TTLA14SISTN3R 1

()4 553-1070-01 • TTLA14SISTX3R 1
Q5 2N5496 • TRANSISTOR I
(26 553-1069-01 • TTLA14SISTN3R 1
(27 553-1069-01 • TTLA14SISTN3R I
()8 S12001-152 • TTLA14SISTX3Ft 1
Q10 549-1128-01 • TRANSISTOR I

(211 549-1128-01 • TTLA14SISTN3R I

(213 549-1128-01 • TTLA14SISTN3R 1
(214 553-1070-01 • TTLA14SISTX3R 1

(215 553-1070-01 • T1tA14SISTN3R I
()16 553-1070-01 • TTLA14SISTN3R I
Ql7 S12009-06 • TRANSISTOR

(218 2145156 • TTLA14SIST33It 1
(220 2145156 • TTLA14SISTX3R 1
()2] 2145192 • TTLA14SISTN3R .
I
Rl Select • RESISTOR, Select Value l

RlA RN55Cl213F • I24K O, 1/IOW, ±1% 1
R1B RN55Cl303F • I30K O, 1/10W, ±1% 1
RIC RN55C1403F • 140K O, 1/10W, ±1% 1
RIEl FO455C1503F • 150FEll,1/IONV,±1°/o 1
R2 551-1015-12 • POTENTIOMETER, 50K O, 1/2W, ±20% 1
R3 RCRO7G470JS • RESISTOR, 47 O, l/4W, ±5% 1

RS RCRO7Gl01JS • RESISTOR, 100 R, 1/4W, ±5% 1
See Service Bull SB501-51075-24
R8 RCRO7Gl02JS • 1
msmljtp202fPL4diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1044

RevisionA June30,1999
P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3 R9 RCRO7Gl52JS • RESISTOR, 1.5K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1

RIO RCRO7Gl02JS • RESISTOR, 1K O, l/4W, ±5% 1
Rll RCRO7Gl52JS • RESISTOR, l.5K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
Rl2 RCRO7G56llS • RESISTOR, 560 R, l/4W, ±5% 1
R13 RCRO7Gl02]S • RESISTOR, 1KO, l/4W, ±5% 1

Rl4 RCRO7Gl02]S • RESISTOR, 1K O, l/4W, ±5% 1
RIS RCR20Gl02]S • RESISTOR, 1K O, 1/2W, ±5% 1
Rl6 RCRO7GS62]S • RESISTOR, 5.6K O, l/4W, ±5% 1
Rl7 551-1015-08 • POTENTIOMETER, 2K O, ±20% 1
Rl8 RCRO7G223]S • RESISTOR, 22K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
Rl9 RCR20G3R3]S • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, l/2W, ±5% 1
R20 RCR20G3R3]S • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, 1/2W, ±5% 1
R2l RCR20G3R3]S • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, 1/2W, ±5% 1

R22 RCR20G3R3]S • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, 1/2W, ±5% l
R23 RCRO7Gl05]S • RESISTOR, 1 Megn, l/4W, ±5% l
R24 RCRO7Gl05]S • RESISTOR, 1 Megn(nom), 1/4W, ±5% 1
R25 RCRO7GS65]S • RESISTOR, 5.6 Megn, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R26 RCRO7Gl53]S • RESISTOR, 15K O, 1/4W, ±5% l
R27 RCRO7Gl83]S • RESISTOR, 18K O, 1/4W, ±5% l
R28 RCR20G62l]S • RESISTOR, 620 O, 1/2W, ±5% 1
R30 RCR20Gl02]S • RESISTOR, 1K O, l/4W, ±5% l
R31 RCRO7G220]S • RESISTOR, 22 O, 1/2W, ±5% l
R32 S11083-5-65-3 • RESISTOR, Wirewound, 65 O, 5W, ±5% 1
R33 Sl l091-05 • RESISTOR, 1.2K O, 2.2W, ±1%
R33A 551-1217-05 • RESISTOR, 1.2KO, 2.2W, ±l%(Altemate) 1
R35 S11083-5-65-3 • RESISTOR, Wirewound, 65 O, SW, ±5% l
R37 Sll09l-28 • RESISTOR, 390 O, 2.2W

See Service Bulletin SB50l-1075-24
R38 RCRO5G274]S • RESISTOR, 270K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
nsmljtp2021P Adisk]59 24-20-03 Page 1045

levision A June 30, 1999
CornponentAlahitenance Alanual
PDV501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3 R39 RCRO7G221JS • RESISTOR, 220 O, 1/4W, ±5% 1

SeeServiceBulletinSB501-1075-1
R40 S11127-122J4 • RESISTOR, 1.2K O, 5W, ±5% 1
Tl 556-1107-01 • TRANSFORMER, Power l
T2 556-1112-01 • TRANSFORMER, Power l
TB1 565-1220-02 • BOARD, Terminal see SB501-1075-16F l

-NotShowo
EffectivityCode
542-1255-01 At
542-1255-02 B

Revision A June30,1999
P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1234567
4 1 542-1256-01 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, (Al) 1 A

5 536-1041-01 • ASSEMBLY, PCB, Static Inverter
Not Procurable
10 536-1252-01 • ASSEMBLY, PCB, EPS Not Procurable
20 S32000-04B • LUG, Solder 2
25 S32053-2001B-1 • TERMINAL, Stud 2

30 S32053-2035B-1 • TERMINAL, Stud 6
40 $46053-08 • SCREW, Round head 8

55 MSS1957-13 • SCREW, Pan Head 2
65 MSS1957-4 • SCREW, Pan Head 4
80 S32002-04D • LUG, Solder 3


110 $32051-4862- • TERMINAL, Insulated 3

127

120 MS35333-73 • WASHER, Lock, Flat l
125 MS35649-244 • NUT, Plain, Hex 17
130 MS35649-264 • NUT, Plain, Hex 3

135 $45022-03 • NUT, Self Locking 1
140 MS35650-304 • NUT, Plain, Hex 1
msmljtp202IFL5diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1049

uroooarien Avionics:systems, Inc.
P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2W3 4H5 6Sh7ouldered
4 150 S36029-02 19
160 S36002-001 • WASHER, Non-metallic 4
160A 836020-36 • WASHER, Non-metallic (Alternate) 4

185 MS20341-2C • NUT, Plain, Hex 2
195 565-1108-01 • TERMINAL, Lug 1

215 MS35333-70 • WASHER, Lock Flat 2

Cl $10169-01 • CAPACITOR, 0.01µF, 50Vde, ±5% 1
C2 $10162-34 • CAPACITOR, 0.lµF, 50Vdc, ±5% 1
C6 $10130-04 • CAPACITOR, lµF, 35Vde, ±20% l

GO40-4
C9 $10162-09 • CAPACITOR, 0.33µF,200Vdc, ±10% 1
C10 $10162-39 • CAPACITOR, 0.lµF, 200Vdc, ±7% 1

Cl1 $10160-02 • CAPACITOR, 0.05µF, 500Vde, ±20% 1
See SB501-1075-7A, &-25 -26
Cl5 S10150-505PO30 • CAPACITOR, 5µF, 30Vde, ±20% 1

See SB501-1075-7A, & -13 -26
C17 • CAPACITOR See SB501-1075-7A & 25

Cl9 S10034-10-35M • CAPACITOR, 10µF, 35Vde, ±20% 1

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4 C20 S10130-22 • CAPACITOR, 18µF, 50Vde, ±10% 1

C21 810151-50 • CAPACITOR, 3.3µF, 50Vde, ±10% 1
CR1 S12002-188 • DIODE 1

CR7 JAN1N4148 • DIODE See SB501-1075-6A 1
CRl0 1N5231B • DIODE, Zener, 3.9Vde, 500mW 1
CRl1 JAN1N5614 • DIODE 1
CR12 S12002-188 • DIODE 1

CRl3 812002-188 • DIODE 1
CRl4 S12002-188 • DIODE 1
CR15 S12002-188 • DIODE 1
CRl8 S12002-154 • DIODE 1
CR20 S12002-194 • ZENER DIODE 1

CR23 JAN1N5614 • DIODE See Service Bulletin SB501-1075- 1

12
Jl S24134-01 • CONNECTOR See SB501-1075-23D 1 A
L1 556-1802-01 • INDUCTOR 1
L2 556-1814-01 • REACTOR l
Q1 S12001-154 • TRANSISTOR 1
Q2 553-1070-01 • TRANSISTOR I
nsmljtp202IPL5diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1051

Revision a June 30, 1999
PRM50l-1075-()

Assy Code
2TR3 ST6O7R
4 Q3 553-1070-01 S 1
(24 553-1070-01 • TFLA14SISl3Dit 1
(25 2145496 • TFL4t(SISl3Dit 1
(26 553-1069-01 • TFL4t(SISllOft 1
(27 553-1069-01 • TTLAT4SIST13R 1
Q8 $12001-152 • TRANSISTOR 1
Ql0 549-1128-01 • TILA14SISTX3R 1
Qll 549-1128-01 • T1tAT4SIST13R 1
Ql5 553-1070-01 • TTLAIJSISTX3R 1
Q16 553-1070-01 • TTLAT4SISTX3R 1
Ql7 S12009-06 • TRANSISTOR 1
(218 2145156 • TFL414SISl3Dit 1
Q20 2145156 • TTLAT4SISTN3R 1
(221 S12001-149 • TFL4t(SISTN3R 1
R1A RN55Cl213F • l24K O, 1/10W, ±1% 1

R1B RN55Cl303F • 130K O, 1/10W, ±1% 1
R1C RN55Cl403F • 140K O, 1/10W, ±1% 1
RlD RN55C1503F • 150K O, 1/10W, ±1% l

R2 551-1015-12 • POTENTIOMETER, 50K O, 1/2W, ±20% 1
R3 RCRO7G470JS • RESISTOR, 47 W, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R5 RCRO7Gl01JS • RESISTOR, 100 O, 1/4W, ±5% 1

RIO RCRO7Gl02JS • RESISTOR, lK O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
Rl 1 RCRO7G152JS • RESISTOR, 1.5K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1

Itevision As June 30,1999
P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1234567
4 R12 RCRO7G561JS • RESISTOR, 560 O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R13 RCRO7Gl02JS • RESISTOR, 1K O, 1/4W, ±5% l
R14 RCRO7Gl02JS • RESISTOR, 1K O, 1/4W, ±5% l
R15 RCR20Gl02JS • RESISTOR, lK O, l/2W, ±5% l
R16 RCRO7G562JS • RESISTOR, 5.6K 4 l/4W, ±5% l
Rl7 551-1015-08 • POTENTIOMETER,2KO,±20% 1
R18 RCRO7G223JS • RESISTOR, 22K O, l/4W, ±5% l
Rl9 RCR20G3R3JS • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, l/2W, ±5% l
R20 RCR20G3R3JS • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, l/2W, ±5% l
R2l RCR20G3R3]S • RESISTOR, 3.3 4 l/2W, ±5% l
R23 RCRO7Gl05JS • RESISTOR, 1 Megn, 1/4W, ±5% l
R24 RCRO7G684JS • RESISTOR, 680K O, 1/4W, ±5% l
R25 RCRO7GS65JS • RESISTOR, 5.6 Megn, l/4W, ±5% l
R26 RCRO7Gl53JS • RESISTOR, 15KO, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R27 RCRO7Gl83JS • RESISTOR, 18KO, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R28 RCR20G621JS • RESISTOR, 620 O, l/2W, ±5% 1
R29 RCR20G271JS • RESISTOR, 270 O, 1/2W, ±5% 1
R30 RCR20Gl02JS • RESISTOR, 1K O, l/4W, ±5% 1
R31 RCRO7Gl01JS • RESISTOR, 100 O, l/2W, ±5% l
R32 S11083-5-65-3 • RESISTOR, Wirewound, 65 O, SW, ±5% 1
R33 511091-05 • RESISTOR, 1.2K O, 2.2W, ±1% l
R33A 551-1217-05 • RESISTOR, 1.2Kû, 2.2W,±1% (Altemate) 1
R34 RCRO7G221JS • RESISTOR, 220 R 1/4W, ±5% l

R35 Sl1083-5-65-3 • RESISTOR, Wirewound, 65 O, SW, ±5% 1
R36 RCR20G221JS • RESISTOR, 220 R 1/2W, ±5% l
R37 Sl1091-28 • RESISTOR, 390 R 2.2W l

See SB501-1075-24
R37A 551-1217-28 • RESISTOR, 390 O, 2.2W (Alternate)
R39 RCRO7G22lJS • RESISTOR, 220 O, l/4W, ±5% l

See Service Bulletin SB501-1075-l
Tl 556-ll07-Ol • TRANSFORMER,Power l
T2 556-1l12-01 • TRANSFORMER, Power I

Revision A
June 30, 1999
P/N 501-1075-()
Figure Item PartNumber Nomenclature UnitsI Effectivity

Assy Code
1234567
4 TBl 565-1220-02 • BOARD, Terminal See SB501-1075-16F l

-
Not Shown
EffectivityCode
542-1256-01 A
542-1256-02 B

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 l 542-1257-01 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CCA, (Al) 1 A

5 536-1065-01 • ASSEMBLY, PCB, Static Inverter l
Not Procurable
10 536-1252-01 • ASSEMBLY, PCB, EPS Not Procurable 1
20 S32000-04B • LUG, Solder 2
25 S32053-2001B-1 • TERMINAL, Stud 2
30 S32053-2035B-1 • TERMINAL, Stud 6

40 546053-08 • SCREW, Round head 8

80 S32002-04D • LUG, Solder 3

110 S32051-03 • TERMINAL, Insulated 5
125 MS35649-244 • NUT, Plain, Hex 15
130 MS35649-264 • NUT, Plain, Hex 3
140 MS35650-304 • NUT, Plain, Hex 1

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 150 S36029-02 • WASHER, Shouldered 19
160 S36002-001 • WASHER, Non-metallic 4
160A S36020-36 • WASHER, Non-metallic (Alternate) 4
185 MS20341-2C • NUT, Plain, Hex 2

195 565-1108-01 • TERMINAL, Lug 1
215 MS35333-36 • WASHER, Tooth Lock 4
Cl S10169-01 • CAPACITOR, 0.01µF, 50Vde, ±5% 1
C2 S10162-34 • CAPACITOR, 0.lµF, 50Vde, ±5% 1
C7 S10117-407 • CAPACITOR, 400µF, 40Vdc, ±10% l

GO40-4
C8 550-1513-03 • CAPACITOR, 150µF, 10Vde, ±10% 1
C9 S10162-09 • CAPACITOR, 0.33µF, 200Vde, ±10% 1
C10 S10162-16 • CAPACITOR, 0.22µF, 200Vde ±10% l

Cl1 S10160-02 • CAPACITOR, 0.05µF, 500Vde, ±20% 1
See SB501-1075-7A, &
-25 -26
C15 S10150-505PO30 • CAPACITOR, 5µF, 30Vde, ±20% 1
C18 550-1404-04 • CAPACITOR, 10µF, 50Vde, ±10% l

See SB501-1075-7A, &-13 -26
Cl7 • CAPACITOR See SB501-1075-7A & 25
Cl9 S10034-10-35M • CAPACITOR, l0µF, 35Vdc, ±20% l


Revision A
P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 C20 Sl0130-22 • CAPACITOR, 18µF, 50Vde, ±10% 1

See Service Bulletin SB50l-l075-12
C21 S10l51-50 • CAPACITOR, 3.3µF, 50Vdc, ±10% l
See Service Bulletin SB501-1075-l8B
CR1 S12002-188 • DIODE 1
CR3 JAN1N56l4 • DIODE 1
CR4 JAN1N4148 • DIODE I
CRS JAN1N4148 • DIODE 1
CR7 JAN1N4l48 • DIODE See SB501-1075-6A 1
CR8 lN5072 • DIODE, Zener, 16Vde, 3W l
CR9 1N5072 • DIODE, Zener, 16Vdc, 3W 1
CR10 1N5231B • DIODE, Zener, 3.9Vde, 500mW l
CR11 JAN1N5614 • DIODE . I
CR12 S12002-188 • DIODE I
CR13 S12002-188 • DIODE 1
CR14 S12002-188 • DIODE l
CR15 S12002-188 • DIODE I
CRl7 JANlN5614 • DIODE 1
CRl8 JAN1N56l4 • DIODE I
CR19 JANlN5614 • DIODE I
CR20 S12002-194 • ZENER DIODE I
CR21 JANIN5614 • DIODE 1
CR22 JAN1N56l4 • DIODE 1
CR23 JANIN5614 • DIODE See Service Bulletin SB50l-1075- 1

12
Jl S24134-Ol • CONNECTOR See SB501-1075-23D 1 A

Ll 556-1802-01 • INDUCTOR See SB501-1075-l 1
L2 556-1804-01 • INDUCTOR 1
L3 556-1814-01 • REACTOR 1
Ql Sl200l-154 • TRANSISTOR I

Revision A
twoooaricn Avionics Systems, Inc.
P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1234567
Q2 553-1070-01 • TRANSISTOR 1
5 Q3 553-1070-01 • TRANSISTOR 1
Q4 553-1070-01 • TRANSISTOR l
Q6 553-1069-01 • TRANSISTOR 1
Q7 553-1069-01 • TRANSISTOR l
Q8 Sl2001-152 • TRANSISTOR 1
Q10 549-1128-01 • TRANSISTOR 1
Qll 549-1128-01 • TRANSISTOR 1
Q12 549-1128-01 • TRANSISTOR 1
Q14 553-1070-01 • TRANSISTOR 1

Q17 S12009-06 • TRANSISTOR l
Ql8 2N5156 • TRANSISTOR I
Q21 Sl2001-149 • TRANSISTOR 1
RlA RN55Cl213F • 124K O, 1/10W, ±1% 1
R1B RN55Cl303F • 130K O, 1/10W, ±1% l
R1C RN55C1403F • l40K O, 1/10W, ±1% 1
R1D RN55C1503F • 150K O, 1/10W, ±1% l
R2 551-1015-12 • POTENTIOMETER, 50KO, 1/2W, ±20% 1
R4 RCRO7Gl52JS • RESISTOR, 1.5K O, 1/4W, ±5% l
RS RCRO7Gl01]S • RESISTOR, 100 O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R6 RCRO7Gl03]S • RESISTOR, 10K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R7 RCRO7G273]S • RESISTOR, 27K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1

See SB501-1075-24
R8 RCRO7Gl02]S • RESISTOR, lK O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R9 RCRO7Gl52]S • RESISTOR, 1.5K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R10 RCRO7Gl02]S • RESISTOR, 1K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
III i i i i i
Rl1 RCRO7Gl52JS • RESISTOR, l.SKO, l/4W, ±5% 1
5 Rl2 RCRO7G561JS • RESISTOR, 560 O, l/4W, ±5% 1
RI3 RCRO7Gl02JS • RESISTOR, lK O, l/4W, ±5% 1
R14 RCRO7Gl02JS • RESISTOR, lK O, l/4W, ±5% 1
Rl5 RCR20Gl02JS • RESISTOR, lK O, 1/2W, ±5% 1
Rl6 RCRO7G562JS • RESISTOR, 5.6K O, l/4W, ±5% 1
Rl7 551-1015-08 • POTENTIOMETER, 2K O, ±20% 1
Rl8 RCRO7G223JS • RESISTOR, 22K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R19 RCR20G3R3JS • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, 1/2W, ±5% 1
R20 RCR20G3R3]S • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, 1/2W, ±5% 1
R21 RCR20G3R3JS • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, l/2W, ±5% l
R22 RCR20G3R3JS • RESISTOR, 3.3 O, l/2W, ±5% 1
R23 RCRO7Gl05JS • RESISTOR, 1 Megn, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R24 RCRO7Gl05JS • RESISTOR, l Megn (nom.), 1/4W, ±5% 1
R25 RCRO7G565JS • RESISTOR, 5.6 MegR, l/4W, ±5% 1
R27 RCRO7Gl83JS • RESISTOR, l8K O, l/4W, ±5% 1
R28 RCR20G62lJS • RESISTOR, 620 O, l/2W, ±5% 1
R32 Sll083-5-65-3 • RESISTOR, Wirewound, 65O, 5W, ±5% l
R33 S11091-05 • RESISTOR, 1.2K O, 2.2W, ± l% 1
R33A 551-1217-05 • RESISTOR, 1.2KO, 2.2W, ±1% (Altemate) 1
R35 511083-5-65-3 • RESISTOR, Wirewound, 65 O, 5W, ±5% 1
R36 RCR20G221JS • RESISTOR, 220 O, l/2W, ±5% 1
R37 S11091-28 • RESISTOR, 390 O, 2.2W


R40 S11127-122J4 • RESISTOR, 1.2K O, 5W, ±5% 1
msmijtp202lPL6disklS9 24-20-03 Page 1061

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
R3 NS5FO6¾ER,
Tl 556-1107-01 Power 1
5 T2 556-1112-01 • TRANSFORMER, Power 1
TB1 565-1220-02 • BOARD, Terminal See SBS0l-1075-16F l
-
Not Shown
EffectivityCode
542-1257-01 A
542-1257-02 B

P/N 501-1075-()
20 55
10 K1 R6 25
R7
E11 E12
20, 25, 40
45, 50 15
Battery Test CCA, A2

IPL Figure 6
Figure Item Part Number Nomenclature UnitsI Effectivity

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 1 542-1087-01 BATTERY TEST CIRCUIT CARD REF
ASSEMBLY, (A2) (See IPL Figure 1 for NHA)
5 536-1072-01 • BATTERY TEST PWB, 1
10 S32053- • TERMINAL, Stud 6

2035Bl REF: El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6
15 S32053- • TERMINAL, Stud 4
2001Bl REF: E7, E8, E9, El0
25 573-1177-01 • BRACKET, Heatsink 1
30 MS51957-13 • SCREW, Pan Head AR
30A MS51957-14 • SCREW, Pan Head (Alternate for item 30) AR
msmijtp2021PL6diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1063

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
2TE3R4mA6 7lnsulated
6 40 532051-03 2
REF: E11, E12
50 MS35649-244 • NUT, Plain, Hex 2
55 MS35333-70 • WASHER, Flat 2
Cl 550-1514-03 • CAPACITOR, 180µF, 75Vde, ±10% 1
Models D/T & HIT See Mod 22
Service Bulletin SB501-1075-27
C2 550-1514-06 • CAPACITOR, 60µF, 50Vde, ±10% l
CR3 1N960B • DIODE 1

Models CIT & G/T See Mod 23
Models D/T & HIT See Mod 22
CR4 JAN1N5614 •
CR5 1N967B • DIODE 1
CR6 JANlNS614 • DIODE 1
Kl 515045-01 • RELAY, Crystal can, 5 Amp 1
Ql 512001-164 • TRANSISTOR 1
Q2 512001-164 • TRANSISTOR 1
Q3 512001-164 • TRANSISTOR 1
Q4 $12001-164 • TRANSISTOR I
Q5 512001-164 • TRANSISTOR I
Rl RCRO7G332JS • RESISTOR, 3.3K û, 1/4W, ±5% l
R4 RN55C1004F • RESISTOR, 1M O, 1/4W, ±5% 1


P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1234567
6 R5 RN55C4122F • RESISTOR, 41.2K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1

R6 511083-25-5-1 • RESISTOR, Wire wound, 5 O, 25W, ±1% 1
R7 S11082-09 • RESISTOR, Adjustable, 5K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R8 RCRO7G622]S • RESISTOR, 6.2K O, 1/4W, ±5% 1
R9 RCRO7G333]S • RESISTOR, 33K O, l/4W, ±5% 1
Rl0 RCRO7G332]S • RESISTOR, 3.3K O, l/4W, ±5% 1

P/N 501-1075-()
20
10 5
25
15
30
HEATSINK ASSEMBLY
IPL Figure 7
Figure Item PartNumber Nomenclature Units/ Effectivity

Assy Code
1234567
7 1 542-1111-01 • HEATSINK ASSEMBLY l

Models A, B, E, F See Mod 7
Models C, D, G, H See Mod 4
Models C/T, D/T G/T, HTT See Mod 5
Models A/T, B/T, E/T, F/T See Mod 8
Service Bulletin SB501-1075-8 & 8A
5 Sl2001-141 • • TRANSISTOR, 2N3772 (Q9) I
10 562-1100-01 • • HEATSINK, Transistor 1
15 569-1125-01 • • ISOLATOR, Heatsink 1
ATTACHING PARTS
20 MS35206-227 • • SCREW, Machine 2
25 MS35333-37 • • LUG, Terminal 1
30 AN936-A6 • • WASHER, Lock 1

P/N 501-1075-()
45
50
15
CR26
CR27 60
55
CR25 '
65
5
CR24
e þI
10
1 i
20, 25, 30, 35, 40

Diode Assembly
IPL Figure 8

Assy Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 1 542-1250-01 • ASSEMBLY, DIODE (See IPL Figure 1 for REF

NHA)
Models D/T & HTTSee Mod 16
Models ATT& ETTMod 21
Models C/T & G/T Mod 17
Service Bulletin SB501-1075-16F
5 573-1268-01 • BRACKET, Diode Mounting 1
10 M45938/7-4 • NUT, Clinch 1
15 565-1106-03 • TERMINAL, Feed thru 4
20 S36020-16 • WASHER, Non-Metallic 2
30 565-1111-05 • LUG, Solder 2

P/N 501-1075-()

Assy Code
1234567
8 35 MS35333-39 • WASHER, Lock, Int-tooth 2
40 MS20341-10C • NUT, Plain 2

45 MIL-W-l6878/4 • WIRE, Elect., Insul (Type E18, Red, Wl) AR
50 MIL-W-l6878/4 • WIRE, Elect., Insul (Type E22, Wht, W2) AR
55 MIL-W-l6878/4 • WIRE, Elect., Insul (Type El8, Red, W3) AR
60 MIL-W-l6878/4 • WIRE, Elect., Insul (Type E22, Wht, W4) AR
65 MIL-W-16878/4 • WIRE, Elect., Insul (Type E18, Wht, W5) AR
CR24 554-1112-01 • DIODE 1
CR25 554-1112-01 • DIODE 1


Service Bulletin
Jet Electronics and Technology, Inc.
5353 52nd Street, S. E.
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 58501-1075-1
September 10, 1971
EFFECTIVITY Model PS-823 PCN 8127,8128
COMPONENT Emergency Power COMPLIANCE Customer Option
Supply Upon Request
SUBJECT Addition of resistor and spacer.

PURPOSE To prevent transistor leakage during battery
charging.
PARTS REQUIRED To obtain parts for this Service Bulletin, order
J.E.T., Inc., Modification Kit 504-1516.
Ref. Part
Item Fig. Desig. Qty. Number Description
1 1 R1 511011-2213 RESISTOR, 220 ohm

2 1 2 MS35206-218 SCREW, Machine,
Pan-hd
3 1 2 NAS43DDO-14 SPACER
INSTRUCTIONS 1. Remove the Model PS-823 from the aircraft.

2. Remove cover (1) and batteries (2) (Model
PS-8238) or shelf (3) (Model PS-823A). Do
not disconnect battery wires.
3. Remove screws (26), (27) and (32).

4. Remove batteries (4) and inverter assembly
(36). Do not disconnect battery wires.
S. Drill 2 holes indicated in Figure 1,magnified
section A. Use a number 67 drill.
6. Install the 220 ohm resistor (Kit Item 1) in
holds drilled in step 5.
7. Form and trim resistor leads as shown in

Figure 1,magnified view.
-
1 of 3 -
A Subsidiary of The UFGoodrich Company

I
7'
, e
0.
444 e e 4 4444

SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 58501-1075-1
8. Solder the resistor leads.
9. Remove screws and nuts securing inductor L1.
10. Replace screws with Kit Item 2 and reinstaTT

inductor L1 with spacers (Kit Item 3) between
-
circuit board and inductor (magnified section B).
11. Reinsta11 inverter assembly and batteries.

12. Reinstall cover.
13. Functional test per J.E.T., Inc., Engineerino
Specification 508-1058 or J.E.T., Inc., Instruction
Manual for the Model PS-823 Emergency ower Suooly.
14. Mark off Mod. No. 1 on modification sticker.

15. Reinstall in the aircraft.
Prepared By Approved By
-
3 of 3 -

52dnridchSAvioniScsESystems,
BFSG3 Inc.
P.O. Box 873

vess°a449568680873LJSA
Aerospace
xis°a"
ServiceBulletin
Revision G Date: April 30, 1999 SB501-1075-4G
Revision F Date: September 20, 1984
NOTE
Top assembly part numbers may no longer be changed away from the
factory. This modification must be retumed to the factory for incorporation.
Planing Information
Effectivity PS-823A thru D and E thru H / 501-1075-01 thru -04,

-09 thru-12
/ Emergency Power Supply
ECN: 9199, 9201,9202, 12277
Concurrent Requirements N/A
Reason To provide battery monitoring test capability.
Description Installation of test circuit in Emergency Power Supply to prevent

inverter output during battery test.
Compliance Customer Option (A3)
ms/nh/sb50l-l075-4G/diskl00

EFGoodrich
Aerospace
Service Bulletin
Jet Electronics and Tectinology, Inc.
SB501-l075-5
EFFECTIVITY Model PS-823 September 14, 1971

COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply POR 9061
SUBJECT Addition of capacitor COMPLIANCE Customer option

upon request
PURPOSE To aid starting with
capacitive loads.
PARTS REQUIRED
To obtain parts for this Service Bulletin, order

J.E.T., Inc. modification kit 504-1526-01.
Kit Ref.
Item Fig. Desig. Qty. Part Number Description
l l Cl9 1 S10034-10-35M Capacitor, 10 mfd,

35 wvdc
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Remove the Model PS-823 from the aircraft.
2. Remove screws (6), (34) and cover (1). (Figure 1)
3. Locate terminals (ll) and (15) in Figure l.
4. Install Kit Item 1 between terminals (11) and CL5) with the positive
lead to terminal (ll).
5. Functional test the inverter in accordance with J.E.T'., Inc. Instruc-

tion Manual for the Model PS-823 or J.E.T., Inc. Engineering Specifi-
cation 508-1058.
6. Reinstall the inverter cover and mark off modification dot numbers
as follows:
501-1075-01 MOD. NO. 5
501-1075-02 MOD. NO. 5
501-1075-03 MOD. NO. 2
501-1075-04 MOD. NO. 2
501-1075-05 MOD. NO. 1
501-1075-06 MOD. NO. 1
501-1075-07 MOD. NO. 1
501-1075-08 MOD. NO. 1
nst l e ve er in ai ft.
MI 49588-0873 Telephone (6t6)949.6600 Telex 22-6453 Fax (6t6)949-9376

P.O. Box 873 Grand Rapids,

58501-1075-5
September 14 , 1971
15 //

......... - Serv i ceBu IIet In
Jet Electronics and Technology, Inc. SB501-1075-6A

5353 52nd Street, S.E. September 14, 1971
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 April 23, 1980 REV.
EFFECTIVITY Model PS-823A/T, B/T,

C/T and D/T PCN 9199, 9201, 9202
COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply COMPLIANCE Customer should

incorporate if SB501-1075-4
SUBJECT Install Diode In Battery has been accomplished. (Do
Test Circuit not confuse with SB501-1075-4A)
PURPOSE To prevent inverter output NOTE

during battery test of
501-1075-05, and
-06, -07
Revised to correct mod-
-08
if 5 VAC or 26 VAC is ification information
wired directly to load, (paragraph 17) .
NOTE
This Service Bulletin

not is
to be incorporated SB501- if
1075-4A, B, C, D or E has been
incorporated (installation of
Battery Test Circuit WITH diode
CR7).
PARTS REQUIRED
To obtain parts for this Servicer Bulletin, order

J.E.T., Inc. Modification Kit 504-1527-01.
Kit Ref.
Item Fig. Desig. Oty Part Number Description
1 2 CR7 1 S12002-061 Diode, IN2069

2 2 2 S32051-4862-1-27 Terminal, Insulated
3 2 AR S43001-19A Insulation, Sleeving
4 2 AR 544059-22-9 Wire, Electrical,
insulated
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Remove the Model PS-823 A/T, B/T, C/T or D/T from the aircraft.
2. Remove screws (15), (26), (27), (32), (33) and (34). (See Figure 1.)
3. Remove cover (1), battery pack (4) and as applicable shelf (3) or
battery pack (2).
4. Remove inverter assembly (13) from chassis.
A Subsidiary of The BIFGoodrichCompany

a
ta
Note
3s as Does not include

as Battery Test Circuit
to Board Assembly
21
Figure 1. Model PS-823 Exploded View
2
oervice Bulletin SB501-1075-6A
OO
INSULATED
TERMINAL .
1
2 PLACES -
26
SLEEVING CR7
Figure 2 . Battery Test Board
JUNCTION
R7 AND
.''
C
AE
0.0635 D e- R2
.
Figure 3. Inverter Circuit Board
3
5. Remove battery test circuit board assembly from inverter assembly.

(Figure 1.)
6. Locate relay (Kl) (Figure 2) and remove nuts holding the relay.
7. Replace the nuts with Kit Item 2.
8. Install Kit Item 1 between the insulated terminals installed in

step 7. Do not solder the leads. (Figure 2.)
9. Connect the negative lead of diode CR7 to terminal 25 on the battery

test circuit board using Kit Item 4. (See Figure 2.) Solder the
junctions.
10. Locate the junction of capacitor C2 and resistor R7 on the inverter
circuit board assembly. (Figure 3.)
11. Drill a hole as shown in Figure 3 using a number 52 drill.
12. Connect the positive side of diode CR7 to the junction of capacitor
C2 and resistor C7 using Kit Item 4. Pass the wire through the hole
drilled in step 11 to reach the junction.
13. Coat all reworked areas using Dow Corning Q96-005 coating compound.
14. Reassemble the inverter circuit board assembly ond battery test
circuit board assembly.
15. Reassemble the battery packs, chassis and inverter assembly.
16. Functional test the emergency power supply in accordance with J.E.T.
Instruction Manual for the Model PS-823.
17. Install the cover and mark off modification dots as follows:
501-1075-05 MOD. NO. 6
501-1075-06 MOD. NO. 6
501-1075-07 MOD. NO. 3
501-1075-08 MOD. NO. 3
18. Reinstall the emergency power supply in aircraft.
Prepared By %pproved By

JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SB501-1075-7A
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508
1-800-258-9525 October 7, 1983
NOTE
This SB replaces 88501-1075-7, January 3, 1972 and

revises the Mod Kit. Before installing this mod,
check mod status of unit. If PS-823A or E has Mods
13, 14 & 15 this Mod (20) is not required and shall
not be installed. This is also true of PS-823B, F,
C/T or G/T with Mods 12, 13 & 14; PS-823C or G with
Mods 10, 11 & 12; PS-823D or H with Mods 9, 10 & 11;
PS-823A/T or E/T with Mods 15, 16 & 17; PS-823B/T or
F/T with Mods 14, 15 & 16: PS-823D/T or H/T with Mods
11, 12 & 13. Mod status list in TP-202, PS-823 Main-
tenance Manual provides additional information.
EFFECTIVITY PS-823A thru H and A/T COMPI.IANCE Customer

thru H/T option upon request
COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply PCN 11510
PART NUMBER 501-1075-01 thru -16
SUBJECT Installation of RFI capacitors.
NOTE
The design of the Model PS-823 Emergency Power Supply

provides RFI filtering to meet Category B of TSO-C73
and Category B of DO-138. During the course of pro-
duction it was found that the addition of capacitors
C17 and C18 would also allow meeting the requirements
of Category A/S of DO-138. While the capacitors have
now been added at manufacture, some units manufactured
prior to 1972 may not have capacitors C17 and C18
installed. In order to allow customers to install the
capacitors (at their option) a modification number and
this service bulletin are available. To identify those
units already in the field with capacitors C17 and
C18 installed, the customer may refer to Figure 2 and
determine the location of the capacitors. If already
installed, mark off modification 20. If not installed,
refer to NOTE above. If NOTE does not apply,
continue with steps of this bulletin.
1
PURPOSE To eliminate radiated interference.
PARTS REQUIRED To obtain parts for modification, order J.E.T.,

Inc. Modification Kit 504-1531.
EIT REF.
ITEM OTY DES. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
1 1 C18 810162-10 Capacitor, Fixed, 0.1

mfd, 200 vdc
2 6" S43001-22A Insulation, Sleeving
3 1 C17 810160-01 Capacitor, Fixed, 0.1
afd, 500 vde
4 1 SB501-1075-7A Service Bulletin
INSTRUCTIONS
I 2. Refer
(32),
to Figure
(33), (34),
1 and
(26)
remove 10 amp fuse
and (27),
(7), screws
and remove cover (1).
(6),
3. Remove shelf (3) or battery pack (2) as applicable.
4. Remove battery pack (4) and inverter assembly (36).
I 5. Locate
inch
Kit
on each
Items 1 and
capacitor.
3. Trim leads to approximately 3/4
6. Cut lengths of sleeving (Kit Item 2) which will insulate the

capacitor leads with enough lead left to wrap around con-
nector posts. (See Figure 2).
7. Install sleeving as shown in Figure 2.
8. Attach and solder capacitor leads to pins on circuitry side

of printed circuit as shown in
board Figure 2. (Capacitor
Cl7 between pins 3 and 7 and capacitor C18 between pins 10
and 12).
9. Secure the sleeved leads to the circuit board using epoxy.
10. Inspect the installation for workmanship.
11. Recoat the area using Dow Corning Q96-005 moisture proofing
compound.
12. Reinstall the inverter assembly (36) and battery pack (4).

e
e + 4 -

· --
..I6
E
'
.
®
CR .,y
15 14
c:a Add C17 and
---A Cl8
Il 12 13
Connector posts --
pass through r- -y
) 1
circuit board 6.:. .. 8 . .9
here. .
Ci7 -
S43001-22A
Figure 2

13. Reinstall battery pack (2) or shelf (3) as applicable, cover

(1) and fuse (7) .
14. Functional test the Emergency Power Supply according to

J.E.T., Inc. Instruction Manual for the Model PS-823.
15. Mark off modification dot number 20 (see NOTE onpage 1).
16. Reinstall the Emergency Power Supply in the aircraft.
Lepared By A Approv d By

s...,..¿....wr..-- ServiceBulletn
Jet Electronics and Technology, Inc. March 15, 1977
arand Rapids, Michigan 49508 SB501-1075-8A
EFFECTIVITY PS-823( ) PC_N_9848, 9849, 15771
NOTE
This Service Bulletin supercedes 52501-1075-8. If

52501-1075-8 was complied with no action is necessary.
PART NUMBER 501-1075-( )
SUBJECT Relocation of transistor Q9.
PURPOSE To increase heat sinking capability.

PARTS REQUIRED To obtain parts for modification order J.E.T., Inc.
Modification Kit 504-1532.
Item Qty Ref. Part Description

Desig. Number
l l * 542-1111-01 Heatsink Assembly

2 l 569-1125-01 Isolator, Heatsink
3 2 549-1028-01 Washer,iShouldered
4 2 AN960C10L Washer, Flat
MS35338-138
) 5 2
NASl635-3-14
Washer, Lock, Spring
pan-hd
6 2 Screw, Machine,
7 l S32002-04D Lug, Solder
8 l S36020-36 Washer, Non-metallic
*
Heatsink Assembly contains transistor Q9
INSTRUCTIONS
l. Remove the Model PS-823 Emergency Power Supply from the aircraft.
Refer to the Model PS-823 Emergency Power Supply Instruction Manual for
the following illustrations.
2. Refer to Figure 5-1 and remove screws (6), (34) and cover (1).
3. Remove screws (.26), (27), (32) and (33).
4. Remove battery packs (2) and (4) or shelf (3) and battery pack (.4),
as applicable. It may be necessary to remove inverter assembly (36) at
the same time.
5. Refer to Figure 5-2 and remove transistor Q9.
6. Remove existing solder lug from diode CRl and install Kit Item (7).
Page l of 3
A Subsidiary of The UFGooddch Company

Service Bulletin SB50l-1075-8A
Kit Item 1
t Item 4em
Handle Kit Item 5
Kit Item 2
Kit Item 3
Figure l
Page 2 of 3

Service Bulletin SB501-1075-BA
7. Resecure hardware removed in step (5) installing Kit Item 8 between

solder lug (Kit Item 7) and bracket assembly (3, Figure 5-Ž).
8. Refer to Figure 5-1 and remove handle (14). Discard screws (19)
and washers (18).
9. Refer to Service Bulletin Figure l and reassemble handle and heatsink

assembly as shown.
10. Connect and solder leads from heatsink assembly as follows:
Le_a_d_ Junction
30 Q9E OFigure 5-2)

31 Lug-Kit Item 7 (CRl)
22 Q9B CFigure 5-2)
ll. Recoat all reworked areas.
12. Reinstall battery packs and inverter assembly.

13. Functional test in accordance with Table 3-4 of Instruction Manual.
14. Mark off modification dots as follows:
501-1075-01, -02
MOD. NO. 7
501-1075-03, -04
MOD. NO. 4
501-1075-05, -06
MOD. NO. 8
501-1075-07, -08
MOD. NO. 5
15. Reinstall in aircraft.
Prepared by 1(pp oved by
Page 3 of 3
D
Service Bulletin
Jet Electronics 4 Technology, Inc. 58501-1075-9
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 June 1, 1972
EFFECTIVITY PS-823( ) PCN_ 10007
COMPONENT Emergency Power COMPLIANCE returned

When for
Supply service (warranty) or customer
option (nowwarranty)
SUBJECT: Change value of inverter
base drive resistors.
PURPOSE: To reduce heatrise within unit to improve battery

charge capacity.
PARTS REQUIRED
To obtain parts for this Service Bulletin order

J.E.T., Inc. Modification Kit 504-1533-01.
Kit Ref.
Desig. g Part Number Description ,
1 R19,R20 4 S11012-3R3J Resistor, 3.3 ohm,

221,R22 1/2 watt, +_5%
NSTRUCTIONS
2. Remove the cover.
3. Refer to Figure 5-2 in the Model PS-823 Instruction Manual and

locate resistors R19, R20, R21 and 222.
4. Replace the 4 resistors in step 3 with Kit Item 1. It will not

be necessary to disassemble the inverter.
NOTE
If the 4 resistors are already the

value required, do not perform step
4. Proceed to step 5.
Page 1 of 2
A Subsidiary of The BIRioodrich Company

Service Bulletin
SB501-1075-92
501-1075-01, -02
MOD. NO. 8
501-1075-03, -04
MOD. NO. 5
501-1075-05, -06
MOD. NO. 9
501-1075-07, -08
MOD. NO. 6
6. Reinstall the cover and functional test the unit according to

Table 3-4 of the Instruction Manual.
7. Reinstall in the aircraft.
Prepared by A rowed by
Page 2 of 2

Service Bulletin
Jet Electronics and Technology, Inc. June 17, 1971
5353 52nd Street S.E.
EFFECTIVITY PS-823A/T,B/T,C/T,D/T PC_¾_ 10017
SUBJECT Modification Number COMPLIANCE At next

Change inspection or service.
PURPOSE To provide correct

modification identification
PARTS REQUIRED
To obtain parts for this Service Bulletin, order

J.E.T., Inc. Modification Kit 504-1534.
Kit Ref.
Deg. Otg. Part Number Description
1 1 826100-01 Plate, Modification
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Remove the Model PS-823 from the aircraft. (See EFFECTIVITY .
2. Inspect the modification plate for the presence of modification

number 10(501-1075-05, or modification number 7 (501-1075-
-06)
07, -08).
If these dots are marked out, this bulletin has been
complied with. If the above dots are not marked out, proceed
with step 3.
3. Remove the modification plate.
4. Install the new modification plate.
5. Mark off modification dots only if the modification can be

identified according to the following:
501-1075-05, -06
Mark off modification dot 10 to show
compliance with this Service Bulletin.
Mod. PS-823
fo._ Description Manual Fig.
1 Raised inductor Ll off circuit board. 5-2

Sheet 1
2 Rl2 changed to 560 ohm 5-2

Sheet 1
3 R32 and R35 changed to 5 watt, wire

wound resistors 5-2
Sheet 1
Page 1 of 3
A Subsidiarv of The UFGoodrich Comoanv
58501-1075-10
June 17, 197l
Mod. PS-823
N_o_. Description Manual Fig.
4 Battery assembly 549-1010-01 5-1

replaced with 549-1017-01 to
allow access to individual cells.
5 Capacitor Cl9 installed between 5-2

board pins 11 and 15. Sheet 3
6 Diode CR7 added to battery test

circuit board. Physically located
across relay Kl.
7 Added chassis ground to lug at 5-1

lower front of chassis behind
support hook (20)
B Moved transistor Q9 from circuit board 5-1

assembly to inside of chassis
behind handle.
9 Resistors R19, R20, R21 and R22 5-2

changed to 3.3 ohm, 1/2 watt. Sheet l
10 Correction of modification
identification per this Service
Bulletin.
5-2
20 Capacitors Cl7 and Cl8 added
Sheet 2
501-1075-07, -08
Mark off modification dot 7 to show
compliance with this Service Bulletin.
Mod. PS-823
N_o_. Descriotion Manual Fig.
l Replaced 549-1010-01 battery pack 5-1

with 549-1017-01 battery pack to
allow access to individual cells.
2 Capacitor Cl9 installed between 5-2

board pins ll and 15 Sheet 3
3 Added diode CR7 to battery test

circuit. Physically located
across relay Kl.
4 Added chassis ground lug to screw 5-1

holding support hook (20).
Page 2 of 3

SB50l-l075-10
June 17, 1971
Mod• PS-823
N_o_. Description Manual Fig.
5 Remove Q9 from circuit board and install 5-1

behind handle
6 Replace resistors Rl9, R20, R2l 5-2

and R22 with 3.3 ohm, l/2 watt Sheet l
resistors.
7 Correction of modification numbers per

this Service Bulletin.
20 Added capacitors Cl7 and Cl8 5-2

Sheet 2
6. Reinstall the unit in the aircraft.
Prepared by A provdd by
Page 3 of 3

spooodrich Service Bulletin
Aeepoce
Jet Secronics and Technologg inc.
Jet Electronics and Technology, Inc. October 9, 1972

EFFECTIVITY PS-823A & B with Mod 7 PCN 10333

PS-823C & D with Mod 4
PS-823 A/T & B/T with Mod 8
PS-823 C/T & D/T with Mod 5
SUBJECT Modification to eliminate COMPLIANCE Install

possible shorting after simultaneously with
compliance with SB501-1075-8 Mod Kit 504-1532
which is customen:
option.
PURPOSE To eliminate possible shorting after relocation of

Q9 for increased heat sink capability.
PARTS REQUIRED Needed part is readily available at any location.
Item Qty Part Number Description
1 1 AN960-C4 Washer, Flat
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Referto SB501-1075-8, step 6. Install the washer, nonmetallic

(Item 8), then the AN960-C4 washer, then the solder lug (Item 7),
so as to separate the external teeth of the solder log from the
insulated washer with the AN-960-C4 flat washer. Complete the mod-
ification as outlined in 88501-1075-8.

501-1075-01, -02
MOD. NO. 9
501-1075-03, -04
MOD. NO. 6
501-1075-05, -06
MOD. NO. 11
7, -08
MOD.
Prepared By / 'A¢pfoved By
Page 1 of 1
Jet Edestrandes TM•
Service Bulletin
Jet Electronics and Technology, Inc. January 2, 1973
EFFECTIVITY PS-823( ) and PS-823( )/T PCN 10427, 10428,

10429, 10431 & 10433
SUBJECT Modification to electri- COMPLIANCE Optional

cally relocate fuse Al-F2
and add CR23 and C20.
PURPOSE To prevent premature turn-off and to prevent

battery damage due to overcharge if Ql8 or
Q20 shorts collector to emitter.
PARTS REQUIRED To obtain parts for this Service Bulletin, order
J.E.T., Inc. modification kit 504-1538-01.
Item Oty Ref. Part Description

Desig Number
1 3 S32051-4862-127 Terminal, Insulated

2 3 NASl635-04-3. Screw, Machine
3 1 832002-040 Lug, Solder
4 1 565-1108-01 Lug, Terminal
5 2ft MIL-W-16878/6 Wire, Electrical, Insulated,
Type ET-22
White (544069-22-9)
6 1 C20 S10130-186KO50R2 Capacitor, Fixed(50-0007)
7 1 CR23 Sl2002-061 Semiconductor Device, Diode
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Remove the Model PS-823 Emergency Power Supply (EPS) from the
aircraft. Refer to the Model PS-823 EPS Instruction Manual and
drawings provided herein for assistance in parts location.
2. Refer to Figure 5-1 of Instruction Manual (DI) and remove

screws (6 and 34) and cover (1).
3. Remove screws (26,27,32 and 33), battery packs (2 and 4), or

shelf (3) and battery pack (4) (as applicable), and inverter assem-
bly (36). (Mark leads to the batteries + or -
as applicable to
insure proper reassembly.
Page 1 of 9 Pages
A Subsidiary of The IIIPGoodrich Company

58501-1075-12 ?"N
4. Refer to Fi ure 5-2 of IM and Figure 3, attached. Locate the

solder lug by 3 and remove nut (26), lock washer (21), flat
washer (11) and, if installed, solder lug. The solder lug and
lock washer may be discarded. Reassemble by placing the flat washer
(ll), solder lug (kit item 3) and nut (26) on screw (12).
5. Remove CRl8 and associated hardware as listed in figure lA,

attached.
6. Cut circuit around CRl8 (reference figures lA and 18, attached).
7. Reinstall CRl8 and associated hardware per instructions on figure

18, attached.
8. On the EPS PCB Assembly (AlPCB)(See Figure 5-2 sheet 1 of the

instruction manual, and Figures 2 and 3, attached), remove CRS,
Rl2 and Cl5.
9. Cut circuit and drill 0.040 holes as shown in Figures 2 and 3,

attached.
10. Reinstall CRS, R12 and C15 as shown in Figures 2 and 3, attached.
(CRS anode lead to R13, negative side of Cl5 and base of Q6; one lead
of Rl2 to junction of QS emitter and Rl4 and the other lead to posi-
tive side of Cl5; Cl5 as outlined above; cathode side of CRS through
the newly drilled hole (X).
ll. Refer to Figure 5-2 of IM and remove T2. Remove the flathead screws
(14), flat washers (19), lock washers (24) and hex nut (27) from
both sides of T2 and reposition it to provide more freedom of accessa-
bility for the following steps.
12. Drill three 1/8 inch holes in the bracket assembly as shown in
Figure 4, attached. (1¾ careful not to damage leads or components
when drilling.)
13. Install the insulated terminals (kit item 1) over the 3 holes
drilled in step 11 and secure them with screws (kit item 2).
14. Install C20 (kit item 6) and CR23 (kit item 7) as shown in
Figure 3, attached.
15. Locate the 18 AWG wire installed between pin ll of Jl and Al-F2.
Page 2 of 9 Pages

58501-1075-12
16. Reposition the lead located in step 15 to reach the terminal lug
installed in step 7. Strip sufficient insulation from the wire to
allow neat soldering and solder it to the lug. (Connections to pin ll
of Jl and Al-F2 must remain.)
17. Solder a piece of wire (kit item 5) in position previously used

for cathode lead of CRS (nearest unused hole to point "X" on figure
3, attached). Tailor and solder it to the insulated terminal marked
"XX" on figure 3, attached.
18. Solder a piece of wire (kit item 5) in position marked "Y" on

figure 3, attached. Tailor and solder it to the insulated terminal
marked "YY" on figure 3, attached.
19. Solder a piece of wire (kit item 5) to the solder lug installed
in step 4. Tailor and solder it to the remaining insulated terminal
marked Z on figure 3, attached.
20. Reinstall transformer T2 in reverse order of removal (step 11).
21. Recoat all reworked areas and reassemble the PS-823 EPS in
reverse order of disassembly (steps 3 and 2).
22. To figure 3-1 of the PS-823 EPS IM, add the following:
NOTE
For -01
Mod 11, -02
Mod 10, -03
Mod 8, -04
Mod 7, -05
Mod 13, -06
Mod 12, -07
Mod 10
and -08
Mod 9, short out R5 in this test
set up before testing PS-823. For units
not having these mods do not short out R5.
23. Revise the schematic diagrams of Section VI of the IM as shown

in figure 5, attached.
24. Mark off Mod sticker as follows:

501-1075-01 Mod ll
501-1075-02 Mod 10
501-1075-03 Mod 8
501-1075-04 Mod 7
501-1075-05 Mod 13
501-1075-06 Mod 12
501-1075-07 Mod 10
501-1075-08 Mod 9
Page 3 of 9 Pages

-¯ --
- 58501-1075-12
Remove CRIS and the following parts

attached to it:
CI 7
Nut , Plain , Hex
Washer, Lock, Flat
Washer, Flat
Insulator, Mica
Washer, Shouldered
During removal of above items the

shouldered washer may remain in
i position between the A2 PCB and
bracket assembly.
2O
Cut circuit here
LI
Figure lA
Page 4 of 9 Pages

SB501-1075-12
Reinstall CR18 and the following

attaching parts:
Lug, Terminal (kit Item 4)

Washer, Shouldered
Insulator, Mica
Washer, Flat
Washer, Lock, Flat
Nut, Plain, Hex
9 Place the terminal lug (kit item 4)

on the mounting stud of CR18. In-
/ sert the shouldered washer between
the A2 PCB and bracket assembly.
Insert the CRl8 mounting stud through
the mounting holes of the A2 PCB,
\ shouldered washer and bracket assem-
IS bly. Place the mica insulator,
flat washer, lock washer and nut on
the CR18 mounting stud. (Insure
-
that the rounded edge of the flat
washer faces the mica insulator.)
Tighten nut to secure all items in
position.
Install jumper between Cl6 -

and
collector of Q20.
Page 5 of 9 Pages
58501-1075-12
Solder side of C15 here

OL
ot
EE
o o o o o
oc Û 6
D o
oD 6 o
o o o
o o o o c
C o o o Ao
Solder CRS anode Drill .040
lead here hole here
Drill .040
hole here Solder Wire

here
Solder CRB cathode
lead here Solder Rl2
in here
Solder Wire here Cut circuitry
here
Solder O Side
of Cl5 here
Figure 2
Page 6 of 9 Pages

SB50 1-10 75-12
CR
c2o
ECB
cc
hDe inthole
e (p
2 4
Q20 L
R2 ..
... 3 :: .-.-.s-.
Install new Drill .040 hole

-
wires here Fig re 1 here (point X)
Page 7 of 9 Pages

SB501-1075-12
o
Connector, Jl
0
Drill 1/8 inch
. . holes as shown
Figure 4
SGo
CR23
, .. C\S
5/ SC>
la A h/G
§ro
+
C5
±to%
Figure 5
Page 8 of 9 Pages

88501-1075-12
25. Reinstall PS-823 in aircraft.
26. The changes effected by this Service Bulletin will be incor-

porated in the next revision to the instruction manual.
Prepareci By / r ve By
Page 9 of 9 Pages

Service Bulletin
Jet Electronics and Technology, Inc. July 25, 1974

Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 SB501-1075-13
EFFECTIVITY PS-823A and PS-823B COMPLIANCE Mandatory

Ëor serial numbers
COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply listed in paragraph l
SUBJECT Relocation of Cl8
PURPOSE To Prevent Interference With Connector
PARTS REQUIRED None
INSTRUCTIONS
1. This Service Bulletin provides instructions for ins.tallation

of Mod 15 on PS-823A and Mod 14 on PS-823B. Serial nunbers a.ffected
are as follows:
PS-823A, SN's 1116 through 1121 and 1126 through 1130 inclusive.
PS-823B, SN's 1510, 1814, 1824, 1826 through 1829, 1831, and 1833
through 1861 inclusive.
2. Refer to PS-823 Instruction Manual, Figure 5-1, for parts

identification and location.
3. Remove screws (6 and 34) and cover (1).
4. Remove screws (26 and 33) and battery packs (2 and/or 4) and/or
support bracket (3).
5. Remove screws (27 and 32) and printed circuit board assembly
(36).
6. Unsolder capacitor (C18) lead from connector (Jl) pin 10 and

cut capacitor (Cl8) lead from terminal 15 providing as much capaci-
tor lead length as possible.
7. Reconnect capacitor (C18) leads to connector pin 10 and ter-

minal 15 as shown in Figure 1 of this service bulletin.
8. Secure capacitor (Cl8) to transformer (T2) with epoxy cement

9. Coat reworked surfaces with resiweld möisture protective coat-

ing.
Page 1 of 2 Pages
A Subsidiary of The BFGooddch Company

58501-1075-13
. -Unsolder lead to
connector (Jl)
pin 10 and cut
lead to tamninal
15.
I en==ne* leads
to connector (Jl)
pin 10 and ter-
minal 15. Secure
capacitor to
transformer (T2)
.^
with epoxy cement.
Figure 1
10. Reinstall printed circuit board assembly (36) in chassis (5)

and secure with screws (27 and 32).
11. Reinstall battery packs (2 and/or 4) and/or support bracket

(3) and secure with screws (26 and 33).
12. Reinstall cover (1) and secure with screws (6 and 34).
13. Mark off Mod as outlined in paragraph 1.
14. Return PS-823 to service.
Pr&pared By Appr¢Ved By /
Page 2 of 2 Pages

Service Bulletin
Jet Electronics and Technology, Inc. November 1, 1974

Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 .
53501-1075-14
EFFECTIVITY PS-823( ) and PS-823( )/T
COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply
SUBJECT Connection of Jl- Pin 8

to Pin ll on A2 Printed
Circuit Board
PURPOSE To provide use of Battery

Power without Operation of
Inverter
PARTS REQUIRED 2 inch length of number 22AWG

stranded wire
INSTRUCTIONS
l. This Service Bulletin provides instructions for installation

of Mod 16 on PS-823A, Mod 15 on PS-8232, Mod 13 on PS-823C, Mod
12 on PS-823D, Mod 18 on PS-823A/T, Mod 17 on PS-8233/T, Mod 15
on PS-823C/T and Mod 14 on PS-823D/T.

3. Remove screws (6 and 34) and cover (1).
4. Remove screws (26 and 33) and battery packs (2 and/or 4) and/
or support bracket (3).
5. Remove screws (27 and 32) and printed circuit board (PCE)
assembly (36).
6. Refer 5-2 of the PS-823

to Figure Instruction Manual and re-
move screws (14), washers (19), washers (24) and nuts (:27). Un-
solder leads of Cl8 from connector Jl pin 10 and A2 PCB terminal
15 and remove transformer T2 and Cl8 (epoxied to T2) to permit
easy access to A2 PCB terminals.
7. Solder a piece of 22 AWG wire between A2 PCB terminals 11 and
connector Jl pin 8 (reference figure 1 of this bulletin).
8. Solder Cl8 leads to connector Jl pin 10 and A2 PCB terminal

15 and reinstall transformer T2 using screws (14),washers (19),
washers (24) and nuts (27).
9. Install PCB assembly (36) and secure with screws (27 and 32).
Page l of 2 Pages
A Subsidiary of The BFGoodrich Company

88501-1075-14
10. Install battery packs (2 and/or 4) and/or support bracket

(3) . Secure with screws (26) and 33) .
11. Install cover (1) and secure with screws (6 and 34) .
12. Mark off Modification sticker as outlined in paragraph 1.
13. Return PS-823 to service.
.
o., e
6 E
cne
CR C
/ T2
Figure 1. A2 Printed Circuit d.
P pared ove By
Page 2 of 2 Pages

.... - Service Bulletm
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. January 12, 1976
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 SB501-1075-15A
(Supercedes 82501-1075-15)
EFFECTIVITY PS-823 ( ) and PS-823 ( ) /T (Optional)
COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply
SUBJECT Manual By-Pass of PS-823 Circuit Protection Fuse
PURPOSE To permit aircraft operators to manually by-pass

the PS-823 circuit protection fuse if blown by
aircraft power system malfunction.
PARTS REQUIRED One 4-inch length of number 22AWG stranded wire
INSTRUCTIONS

2. Remove screws (6 and 34) and cover (1) .
3. Remove screws (26 and 33) and hattery packs (2 and/or 4 ) and/or
support bracket (3).
4. Remove screws (27 and 32) and printed circuit board (PCB) assem-
bly (36).
5. Refer to Figure 1 of this Service Bulletin and remove screws (14) ,
washers (19) , washers (24) and nuts (27) Unsolder leads of C18 .
from connector Jl pin 10 and A2 PCB terminal 15 and gently repo-

sition transformer T2 and CIS (epoxied to T2) to permit easy ac-
cess to A2 PCB terminals.
6 . Solder the piece of 22AWG wire between inductor Ll terminal 2

and connector Jl pin 9.
7. Solder C18 leads to connector Jl pin 10 and A2 PCB terminal 15

and reinstall transformer T2 using screws (14) , washers (19) ,
washers (24) and nuts (27).
8. Coat reworked areas with moisture/fungus proofing.
9. Install PCB assembly (36) and secure with screws (27 and 32) .
10. Install battery packs (2 and/or 4) and/or support bracket (3).

Secure with screws (26 and (33).
Page 1 of 2 Pages

SB50l-1075-15A
11. Install cover (l) and secure with screws (6 and 34) .
12. Mark off Modification decal as follows:
Part Number Model Mod. No.
501-1075-01 PS-823A 17
501-1075-02 PS-8232 16
501-1075-03 PS-823C 14
501-1075-04 PS-823D 13
501-1075-05 PS-823A/T 19
501-1075-06 PS-823B/T 18
501-1075-07 PS-823C/T 16
501-1075-08 PS-823D/T 15
. O Ps-e23
as •MANUAL --
EMERGENCY
BYPASS
*SWITCH, CIRCUIT BREAKER

OR RELAY
Prepared By A Approved By
Page 2 of 2 Pages

Service Bulletin
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SB501-1075-16F

5353 52nd Street, S.E. March 19, 1976
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 Revised October l, 1980
EFFECTIVITY All PS-823 P_C_N_ 14631, 16471, 17841
NOTE
This Service Bulletin supercedes previous

editions. If 58501-1075-16 was
with, complied
performing the requirementsparagraph of
16
of this Service Bulletin and SB501-1075-18A
will complete required changes. If SB501-1075-
16A was complied with, check to insure that unit
is connected as outlined in Figure 5 and comply
with SB501-1075-18A. If SB501-1075-16B, 16C,
or 16D were complied with perform requirements
of SB50l-1075-18A. IF SB501-1075-16E was complied
with reidentify PC boards per revised paragraph 16.
COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply COMPLIANCE Recommend field

Retrofit within next 100
hours flight time.
PURPOSE To provide charging resistor and battery input

line isolation, and prevent battery damage due
to charging circuit failure.
PARTS REQUIRED To obtain parts for this Service Bulletin order

J.E.T., Inc., modification kit 504-1554-01.
Kit Number 504-1554-01 Parts List
Item Qty. Part Number Description
1 1 542-1250-01 Diode Assembly

2 1 565-1220-02 Tenniaal Board
3 1 MS24693-C29 Flat Head Screw
4 1 52501-1075-16( ) Service Bulletin
5 1 82501-1075-18( ) Service Bulletin
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Refer to Figure 1 for parts identification and location in the

following steps:
P CAUTION
Whenever removing or installing PS-823
cover, 10 AMP fuse (F2) must be removed
or circuit damage could result.
2. Remove screws (6 and 34) and remove cover (1).
Page l of 8 Pages
A Subsidiary of The SFGoodrich Company

Service Bulletin SB501-1075-lSF
3. Remove screws (26 and 33) and battery packs (2 and/or 4).
4. Remove screws (27 and 32) and printed circuit board (PCB)
assembly (36).
5. If installed, remove screws, washers and nuts securing bat-

tery test circuit card assembly (37) and PCB (36).
6. Refer to Figure 2 for parts identification and location in

the following steps:
7. Remove nuts (26), washers (31), spacers (35) and screws (34)
securing inductor Ll to A2 PCB.
8. Install terminal board (Kit Item 2) on top right side of

transformer T2 (See Figure 1) and secure with Shell Epon 8
epoxy adhesive (or equivalent).
9. Refer to Figures 3 and 4 to determine which drawing is appli-
cable, and for parts identification and location in the follow-
ing steps:
10. Disconnect 2 wires from emitter of transistor 018 (or wire from
Ql8 emitter and wire from Ql8 emitter circuit track). Remove
and discard wire that was between Ql8 emitter and positive ter-
minal of battery Al-Bl. Connect remaining wire rezcved from Ql8
emitter (or from Ql8 emitter circuit track) to TBl pin 1 (Kit
Item 2) so that wire joins R32 to TBl pin 1.
NOTE
Resistors R32 and R35 are 5 watt resistors in lower

left corner of PCB assembly (Figure 2).
ll. Locate wire between emitter of transistor Q20 and resistor R35.
Disconnect the located wire from Q20 emitter and connect to TB1
pin 2 (Kit Item 2) so that wire joins R35 to TBl pin 2.
12. If Figure 3 is applicable, locate circuit tradk connecting Ql8
base to Q20 base and cut circuit track 0.06 inch minimen. If
Figure 4 is applicable, locate circuit connecting Ql8 base to
Q20 base and circuit connecting Ol8 base to R39 and Ql9 emitter.
Cut both tracks 0.06 inch minbawn.
13. Remove transistor Ql9.
14. Install and solder a piece of jumper wire and sleeving from
Ql8 base to circuit track that junctions with resistors R33,
R34, R39, and capacitor C16. If Figure 4 is applicable, also
solder a piece of jumper wire and sleeving from Ql8 emitter to
R39 track previously connected to Ql9 emitter.
15. Install and solder a piece of jumper wire and sleeving between
Q20 base and Ql8 emitter.
Page 2 of 8 Pages

Service Bulletin SB-50l-1075-16 F
Install Diode
Assembly inside
ch sis bhe ad
*
. Install TBl on
•
top right of T2
is 'T
3S 25
24
20 24
21
Figure 1. PS-823 () Emergency Power Supply
Page 3 of 8 pages

Al PCB(536-XXXX-XX) A2 PCB(536-XXXX-Xx)
:7
CRIS
CI9
BC
L2 O
PS-823C 6 0
Figure 2. Printed Circuit Board Assembly (542-XXXX-XX)
Page 4 of 8 pages

Service Bulletin SB50l-1075-167
Locate wire between

R32 and emitter of Ql8.
Remove from Ql8 emitter
and connect to TBl pin 1.
o a -Remove Ql9.
Install jumper and -Install jumper wire

sleeving between Q20 - -
from Ql8 base to
base and Ql8 emitter. . track that junctions
with R33, R34, R39
and Cl6.
7 Cut circuit 0.06
Locate wire between- --
R35 and emitter of

Q20. Remove from Q20
emitter and connect
to TBl pin 2. c.
''536-1052-01 OR
536-1073-01 OR
536-1251-01 OR
536-1252-01
Figure 3. A2 Printed Circuit Board
Page 5 of B pages

Install jumper
from one side of Remove Ql9
R39 to Ql8 emitter. R39
Locate wire betweens C16

R32 and emitter of
Ql8. Remove from
Ql8 emitter and
connect to TBl pin - ,•'E .
Cut circuit 0.06

Install jumper and mi.nimum, 2 places.
sleeving from Q20
base to Ql8 emitter -
and from Q18 base

to track that junc-
tions with C16, R34
and other side of
R39.
O
--
020 Locate wire between

R35 and emitter of
Q20. Remove from
. Q20 emitter and con-
nect to TB1 pin 2.
Figure 4. Early Configuration A2 PCB
16. Reidentify PC Board Assembly as follows:

542-1072-01 (536-1041-01) Change to 542-1254-01
542-1080-01 (536-1065-01) Change to 542-1255-01
542-1088-01 (536-1041-01) Change to 542-1256-01
542-1089-01 (536-1065-01) Change to 542-1257-01
Reidentify A2 PC Board as follows:

536-1052-01 Change to 536-1251-01
536-1073-01 Change to 536-1252-01
17. Refer to Figure 1 and remove screws (21), washers (24), nuts
(25), terminal lug (24A) and support hook (20). Discard one
each of the screws (21) and nuts (25), and both washers (24).
18. Install diode assembly (Kit Item l) positioning mounting

holes over support hook mounting holes on inside of chassis
(5). Secure support hook (20) and diode assembly (Kit Item
1) to chassis (5) with screw (21) through bottom hole of sup-
port hook, inserted into clinch nut (part of diode assedaly).
Page 6 of 8 Pages

Service Bulletin SB50l-1075-16F
To TBl pin 1 ,
To + terminal (stow if Al-B2 To TEl pin 2 (stow if Al-Bl
is
of Al-Bl only battery used) is only battery
used) .
WI W2 CR26
o'f° inai
Ai-
W3 W4
CR25 em
Connect lead
from Q20 emit-
ter to solder
CR27 CR24 M ings.
Figure 5. Diode Assembly Electrical Connections
CR24 SD44 +
Before Mod A er Mo
Figure 6 . Schematic Diagram Change
Page 7 of 8 Pages

19. Insert screw (Kit Item 3) through top hole of support hook
(20) and diode assembly. Place terminal lug (24A) over screw
(Kit Item 3) and secure with nut (25).
20. Refer to Figure 5 for wire designations of the diode assembly

and connect W2 to TB1 pin l (installed on top right of trans-
former T2, reference Figure 1) and W4 to TB1 pin 2. Connect
wire from Q20 emitter (refer to Figure 3 for 020 location) to
CR24 and CR25 solder lugs (reference Figure 5). Connect W1
to positive terminal of battery Al-Bl (4, Figure 1) and W3 to
positive terminal of battery Al-B2 (2, Figure 1).
NOTE
For single battery supplies

power if Al-Bl is
installed W4 must be stowed and if Al-B2 is in-
stalled W2 must be stowed.
21. Coat all reworked areas with Resiweld 7200 or equivalent.
22. Refer to Figure 2 and reinstall inductor L1 on A2 PCB using

spacers (35), screws (34), washers (31) and nuts (26).
23. Refer to Figure 1 and, if applicable, reattach battery test

circuit card assembly (37) to PCB (36) securing with screws,
washers, and nuts removed in step 5.
24. Reinstall printed circuit board assembly (36) in chassis (5)

securing with screws (27 and 32).
25. Reinstall battery packs (2 and 4) in chassis (5) and secure

with screws (26 and 33).
27. Perform functional test of unit per Table 3-4 of PS-823 In-
struction Manual.
28. Mark off modification decal as follows:
Part Number Model Mod No.

501-1075-02 PS-823B 17
501-1075-04 PS-823D 14
501-1075-06 PS-823B/T 19
501-1075-08 PS-823D/T 16
501-1075-01 PS-823A 18
501-1075-03 PS-823C 15
*501-1075-05 PS-823A/T 21
501-1075-07 PS-823C/T 17
*When ordering Mod Kit for incorporation of Mo 526100-02
t o be ordered.
Prepáred By A p te By
Page 8 of 8 Pages

.....-.... - Service Bulletm
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SB501-1075-18B
5353 52nd Street, S. E.
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 December 18,1980
EFFECTIVITY All PS-823 P_CN_ 18447
NOTE
This Service Bulletin replaces

88501-1075-17. This bulletin
must be complied with if
58501-1075-17 was incorporated.
This Service Bulletin should be
performed simultaneously with
88501-1075-16( ). This Service
l COMPONENT
Bulletin
18 and 18A.
orated
(Adds
Emergency
replaces
this
alternate
If either
issue
Power
SB's 501-1075-
was incorp-
may be ignored.
capacitor.)
Supply COMPLIANCE Customer

Option
SUBJECT Installation of Capacitor A2-C21
PURPOSE To Improve Starting Without Application of AC

Power at Low Temperature Extrenes
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Refer to Figure 1 for parts identification and location

in-the following steps:
Whenever removing or installing

PS-823 cover, 10 amp fuse (F2)
must be removed or circuit dam-
age could result.
2. Remove screws (6 and 34) and remove cover (1).
3. Remove screws (26 and 33) and battery packs (2 mad/or 4).
4. Remove screws (27 and 32) and A2 printed circuit board

(PCB) assembly (36).
NOTE
If capacitor Cl6 is not installed

in unit, disregard first sentence
of step 5 and continue with in-
stallation of new capacitor C21.
Page 1 of 4 Pages

Service Bulletin SB501-1075-18B
13
2
11
10
31
19
14
35 16.50 N
24A
21OR 25
21A .
24A
Figure 1. PS-823 ( ) Emergency Power Supply
Page 2 of 4 pages

Service Bulletin SB501-1075-lBB
al Remove Cl6 if installed.

Install C21 (510151-27).
+ lead to base of Q18
e R35
CRio
Figure 2. Early Configuration A2 PCB
o |-
as
Cl6 if installed.
I"leaad
Remove
tC21ba (Se1015 l-28
I
Figure 3. Later Configuration A2 PCB
Page 3 of 4 pages

Service Bulletin SB501-1075-18B
5. Refer to figure 2 or 3 (as applicable) and, if capacitor

C16 is installed, remove C16. Install a 3.3 microfarad,
20%, 50Vdc ceramic capacitor (J.E.T. Part No. 510151-27
1 or 510151-50) as C21 at location previously used by C16.
6. Coat all reworked areas with moisture/fungus proofing.
7. Reinstall PCB assembly (36) in chassis (5) securing with
screws (27 and 32).
8. Reinstall battery packs (2 and/or 4) in chassis (5) and

secure with screws (26 and 33).
10. Perform functional test of unit per tdble 3-4 of PS-823

Instruction Manual, TP-202.
11. Revise schematic in TP-202 by changing C16 callout in Figur

6-5 of PS-823 Instruction Manual to C21, 3.3/50.
12. If capacitor C16 was removed to install capacitor C21, mark

off modification decal as follows:
Model Part No. Mod No.
PS-823A 501-1075-01 19
PS-823B 501-1075-02 18
PS-823C 501-1075-03 16
PS-823D 501-1075-04 15
PS-823A/T 501-1075-05 22
PS-823B/T 501-1075-06 21*
PS-823C/T 501-1075-07 18
PS-823D/T 501-1075-08 17
13. After compliance with this Service Bulletin, mark off mod-
ification decal as follows:
PS-823A 501-1075-01 21*
PS-8233 501-1075-02 19
PS-823C 501-1075-03 17
PS-823D 501-1075-04 16
PS-823A/T 501-1075-05 23
PS-823B/T 501-1075-06 22
PS-823C/T 501-1075-07 19
PS-823D/T 501-1075-08 18
*
Incorporation of Mod 21 requires installing an S26100-02
Mod Sticker.
Prepare By / ppro d
Page 4 of 4 pages

.... Service Bulletin
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC.
SB 501-1075-19
March 1, 1979
EFFECTIVITY P5-823( ) COMPLIANCE As Required
SUBJECT Replacement of 2N5037 Transistors

(Al-Q10 thru Al-Ql3) with 2N5035 transistors.
PURPOSE To disseminate information concerning replacement

of parts no longer procurable.
PARTS REQUIRED 2N5035 Transistors (4 ea) and RCR20GlR5JS resistors

(4 ea).
INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to replace transistors

Al-Ol0, Qll, Ql2 or Ql3 (2N5037) and no replacement
2N5037 transistors are in stock, it will be necessary
to replace all four 2N5037 transistors with 2N5035
transistors and their associated base bias resistors
(Al-Rl9 thru Al-R22) with 1.5 ohm, 1/2 watt, 5%
resistors. The 2N5037 transistors removed from a
unit could be returned to stock for use in repairing
other units.
l. Refer to figure 1 and remove screws (6 and 34).
Whenever removing or installing PS-823 cover,

10 amp fuse (F2) must be removed or circuit
damage could result.
2. Remove cover (1).
3. Remove screws (26 and 33) and battery packs (2 ond/or 4).
4. Remove screws (27 and 32) and printed circuit board

assembly (36).
5. Refer to figure 2 and remove mounting hardware of transistors

Al-Ql0 thru Al-Ql3 and remove transistors.
Page l of 4 Pages
Service Bulletin 53501-1075-19
aos 25
Page 2 of 4 Pages

0, 31.8 , 47, 21, 26 33.48 3 1. at 31,
s. 2s. a. :
es. .s
ace
13, 21. 24
2 PI.ACE3 Rat ta
40,34, 37, 3a a35

2 •LACE3
/ \ 33,it
14, 19, 14, 27 12, II, 31, II, 21, 26 $ 24, 50, 15
Figure 2. Printed Circuit Board Assembly
Page 3 of 4 Pages

bervice sulletin 501-1073-19
6. Install 2NSO35 transistors as Al-Qlo thru Al-QL3 using

mounting hardware removed in paragraph 5.
7. Remove resistors Al-Rl9 thru Al-R22 and replace with 1.5 ohms
1/2 watt, 5% resistors (RCR20GlR5JS).
8. Clean all reworked areas and coat with moisture/fungus proofing.

screws (27 and 32).
10. Reinstall battery packs (2 and/or 4) in chassis (5) and secure
with screws (26 and 33).
ll. Reinstall cover (1) and secure with screws (6 and 34).
12. Perform functional test of unit per table 3-4 of PS-823

13. Revise schematic in TP-202 by changing transistor Ql0 thru

Ql3 type to 2N5035 and changing resistor value of Rl9 thru
R22 to 1.5 ohms.
Prepared BY / e By
Page 4 of 4 Pages

. Service Bulletin
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SB501-1075-20A

5353 52nd Street, S.E. October 10, 1979
Grand Rapids, MI 49508 Revised June 30, 1982
EFFECTIVITY PS-823( ) COMPLIANCE As Required
COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply 1523 18944
SUBJECT Replacement of 2N5035 or 2N5037 Transistors (Al-

010 thru Al-Ol3) with 549-1128-01 transistors.
PURPOSE To disseminate information concerning replacement
of parts no longer procurable.
PARTS
REQUIRED 549-1128-01 Transistors (4 ea)
MANPOWER
REQUIREMENTS This change requires approximately one man hour to
incorporate.
INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to replace transistors

Al-Ol0, Oll, 012 or 013, (2N5035 or 2N5037) and
no replacement 2N5035 or transistors are
2N5037
in stock, it will be necessary to replace all
four transistors with 549-1128-01 transistors.
The existing (1.5 base bias re-
ohm or 3.3 ohm)
sistors (R19 thru with the 549-
R22) are usable
1128-01 transistors.
The 2N5035 or 2N5037 tran-
sistors removed from a unit could be returned to
stock for use in repairing other units.
1. Refer to figure 1 and remove screws (6 and 34).
CAUTION
,
10 amp fuse (F2) must be removed or circuit
damage could result.
3. Remove screws (26 and 33) and battery packs (2 and/or 4).
A Subsidiary of The ÐIFGoodrich Company

e
42
4 ¢,
o O
0 Ô/
, to r,
44 + a

ca T2 2'
23 C20 ,
ECB 10, 31, 17,

QS 721, 26
Ti 3 PI..ACES
20 lo
211.726
5
1 , 17,
30 #33 REQD FAR

--
SIDE)
10 , 31, 33, 11,

26 r. 18 OR 39
Figure 2. Printed Circuit Board Assembly
NOTE
Item No. callouts are as listed

in PS-823 instruction manual,
Figure 5-2.

4. Remove screws (27 and 32) and printed circuit board assembly
(36).
5. Refer to figure 2 and remove mounting hardware of

transistors Al-010 thru Al-Ol3 and remove transistors.
6. Install 549-1128-01 transistors as Al-Ol0 thru Al-Ol3 using

mounting hardware removed in paragraph 5.
7. Clean all reworked areas and coat with moisture/fungus

proofing.
8. Reinstall PCS assembly (36) in chassis (5) securing with

screws (27 and 32).
9. Reinstall battery packs (2 and/or 4) in chassis (5) and
secure with screws (26 and 33).

12. Revise schematic in TP-202 by changing transistor 010 thru

013 type to 549-1128-01.
13. After compliance with this service bulletin, use red paint
to mark off modification decal as follows:
PS-823A 501-1075-01 22
PS-823B 501-1075-02 21*
PS-823C 501-1075-03 18
PS-823D 501-1075-04 17
PS-823A/T 501-1075-05 24
PS-823B/T 501-1075-06 23
PS-823C/T 501-1075-07 21*
PS-823D/T 501-1075-08 19
* Incorporation of Mod 21 requires installing an 826100-02 Mod
Sticker.
repared By reved By

ch A onic
ÐFGoodrich s"2F53
2
Synem , Inc.
RO. Box 873

5 0873USA
Aerospace 7 -
ServiceBulletin
) DATE January 6, 1982 SB501-1075-21A
REVISION DATE: April 3, 1997
EFFECTIVITY PS-823() COMPLIANCE: Customer Units:

Mandatory at time of next service. (DI)
COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply ECN: 58119
SUBJECT Replacement of selected hardware.
PURPOSE To provide self-locking hardware at selected locations.
APPROVAL N/A
MANPOWER This change requires approximately one man hour to incorporate.

REQUIREMENTS
MATERIAL See PARTS REQUIRED paragraph.
TOOLING No special tooling.
WEIGHT AND Not affected.

BALANCE
ELECTRICAL Not affected.

LOAD DATA
REFERENCES PS-823() Emergency Power Supply (PIN 501-1075-01 thru -16) Maintenance
Manual with Illustrated Parts List, TP-202.
OTHER None
PUBLICATIONS
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
1. Refer to Figure l and remove 1 screw (6) and 2 screws (34) and loosen 6 screws (26) (if installed)
and 2 screws (27).
CAUT10N: WHENEVER REMOVING OR INSTALLING PS-823 COVER, 10 AMP FUSE F2 (7) MUST
BE REMOVED OR CIRCUIT DAMAGE COULD RESULT.
3. Remove 6 (26) and 4 screws (33) and battery pack (2) and/or shelf (3) or battery pack (4). Unsolder
and tag/identify battery leads.
4. Remove 4 screws (49) and 4 screws (32) and printed circuit board assembly (36) from chassis (5).
SB1075-21ADISKl00 1.

Service Bulletin SB50l-l075-21A
PS-823() Emergency Power Supply

Figure 1
SB1075-21ADISKl00 2.

5. For PS-823B and D(/T), remove 2 screws (27), 2 flat washers (28), 2 clamps (29), 2 lock washers
(30) and 2 nuts (31). For PS-823A and C(/T), remove 2 screws (27), 6 flat washers (28), 6 clamps
(29), 6 lock washers (30) and 6 nuts (31).
6. Remove 4 screws (22), 4 lock washers (24) and 4 nuts (25).
NOTE: It may be necessary to remove/loosen Diode Assembly (38) to perform steps 6 and 7.
7. Install 4 screws (kit item 1) in place of screws (22) and install 4 self-locking nuts (kit item 3) in place
of lock washers (24) and nuts (25).
8. For PS-823B and D(/T), install 2 self-locking nuts (kit item 2) in place of lock washers (30) and nuts
(31). Place flat washers (28) between chassis and clamps (29) and place clamps (29) between flat
washers (28) and nuts. For PS-823A and C(TT),install 6 self-locking nuts (kit item 2) in place of lock
washers (30) and nuts (31). Place flat washers (28) between chassis and clamps (29) and place clamps
(29) between flat washers (28) and nuts.
9. Replace red l8 gauge wire between diode assembly (38) and Al-B2 battery pack (2) with an 18 inch
long red 18 gauge wire.
10. Clean all reworked areas and coat with moisture/fungus proofing.
11. Reinstall PCB assembly (36) in chassis (5) securing with screws (32) and (49).
12. Reinstall Al-Bl battery pack (4) in chassis (5) and secure with screws (26) and (33). Reinstall Al-B2
battery pack (2) and connect wire installed in step 9. Position battery pack so that terminals are at
connector end (39).
13. Reinstall cover (1) and secure with screws (6 and 34 ).
14. Perform unit testing in accordance with TESTING PROCEDURES paragraph of this service
bulletin.
15. Mark off modification in accordance with IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURES paragraph of this
service bulletin.
TESTING PROCEDURES
Perform performance test of unit per table 506 of PS-823 Maintenance manual, TP-202.
SB1075-21ADISK100 3.

Service Bulletin SB50l-l075-21A
IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURES
After compliance with this modification, mark off the modification decal using same paint in accordance
viith Figure 2.
MODEL PARTNUMBER MODNO.

PS-823A 501-1075-01 23
PS-823E 501-1075-09
PS-823B 501-1075-02 22
PS-823F 501-1075-10
PS-823C 501-1075-03 19
PS-823Gi 501-1075-11
PS-823D 501-1075-04 18
PS-82311 501-1075-12
PS-823/dir 501-1075-05 25
PS-823ETT 501-1075-13
PS-823B/T 501-1075-06 24
PS-823F/T' 501-1075-14
PS-823C/T 501-1075-07 22
PS-823Gi]E 501-1075-15
PS-823Dill 501-1075-08 21*

PS-823FL1P 501-1075-16
*Incorporation of Mod 21 requires installing a S26100-02 Mod Sticker.
Figure 2
SBIO75-21ADISKl00

ServiceBulletinSB501-1075-21A
PARTS REQUIRED
Modificationkit No. 504-1646-01(parts list shown in Figure 3) can be ordered by contacting BFGoodrich
Avionics Systems, Inc. CustomerService Department.Point of contact is Kelly Dundas at phone (616)
285-43 17 or Terri VanTil at (616) 2854345.FAX number is (616) 285-4224.
KITITEM QUANTITY PARTNUMBER DESCRIPTION
\ \ 4 MS24693-26B SCREW, FLAT HEAD
2 6 MS21042-04 NUT, SELF-LOCKING
3 4 MS21042-06 NUT, SELF-LOCKING
4 i SB501-1075-21A SERVICE BULLETIN
5 \ 526100-02 PLATE, MODIFICATION
Figure 3
SPARES AFFECTED
Spare units with applicable serial numbers must be modified at next scheduledmaintenance or sooner.
REMOVED PARTS
Discard
Prepared by Approved by
SB1075-21ADISKl00 5

Service Bulletin
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. 58501-1075-22
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 January 10, 1982
EFFECTIVITY PS-823 A,B,A/T, B/T COMPLIANCE Optional
COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply PCN_ 24772
SUBJECT Replacement of capacitor C10
PURPOSE To insure that shifted phase voltage level is

maintained after timeout.
PARTS
REQUIRED Modification Kit No. 504-1659-01
(Available March 3, 1982)
MANPOWER
REQUIREMENTS This change requires approximately one manhour
to incorporate.
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Refer to Figure l and remove 1 screw (6) and 2 screws (34)

and loosen 6 screws (26) (if installed) and 2 screws (27).

10 amp fuse F2 (7) must be removed or
circuit damage could result.
3. Remove 6 screws (26) and 4 screws (33) and battery pack (2)
and/or shelf (3) or battery pack (4). Unsolder and tag/
identify battery leads.
4. Remove 4 screws (49) and 4 screws (32) and printed circuit

board assembly (36) from chassis (5).
5. Refer to Figure 2 for location and remove capacitor Cl0.
6. Install capacitor (kit item 1) in place of removed Cl0.
7. Clean reworked area and coat with moistu're/fungus proofing

(Resiweld 7200 or Duricon 3100) and allow to dry.

screws (32) and (49).
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine A Subsidiary of The BFGoodrich Company
o'
38
24
22 y
35

osa
c CRIS
. e. c e
c
..
cse
a ce
se a
T2 O O
+
R35
Figure 2. Model PS-823 ( ) Printed Circuit Board Assembly

9. Reinstall Al-B1 battery pack (4) in chassis (5) and secure

with screws (26) and (33). Reinstall Al-B2 battery pack
(2) and/or shelf (3) and connect wires.
ll. Revise Table 3-4 of PS-823 Instruction Manual, TP-202, by

adding to Test 2.la."pin 9(+) to 13(-)" "0.5 ohm max" and
revise Test 2.14c results as follows:
PS-823A & B PS-823C & D
Pin (Jl) 3N Pin (Jl) Voltage
1 to 3 115 +20 -15
Vac 1 to 3 115 +ll Vac
3 to 7 115 +5 Vac 3 to 7 115 +5 Vac
1 to 7 115 +20 -15
Vac 1 to 7 115 +ll Vac
The flag should not appear The flag should not appear
during the run cycle. during the run cycle.

Instruction Manual, TP-202, as revised by paragraph 11 of this SB.
13. After compliance with this service bulletin, use red paint
to mark off modification decal as follows:
Model Part No. Mod. No.
PS-823A 501-1075-01 24
PS-823B 501-1075-02 23
PS-823A/T 501-1075-05 26
PS-823B/T 501-1075-06 25
*
Prepared By Appro ed By

Service Bulletin
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SB501-1075-23C

Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 June 6, 1983
1-800-253-9525 Revised August 1, 1984
NOTE
SB501-1075-23A was published to add note

on page 7. SB501-1075-23B was published
to add reidentification per paragraphs 4
and 19 and instructions to apply Resiweld
to reworked areas. SB501-1075-23C was
published to change effectivity and add
schematic change drawing.
EFFECTIVITY PS-823A-D and COMPLIANCE Optional (A-3)

A/T -
D/T

30518
SUBJECT Retrofit to provide an emergency buss fuse

bypass.
PURPOSE To permit use of system with blown fuse in

extreme emergency.
APPROVAL Not applicable.
MANPOWER
REQUIREMENTS This modification will require approximately 1.2
manhours to incorporate.
MATERIAL See PARTS REQUIRED.
TOOLING None
WEIGHT AND
BALANCE No effect.
ELECTRICAL
LOAD DATA Not effected.
REFERENCES TP-202, Instruction Manual, Model PS-823( ).

DTHER
PUBLICATIONS None
Disk 35 1

Service Bulletin SB501-1075-23C
MODIFICATION PROCEDURE
1. Refer to Figure 1 and remove 1 screw (6) and 2 screws (34)


cover, 10 amp fuse F2 (7) must be re-
moved or circuit damage could result.
or shelf (3) and/or battery pack (4). Unsolder and tag/

board assembly (36) from chassis (5). Reidentify PCB
assembly (36) in 3 places as follows•
Was Is
542-1254-01 542-1254-02
542-1255-01 542-1255-02
542-1256-01 542-1256-02
542-1257-01 542-1257-02
5. Refer to figures 1 and 2 and unsolder and tag leads from

fuseholder XF2 (10).
6. Unsolder and remove lead between fuseholder XF1 (8) and .
connector J1-13. Unsolder lead from L1 to XF1 at XFl end.
7. If a wire is connected to J1-9 unsolder at Jl-9 and connect

and solder to J1-13 then unsolder Ll to XF1 lead (reference
step 6) at Ll end. If no wire is present at J1-9 solder
wire from Ll (reference step 6) to Jl-13.
8. Refer to figure 3 and remove connector Jl keying retainer

plate and screws. Rotate keying insert on left side of con-
nector 180° and reinstall and secure plate with screws.
9. Refer to figure 1 and remove 2 screws (21 or 21A), terminal

lug (24A), lock washers (24) and nuts (25). Remove support
hook (20). This loosens diode assembly (49) if installed.
10. Remove 2 screws (19), lockwashers (18), flat washers (48),

shouldered washers (47), nuts (17), and handle (14). This
loosens heatsink assembly (40) if installed.
Disk 35 2

«g fi
<r et o.o
o 70
o o

.*
..... go
Figure 2. Emergency Power Supply Printed Circuit Board Assembly
Disk 35 4

Service Bulletin SB50l-l075-23C
I
I
I
i i
i i
I I
I I
I
I I
I
I
I i
i
I
and screws
OOOO I
'
Rotate this og goo
insert isoo
.Figure '3. PS-823 Connector View

Li Al-fi
Al-F1 is removed (Jl-13 ==
ta 13 28/24vDC fkOM
connects to Ll) and J1-9 .
Euen aus
from **' * '
is disconnected
Ll/Al-F1 and connected
to XF2-20 .
, cu"en"o"sn'cy
BVPASS
'"Cl2
0.01
1000
2
6
.SPARES
12 POWER GND
BATTERT ONLY
.. .-.....-.. .. .-..
8 OPgnATOON
2 ,,
33 24/žSVOC TO
LMAROLNUT BUh
Ai•FE
10 AMP I
L.--
Figure 4. Schematic Change
6
11. Remove 2 nuts (13), lockwashers (12), grommets (11) and fuse
holders (8 and 10). XF1 fuseholder (8) and associated parts
will not be reinstalled.
12. Remove 4 screws (22), nuts (22A), lockwashers (22B) and

front panel (23) from chassis (5). Front panel (23) is
replaced by kit item 1 in next step.
13. Install new front panel (kit iten 1) securing with 4 screws
(22), lockwashers (22B) and nuts (22A).
14. Install grommet (11) and fuseholder XF2 (10) in chassis (5)
securing with lockwasher (12) and nut (13).
NOTE
Apply Resiweld 7200 or equivalent moisture/

fungus proofing to reworked areas.
15. Reconnect and solder to fuseholder XF2 (10) leads removed by

step 5.
16. Install and connect a wire between Jl-9 and KF2 (10) ter-
minal on side of fuse wired to collectors of A2-018 and A2-
020.
17. Attach handle (14) and, if installed, heatsink assembly (40)
to chassis securing with screws (19), lockwashers (18), flat
washers (48), shouldered washers (47) and nuts (17) in-
stalled in handle slots.
18. Attach support hook (20) and, if installed, diode assembly
(49) to chassis securing with screws (21 or 21A), terminal
lug (24A), lockwashers (24) and nuts (25).
19. Enter information from identification plate (15) on new

identification plate (kit item 2) reidentifying unit as fol-
lows and adding suffix "M" to serial number.
Was Is
501-1075-01, PS-823A 501-1075-09, PS-823E

501-1075-02, PS-823B 501-1075-10, PS-823F
501-1075-03, PS-823C 501-1075-11, PS-823G
501-1075-04, PS-823D 501-1075-12, PS-823H
501-1075-05, PS-823A/T 501-1075-13, PS-823E/T
501-1075-06, PS-823B/T 501-1075-14, PS-823F/T
501-1075-07, PS-823C/T 501-1075-15, PS-823G/T
501-1075-08, PS-823D/T 501-1075-16, PS-823H/T
Attach new identification plate to new front panel as item

15.
Disk 35 7


screws (32 and 52).
21. Reinstall Bl battery pack (4) in chassis (5) and secure with
screws (26 and 33). Reinstall B2 battery pack (2) or shelf
(3) and secure with screws (26 and 33). Reconnect both
battery pack wires.
TESTING PROCEDURES
1. Perform functional test of Table 3-4 of TP-202 Instruction

Manual, to verify rework.
IDENTIFICATION PROCBDURES
1. Af ter compliance with the PROCEDURE and

TESTING
MDDIFICATION
PROCEDURE of this Service Bulletin, enter
from information
removed modification decals (16 and 50) on new mod decals
(kit items 3 and 4) using red paint to mark off modification
decal dots. Install new decals as items 16 and, if needed,
50 on front panel (23).
PARTS
REQUIRED Modification Kit 504-1713-01
SPARES
AFFECTED N/A
REMOVED
PARíS Scrap removed front panel (23).
Prepared By / pp oved By
NOTE
Compliance with this service bulletin

will require reconfiguring the aircraft
mating connector to accommodate the
changes defined in figure 3 and para-
graph 8 of this service bulletin.
Disk 35 8

Service Bulletin

1-800-253-9525 June 8, 1983
EFFECTIVITY PS-823 COMPLIANCE Customer

Option
PART NUMBER 501-1075-01 through -08
SUBJECT Installation of Mod 12(A), 11(B), 9(C), 8(D),

14(A/T), 13(B/T), 11(C/T) or 10(D/T).
PURPOSE To reduce clock susceptability to noise.
MANPOWER
REQUIREMENTS This modification will require approximately one
manhour to incorporate.
MATERIAL None
TOOLING None
WEIGHT AND
BALANCE No effect.
ELECTRICAL
LOAD DATA Not effected.
REFERENCES TP-202 Instruction Manual, Model PS-823.
OTHER
PUBLICATIONS None
1. Refer to Figure 1 and remove 1 screw (6) and 2 screws (34)

CAUTION

noved or circuit damage could result.
A Subsidiary of The BFGooddoh Company

NOTE
If unit being modified is a "/T" model

(PS-823A/T, etc.) perform steps 3
through 5. If not a "|T" model skip to
step 6.

5. Refer to figures 1 and 2 and remove battery test circuit

card (37) from PCB assembly (36) by removing 018, 020 and T1
mounting hardware securing the circuit card (37).
6. Refer to figure 2 to locate resistor R7. Replace existing

resistor with an RCRO7G273JS resistor (27k, 1/4w, 5%).
7. Coat reworked area with Resiweld 7200 or equivalent
moisture/ fungus proof coating.
NØTE

perform steps 8 through 10. If not a
"/T" skip to step 11.
8. Attach battery test circuit card (37) to PCB assembly (36)

securing in place with 018, 020 and T1 mounting hardware.

screws (32 and 52).
NOTE
Insure that wires do not get pinched

under battery (2) when installing.
10. Reinstall B1 battery pack (4) in chassis (5) and secure with
(3) and secure with screws (26 and 33). Reconnect both
battery pack wires.
2
og
is e
s ? 10 // /
Ag 4
e//Is JJ As 17**2e

o o
°
o'
R7
\¯
I
423 I
) 02o 018
II II I II IIIII
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine 4

TESTING PROCEDURES

1. After compliance with the MODIFICATION PROCEDURE and TESTING

PROCEDURE of this Service Bulletin, use red paint to mark
off MOD number as follows on Modification Decal (16):
PS-823 Model Modification
A 12
B ll
C 9
D 8
A/T 14
B/T 13
C/T 11
D/T 10
PARTS
REQUIRED One resistor, RCRO7G273JS.
SPARES
AFFECTED N/A
REMOVED
PARTS Scrap
Prepared ro ed By
5
Service Bulletin

1-800-253-9525 June 8, 1983
NOTE
Service Bulletins 88501-1075-25

and SB501-1075-26 be per-
must
formed simultaneously. Performing
these two bulletins meets the
requirements of SB501-1075-13 also.
EFFECTIVITY PS-823 COMPI.IANCE Customer

Option
COMPONENT Emergency Power Supply PCR 12224
SUBJECT Installation of Mod 13(A), 12(B), lO(C), 9(D),

15(A/T), 14(B/T), 12(C/T) and ll(D/T).
PURPOSE To improve transistor turn-off time and reduce

internal heat rise.
APPROVAI. Not applicable.
MANPOWER
REQUIREMENTS This modification will require approximately one
MATERIAL None
TOOLING None
WEIGHT AND
BALANCE No ef f ect .
ELECTRICAL
LDAD DATA Not effected.
OTHER
PUBLICATIONS None

MDDIFICATION PROCEDURE
1. Refer to figure 1 and remove 1 screw (6) and 2 screws (34)

CAUTION

noved or circuit damage could result.

NOTE
If unit being modified is a "|T"

model (PS-823A/T, etc.) perform
step 5, otherwise skip to step 6.
5. Refer to figures 1 and 2 and remove battery test circuit
card (37) from PCB assembly (36) by removing Q18, 020 and T1
mounting hardware securing the circuit card (37).
6. Refer to figure 2 to locate components and unsolder and

remove capacitors Cl7 and C11.
7. Installa 0.1 mfd, 500 vde capacitor (same as removed C17) in

location where Cll was previously installed.
8. Coat reworked area with Resiweld 7200 or equivalent

moisture/ fungus proof coating.
NOTE

perform step 9· if not, skip to step 10.

securing in place with Q18, Q20 and T1 mounting hardware.

screws (32 and 52).

Service
41
48
o
O 13
16
11
10

O O
a o -
. Ty
. 01.
4) O
) O20 018
--cli
'
6 ' e y C17
IIII II IIIII
t.-- --J I I

NOTE
Insure that wires do not get pinched

under battery (2) when installing.
(3) and secure with acrews (26 and 33).
TESTING PROCEDURES

1. After compliance with the MDDIFICATION PROCEDURE and TESTING

A 13
B 12
C 10
D 9
A/T 15
B/T 14
C/T 12
D/T 11
PARTS
REQUIRED None
SPARES
AFFECTED N/A
REMDVED
PARTS Scrap sleeving and capacitor Cll.
Prepared By ApproŸed By
5
spooodrich Service Bulletin
OOSpcCS
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SB501-1075-26

1-800-253-9525 June 8, 1983
MOTE
Service Bulletina 88501-1075-25

and SB501-1075-26 aust be per-
formed simultaneously. Performing
modifications outlined in these
two bulletina meets the require-
ments of 88501-1075-13.
EFFECTIVITY PS-823 COMPI.IANCE Cua tomer

Option (A-3)
CONPONENT Emergency Power Supply PCR 12281
SUBJECT Installation of Mod 14(A), 13(B), 11(C), 10(D),

16(A/T), 15(B/T), 13(C/T) and 12(D/T).
PURPOSE To reduce transistor heat rise and improve RFI.
MANPONER
MATERIAI. MIL-A-8623 Type II adhesive
TOOLING None
MEIGHT AND
BAI.ANCE No effect.
ELECTRICAI.
IßAD DATA Not effected.
OTHER
PUBLICATIONS SB501-1075-25


and loosen 6 acrews (26) (if installed) and 2 screws (27).
CAUTION

3. Remove 6 screws (26) and 4 acrews (33) and battery pack (2)
or shelf (3) and/or battery pack (4). Unsolder and tag|
4. Remove 4 acrews (52) and 4 screws (32) and printed circuit

board assembly (36) from dhassis (5).
5. If unit is a "|T" model (PS-823A/T, etc.) refer to figures 1

and 2 and remove battery test circuit card (37) from PCB
assembly (36) by removing mounting hardware for 018, O20 and
Tl that secures circuit card (37).
6. Refer to figure 2 and remove capacitors Cll, C12 and C18 and
resistor R37.
7. Refer to figure 3 and tailor leads of a 550-1404-04 capac-

itor (10 afd, 50 wvde) then install as C18 with AMS 3653
sleeving on the leads.
8. Install an 811091-28 resistor (390 ohms, 2.2w) with EMS 3653

sleeving on the leads as R37. Install with resistor body
elevated 0.25 inch above circuit board.
9. Install an S10160-02 capacitor (0.05 afd, 500 wvde) as Cll.
10. Assemble 518-1208-01 reactor plate and 556-1814-01 reactor

securing with MSl5795-805 washer, MS24693-S31 screw and
MS21042-06 nut. Assemble so that reactor terminals are away
from plate and in line with the length of the plate.
11. Secure reactor and mounting plate to top of transformer T2

as shown in figure 2 using Shell Epon 8 adhesive. Insure
that reactor and plate are installed sufficiently in l>oard
to prevent interference with battery test circuit card, if
installed.
2
Service
41
45
12
10

.....T2
INSTALL NEW
REACTORAND
MOUNTING PLATE
RALAR RAPHS
C11
R37
=I
> REMOVE
C18
Cl2

INSTALL RESISTOR AS
R37 PER PARAGRAPH 8
INSTALL CAPACITOR AS
C11 PER PARAGRAPH 9
CRio
. CR22
CRI6
25
INSTALL 550-1404-04
CAPACITOR AS CIS PER
PARAGRAPH 7. C
SECURE
BODY OF CAPACITOR TO
FRAME OF TRANSFORMER T2
WITH MIL-A-8623 TYPE II
ADHESIVE (SHELL EPON 8) et
Figure 3. Capacitor C18 New Installation Location

12. Coat reworked areas with Resiweld 7200 or equivalent mois-

ture/fungus proofing.
13. If unit is a "|T" model, attach battery test circuit card

(37) to PCB assembly (36) securing in place with 018, 020
and Tl mounting hardware.

screws (32 and 52).
(3) and secure with screws (26 and 33). Reconnect both bat-
tery pack wires.
Reinstall fuse F2 (7).
TESTING PROCEDURES

Manual, to verity rework.
1. Af ter compliance with the MODIFICATION PROCEDURE and TESTING

A 14
B 13
C 11
D 10
A/T 16
B/T 15
C/T 13
D/T 12
PARTS
REQUIRED One reactor, PN 556-1814-01
One resistor, PN 811091-28 (390 ohms, 2.2w)
One capacitor, PN 810160-02 (0.05 afd, 500 wvde)
One capacitor, PN 550-1404-04 (10 afd, 50 wvde)
One reactor plate, PN 518-1208-01
One screw, PN MS24693-S31
One washer, PN MSl5795-805
One nut, PN MS21042-06
SPARES
AFFECTED N/A
6
REMOVED
PARTS Scrap
r•Pared By / Approv By

UFGoodrich
ce
Service Bulletin
Jet Beenonics and Technology inc.

1-800-253-9525 September 14, 1983
EFFECTIVITY PS-823 ( )/T COMPLIANCE Cu stomer

Option (A-3)
CONPONENT Emergency Power Supply PCN 28720
PART NUMBER 501-1075-05, -06, -07, -08, -13, -14, -15

and
16
SUBJECT Installation of Mod 27 (A/T & E/T), 26 (B/T &

F/T), 23 (C/T & G/T) and 22 (D/T & H/T)
PURPOSE To reduce possibility of circuit damage due to

excessive testing or low voltage
APPROVAL Not applicable
MANPONER
MATERIAL Resiweld 7200 moisture/fungus proofing
TOOLING None
WEIGHT AND
IDAD DATA No effect
ELECTRICAL
IDAD DATA Not effected
REFERENCES TP-202 Instruction Manual, Model PS-823
OTHER
PUBLICATIONS None
MODIFICATION FROCEDURE


Service Bulletin SB501-lO75-27
CAUTION

or shelf (3) and/or battery pack (4). Unsolder and
tag/identify battery leads.

5. Refer to figures 1 and 2 and loosen battery test circuit card

(37) from PCB assembly (36) by removing mounting hardware for
018, Q20 and Tl that secures circuit card (37).
6. Refer to figure 3 and remove Cl, CR3, R4 and R5 and replace

with applicable kit parts.
7. Coat reworked areas with Resiweld 7200 or equivalent

noisture/fungus proofing.

securing in place with QlS, 020 and Tl mounting hardware.

screws (32 and 52).
screws (26). Reinstall B2 battery pack (2) or shelf (3) and
secure with screws (33). Reconnect both battery pack wires.
11. Reinstall cover (1), secure with screws (6 and 34) and
tighten screws (26 and 27). Reinstall fuse F2 (7).
TESTING PROCEDURES

1. ter compliance
Af with the MODIFICATION PROCEDURE and TESTING
PRDCEDURE of this Service Bulletin, use red paint to mark off
MOD number as follows on Modification Decal (16):

33
27
26
16
Figure 1. Model PS-823 ( ) Emergency Power Supply Assembly

.m
I - a
Q20
...- T1

Bulletin SB501-1075-27
Service
Remove R5 and replace

with RN55C4122F
Remove Cl and replace

¯with
550-1501-01
.Remove R4 and replace

with RN55Cl004F
Remove CR3 and replace

with 1N960B
Figure 3. Battery Test Circuit Card Assently

Service Bulletin SB501-lO75-27
A/T & E/T 27

B/T & F/T 26
C/T & G/T 23
D/T & H/T 22
PARTS
REQUIRED Order J.E.T. Modification Kit 504-1727-01 to
incorporate this change.
SPARES
AFFECTED N/A
REMOVED
P.ARTS Scrap
/
Prepared By pro ed By

Service Bulletm
1-800-253-9525 september 11, 1984
EFFECTIVITY PS-B23 ( ) /T COMPLIANCE Mandatory

at next repair or
service (A-3)
PART NUMBER 501-1075-05, -06, -07, -08, -13, -14, -15

and
16
SUBJECT Installation of Mod 28 (A/T & E/T) , 27 (B/T &

F/T) , 24 (C/T & G/T) and 23 (D/T & H/T)
PURPOSE To prevent possible interference and circuit

damage if unit is improperly handled.
MANPONER
REQUIREMENTS This modification will require approximately 1
MATERIAL Resiweld 7200 moisture/fungus proofing
TOOLING None
HBIGHT AND
LOAD DATA No effect
ELECTRICAL
LOAD DATA Not effected
REFERENCES TP-202 Instruction Manual, Model PS-823
OTHER
PUBLICATIONS None
MDDIFICATION PROCEDURE

Disk 35 1
A Subsidiary of The WGooddeh Company

C&UTION 'N

2. Remove cover (1). Inspect per figure 3 and continue at step

3 or 11, as applicable.
or shelf (3) and/or battery pack (4). Unsolder and
tag/identify battery leads.

5. Refer to figures 1 and 2 and loosen battery test circuit card

(37) from PCB assembly (36) by removing mounting hardware for
018, 020 and Tl that secures circuit card (37).
6. Perform rework of Battery Test Circuit Card Assembly per
figure 3.
7. Coat reworked areas with Resiweld 7200 or equivalent

moisture/fungus proofing.

securing in place with 018, 020 and T1 mounting hardware.

screws (32 and 52).
screws (26). Reinstall B2 battery pack (2) or shelf (3) and
secure with screws (33). Reconnect both battery pack wires.
11. Reinstall cover (1), secure with screws (6 and 34) and
tighten screws (26 and 27). Reinstall fuse F2 (7).
TESTING PROCEDURES

1. After compliance with the MODIFICATION PROCEDURB and TESTING

PROCEDURE of this Service Bulletin, use red paint to mark off
MOD number as follows on Modification Decal (16):
Disk 35 2

33
27
26
Figure 1, Model PS-823 ( ) Emergency Power Supply

Ir
.1
..
so
Tl
io

RS R3
CE i R
TP1 TP2
Inspect jumper wire between
TPl and TP2 to insure it is
installed on component side.
If installed on circuit side
remove and reinstall on
component side.
Figure 3. Battery Test Circuit Card Assembly

A/T & E/T 28

B/T & F/T 27
C/T & G/T 24
D/T & H/T 23
PARTS
RBOUIRED None.
SPARES
AFFECTED N/A
RENDVED
PARTS N/A
Ptepared By / Appr vecÍ By
Disk 35 6

ine
ÐŒGoodrich s"isGoo
S
oni Sysma
P.O. Box 873

98956e680873USA
Aerospace x 6 6
76 6
ServiceLetter
Revision Date: September 15, 2000 SL-1A
Original Date: September 17, 1970
NOTE: This revision updates Circuit Card Assembly repair procedures to current practices.
Effectivity: All BFG products containing circuit card assemblies.
Subject: Repair of printed-circuit board (s)
Purpose: The following maintenance practices are recommended as a guide in repairing

printed-circuit board (s) installed in BFG products.
Advisory:
NOTE: Repair of the printed-circuit board (s) should be accomplished by a qualified

technician at an authorized service center.
1. Circuit Card Repair
A. Soldering Standards and Information.
1) Soldering Standards
The following specifications are standards followed by BFGoodrich Avionics Systems, Inc.
during manufacturing and repair of products produced at the factory. These standards are
approved by both the military and commercial vendors.
a. ANSI/IPC-A-160, Acceptability of Electronic Assemblies
NOTE: IPC-A-160B, Class 2 is the minimum acceptable standard for soldering.
b. J-STD-001B, Requirements for Soldered Electrical and Electronic Assemblies.
c. IPC-7711, Rework of Electronic Assemblies.
d. IPC-7721, Repair and Modification of Printed Boards and Electronic Assemblies.
For more information on these specifications contact IPC at:
2215 Sanders Road

North brook, IL 60062-6135
Phone (847) 509-9700 / Fax (847) 509-9798 / URL WWW.ipc.org
2) Soldering Information
a. All acceptable soldering connections should have evidence of good wetting and
slightly concave fillets.
b. Use a quality solder such as SN63 WRMA, which is a solder of 63% tin, 37% lead
that comes as a wire (W) spool (0.025inch recommended) that contains Rosin, Mildly .
Activated (RMA).
ms/nh/s!-lAltechnicaldirectives Page 1 of 3
Service Letter SL-lA
WARNING: ISOPROPYLALCOHOLHASBEEN IDENTIFIED AS HAVINGA DEGREEOF HAZARD

IN HEALTH
ANDFLAMMABILITY. CONSULTTHE APPLICABLEMATERIALSAFETY
DATASHEET PRIOR TO USE OR ASSOCIATION
WITHTHISPRODUCT.
c. Clean all solder connections within one hour of solder application using isopropyl
alcohol.
d. All component leads and wires should be tinned prior to attempting solder
connections.
e. Wire Splices
(1) Wire splices are used when either a self-lead component is installed or in the
process of repairing a damaged wire when removal and replacement of the entire
wire length is not feasible.
(2) Wires may be spliced as long as good solder techniques are followed and wire
junctionis completely covered and sealed against moisture with heat shrink
sleeving.
(3) The type of splice used, mesh, wrap, hook, or lap, is dependant on the situation
and should be decided by a qualified technician. Consult specification IPC-7711
for instructions concerning the use of the different types of splices.
(4) Clean solder connection with alcohol prior to application of heat shrinking
sleeving.
f. Component and wire connections to terminals.
(1) All component leads and wires soldered to terminals should have an appropriate
amount of stress relief. Wire outline should be visible after soldering.
(2) The minimum insulation clearance for a wire to terminal connection should be
that the insulation is not part of the solder joint, and the maximum clearance
should be less than two times the wire diameter including the insulation.
(3) Two section, one section, hooked and pin terminals connections using wire larger
than 30 AWG must have a minimum wrap of 180° and a maximum of360°.
Wires smaller than 30 AWG must have a minimum wrap of 360°and a maximum
wrap of three full tums. No more than three wires to any one terminal section.
90° and a
(4) Bifurcated (forked) or pierced terminals use a minimum wire wrap of
270°. No more than three wires to any one section of the terninal.
maximum of
ms/rth/s!-l.Mechnicaldirectives Page 2 of 3
Service Letter SL-1A
(5) General guidelines in temperature settings using a digital controlled soldering

station are as follows:
Component Description Temp (*F)

Tinning Operations, ¼ watt resistors mounted on 650
and soldered to one side of circuit card, and
installation of IC's.
Cup pins not part of connector, 1 watt resistors, 675
installation of wires into cup pins, and resistors or
capacitors being installed via through holes on the
circuit card where soldering must occur on both
sides of the circuit card assembly.
Turret and hook terminals and axial lead capacitors. 700
Bifurcated terminals, cup pin as part of a connector, 725
plated through hole terminal, and any heat sink or
thermal plane area.
2. Field Repair of CCA
A. Installation of Components
Reinstall the new component in the original position as follows:
1) Check polarity of all capacitors and semiconductors before installing component on board.
2) Use heat sinks where possible when soldering semiconductors in place.
3) Insert the component leads in lead holes. Bend the leads in the direction of the circuit
pattem and trim.
WARNING: ISOPROPYLALCOHOLHAS BEENIDENTIFIEDAS HAVINGA DEGREEOF HAZARD

IN
HEALTHANDFLAMMABILITY. MATERIALSAFETYDATA
SHEETPRIOR TOUSEOR ASSOCIATIONWITHTHISPRODUCT.
4) Solder the component lead to the circuit board, using a low-heat soldering iron and rosin-core
solder. Remove excess flux with a non-corrosive cleaning solvent (Isopropyl Alcohol).
B. Performance Test
Verify serviceability of the reworked printed-circuit board by performing applicable

performance tests as shown in the applicable Maintenance Manual.
C. Moisture and Fungus Proofing
Refer to applicable Maintenance Manual section or SL-49() for proper moistuæ and fungus
proofing requirements.
ms/rth/sl-lAltechnicaldirectives Page 3 of 3
.s.«ss..er..se...n.. v.s.. .>ervice Letter
Jet Electronics and Technology, Inc. SL-5B

Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 April 15, 1983
1-800-253-9525
SUBJECT Acceptance Tests for Nickel Cadmium Cells:

Gould (J.E.T. PN 514007)
Marathon (J.E.T. PN Sl4003)
Saft-America (J.E.T. PN 559-1606)
PURPOSE To provide all service facilities and aircraft

operators with brief information concerning
J.E.T., Inc. avionics changes and maintenance
practices for individual battery cells.
REFERENCE Model PS-823 Emergency Power Supply Instruction

Manual.
ADVISORY This service letter is being issued to supplement

battery care and maintenance information contained
in the instruction manual. This service letter
provides test procedures and performance require-
ments for the battery cell under a load condi-
tion. The use of this procedure by the main-
tenance activity should alleviate the possibiity
of batteries being returned to J.E.T., Inc. when
proper recharging would restore the batteries to a
serviceable condition.
UNIT Nickel Cadmium Cell
MANUFACTURER Gould (J.E.T. PN 814007)

Marathon (J.E.T. PN Sl4003)
Saft-America (J.E.T. PN 559-1606)
1. Inspect cell for any visible signs of corrosion, especially

in the area of the vent. Corrosion indicates that the cell
seal has ruptured causing out-gasing. A cell in this con-
dition should be replaced.
2. Apply a 200ma constant current * charge to the cell for a

period of 16 to 20 hours. A normal cell will have 1.2 to 1.5
vdc, (depending on energy state), across it while under
charge within the first 1/2 hour. At the end of charge (16
to 20 hours), the cell voltage will be 1.35 to 1.5 vdc, and
nominally close to 1.4 vdc.
A Subsidiary of The BFGooddch Company

Service Letter SL-5B
It may occur that a cell has been reverse polarized. In this

case it will indicate approximately 0.25 to 0.5 vdc reverse
polarity initially. This does not necessarily mean that the
cell is bad, and the above charge procedure should be initi-
ated, with the proper polarity. Normally, the cell will
switch to proper polarity within a short time after charge
application.
* If a constant current supply is not available it is al-
ternately permissible to use a 22 €o 25 ohm resistor (5 watt)
in series with the cell from a constant or regulated 6 väc
supply. The same 16 to 20 hour charge period applies.
3. At the
end of charge (within 1 hour) connect the cell to a
0.35 ohm (5-10 watt) resistor for discharge testing. Dis-
charge the cell to a level of 1.0 vdc (no lower). The
elapsed time from moment of discharge initiation to the 1.0
vdc level shall be 26 minutes or greater. Shorter times are
not indicative of an unusable cell, but it will not meet the
standard for capacity that J.E.T., Inc. has set as a minimum.
If the cell fails the discharge time test it-must be deep
cycle discharged to erase the ni-cad "memory" phenomenon
(memory appears as an apparent loss of capacity). Erasing
memory is accomplished by "flexing" the ni-cad cell from no
charge to full charge. Perform the following deep cycle
discharge:
a. Continue discharging the cell with 0.35 ohm resistor.
b. Monitor the cell voltage during the discharge. When the

cell reaches +0.5 vdc connect a No. 16 buss wire jumper
across the positive and negative terminals shorting the
cell out. Leave the cell in this condition for approxi-
mately 24 hours before performing step c.
c. Remove shorting jumper and recharge cell as in step 2.
Repeat step 3.
d. After the third deep cycle procedure (if needed) and if

the cell discharge does not meet the requirements of step
3 recharge the cell as in step 2 and perform step 4.
4. Reconnect the 0.35 ohm load and de voltmeter, and perform

cell discharge check. If discharge time is too fast, replace
the cell.

J.« m.ceronica ..« r•=anosaur.rm. Serv Ice Letter
Jet Electronics and Technology, Inc. SL-7
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 January 2, 1973
SUBJECT: Monthly Service Advisory
PURPOSE: To provide all service facilities and aircraft

operators with brief information concerning J.E.T.,
Inc. avionics changes and maintenance practices.
ITEM l Model PS-800 Emergency power Supply
REFERENCE Instruction Manual, Mar 1, 70, revised Jan 1, 71.
ADVISORY Page 5, Figure 3-l, Reference No. 6 and 7 are in

error. Function should read as follows:
6 -
TP1(Blk) -
Common chassis ground.
7 -
TP2(Red) -
Monitors switch F/C.
This correction should be entered in the Instruction Manual with

pen and ink. It will be incorporated in the manual with the next
revision.
ITEM 2 Model JT-5 Emergency Power Supply Test Panel.
REFERENCE Instruction Manual, Sept l, 69, revised Dec l, 70.
ADVISORY The following pen and ink changes should be entered:
Paragraph 2-11. Change subparagraphs "c" and "d" to "d" and "e",
and add: "c. Place the ON-OFF-CHARGE switch to ON." Figure 3-1,
Reference No. 6 and 7 should be changes as follows:
6 -
Test Point 1(Blk) -
Common chassis ground.
7 -
Test Point 2 (Red) -
Monitors switch F/C.
Figure 4-1 should be revised as follows:

\ RED
Figure 5-1 should be revised as follows:
P2
o
TPl
These changes will be incorporated in the manual with the next revision.
Page 1 of 2
Service Letter SL-7
January 2, 1973
ITEM 3 PS-823 Emergency Power Supply
REFERENCE Instruction Manual Modifications List
ADVISORY We have received inquiries concerning Modifications

No. 6 on 501-1075-01/02, No. 3 on 501-1075-03/04, No. 4 on 501-
1075-07/08 and No. 7 on 501-1.075-05/06. This modification is not
mandatory for units in use but has been incorporated in new pro-
duction units and those returned for repair. The modification adds
ground lugs to the printed circuit board assembly and chassis, to
provide a chassis ground. Since there is no effect on operation of
the power supply, retrofit is not deemed necessary.
ITEM 4 PS-823 Emergency Power Supply
REFERENCE None
ADVISORY If you are a PS-823 user with a radio that has a

high capacitive input you should consider installing a 2.5 + 15%mb
inductor in the 26V line to the emergency buss. Some problems have
been experienced when keying the transmitter because of a radio's
high capacitive characteristics. The inductor will counteract
this condition. The part is available at J.E.T. (PN 556-1809-01).
ITEM 5 Handling of Vertical and Directional Gyros
REFERENCE None
ADVISORY Several gyros returned from the field for repair

had damage that could only be attributed to mishandling. In an
effort to reduce this type of damage and thereby save the customer
some expense, the following cautions should be observed when handling
gyros:
1. Handle with care at all times. Remember -

it is a delicate
electro-mechanical instrument.
2. Do not handle the gyro when it is starting or running down as

these are the periods when the gyro parts are most susceptible
to damage.
3. Do not simulate violent maneuvers. If an airplane couldn't do

it, don't expect it of the gyro.
4. Be especially careful when setting the gyro down. Jarring the

instrument excessively can damage the bearings.
Prepared By oved By
Page 2 of 2
.s.« m.err..;.. ...« r..y...y.,y.s.. Service Let ter
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SL-8Q

5353 52nd Street, S.E. March 7, 1977
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 REV. June 10, 1987 i
1-800-253-9525
NOTE
This Service Letter supersedes SL-8

through SL-8P. All areas changed by
this revision have been identified by
a vertical line in the outer margin.
SUBJECT Battery Maintenance Required for Model PS-823 Emer-

gency Power Supply.

operators with PS-823 nickel cadmium battery
maintenance information. It is recommended that
aircraft owners and operators perform the periodic
test and charge of section 1, below, after every
100 hours or 3 months of use in an aircraft. The
procedures app.ly to all models including optional
battery-test units.
REFERENCE PS-823( ) Maintenance Manual, TP-202
CONTENTS
1. Battery Test and Charge (Periodic Check)

2. Inspection
3. Battery Pack Repair
4. PS-823 Storage
DEFINITIONS
Power Supply: PS-823 with battery pack(s)

installed.
Battery Pack: Assembly of twenty nickel-cadmium
cells.
Cell: Individual nickel cadmium cell rated at
1.5V.
Disk 24 1
A Subsidiary of The M Company

Service Letter SL-8Q
10 +
11
PS-823( ) REGULATED
13 28 VDC1.25A
7 -
Figure 1. PS-823 Power Supply Battery Charging
25 OHM10 WATT
20 CELL + "AA + 32-36 VDC
BATTERY POWER
PACK - - SUPPLY
Figure 2. 20-Cell Battery Pack Charging
TYLPICALE
DISCHARGE
PREMATURE
VOLTAGEDIP
MINUTES
UNIT UNDERTEST ENDOF DISCHARGEVOLTAGE MINIMUMDISCHARGETIME
PS-823A, C, E, G 19.0 VDC 24 MINUTES

PS-8238, D, F, H 19.0 VDC 47 MINUTES
20 CELL BATTERYPACK 20.0 VDC 27 MINUTES
Figure 3. Acceptance values and Typical Curve
Disk 24 2

PROCEDURES
1. Battery Test and Charge (Periodic Check)
CAUTION
Whenever removing or installing the cover

of the PS-823, the 10 AMP fuse (F2) must
be removed or circuit damage could result.
A. First remove the 10 AMP fuse (F2) from the power supply;
then remove the cover and replace the fuse. Inspect the
battery packs and battery pack covers for obvious
NOTE
Before performing the remaining tests charge

unit for 24 hours per figure 1 and allow
approximately 1 hour between charging and
testing to permit battery stabilization or
check the battery pack voltage level to
determine if voltage level is sufficient
to perform discharge test.
Passage of the following discharge test

requires fully-charged battery packs. The
initial discharge exercises the battery packs,
discloses unbalanced cells, and indicates
the level of charge which is being maintained
by the aircraft. If the initial discharge
meets the requirements of the discharge
test, the results can be accepted as passing
the test without precharging, thereby
saving the time for the pre-charge and
battery stabilization.
The electrolyte used in nickel-cadmium batteries

is a caustic solution of potasium hydroxide. If
any is spilled on clothing or other materials, it
should be bathed immediately with large quantities
of water. If the electrolyte gets on the skin,
bathe the affected areas with large quantities of
water and neutralize with a boric acid solution or
vinegar. If electrolyte gets into the eyes, flush
with water and get medical attention immediately.
Disk 24 3

Service Letter SL-SQ
B. Place a jumper between PS-823 power supply connector pins

11 and 13. The voltage from pin 11 (positive) to pin 7
(ground) shall be 24.0 Vdc minimum. (Battery packs,
positive to ground, shall measure 24.5 Vdc minimum). If
the voltage is too low, proceed to step 1.C. If the
voltage is adequate, connect a 7.0 ohm 1% 150 watt
resistor load between pins 11 and 7 (or the battery pack
terminals) and discharge the PS-823 (or battery pack)
while monitoring the time and voltage level. Watch for
premature drops of a volt or more within a few seconds,
in which case, discontinue the discharge, remove the
battery packs and their covers and proceed according to
Section 3.C through 3.D. Typical, acceptable discharge
curve shape, times, and voltage levels are given in
figure 3. Discharge times to the specified ending
voltage are the critical element. A discharge curve with
one or more premature dips as shown in the dashed curve
(figure 3.) indicate cells which need maintenance. When
performing the discharge on a PS-823, check the outputs
at pins 3, 4 and 5 with reference to pin 7 (ground).
These voltages should be approximately 120, 27, and 4.7
Vac respectively (+7%, -10%).
C. If the initial no-load voltage in step 1.8 is less than

24.0 Vdc (24.5 Vdc for battery packs), recharge the unit
per step 1.D and return to step 1.B. If, after a
recharge, the initial voltage requirement cannot be met,
proceed on to section 3.
D. Disconnect the load resistor and the DC voltmeter from

PS-823 pins 11 and 7. With the jumper in place between
pins 11 and 13, connect a 28 Vdc power supply to PS-823
pins 10 (+) and 7 (-) in accordance with figure 1. Turn
on the 28 Vdc power supply, and the batteries will charge
through the PS-823 internal charging circuit. (For
battery packs, connect the terminals to a charging
circuit in accordance with figure 2). Charge the
batteries in this manner for 24 hours. Re-test, if
applicable, after charging is stopped, or remove the 10
AMP fuse, replace the cover and the fuse, and return the
unit to service or storage as applicable.
NOTE
If the unit fails the above test after

having received a full charge and the
unit is in the warranty period, contact
your J.E.T. distributor for Service
Center Information. If the unit is out
of warranty, perform the steps of sections
2 and 3.
Disk 24 - 4

2. Inspection
A. Remove battery packs from PS-823, and remove covers from

battery packs.
B. Inspect battery cells for indications of venting or

leaking. Venting is a safety process in which the cell
releases excessive internal pressure resulting from
overheating. Venting is indicated by either a visible
rupture near the top center of the cell or through the
appearance of corrosion in the same area.
NOTE
Battery cells can normally be inspected

without physically removing the cells
from the battery pack.
C. If venting or corrosion is evident, replace defective

cells before performing section 3. If no venting or
corrosion is visible, perform section 3.
3. Battery Pack Repair
Deep-cycle discharge the battery.pack to erase any nickel-

cadmium "memory" phenomenon as follows:
A. Begin discharging the battery pack with the 7 ohm ±1%,

150 watt resistor connected between the battery pack
terminals.
B. Continuously monitor the individual cell voltages during
the discharging. As a cell reaches +0.5 vdc connect a
jumper wire across the cell's positive and negative
terminals to short out the
cell. (Jumper wires may be
made from No. 16 buss wire, or equivalent, inserted from
the bottom of the battery pack.
CAUTION
Failure to short a cell as it drops below

0.5 vde on a deep cycle discharge will cause
the cell to become reversed and damage to the
cell may result.
C. Continue with step B until all battery cells have been

shorted. Leave the battery packs in this condition for
approximately 24 hours before performing step 3D.
Disk 24 5

D. Remove all shorting jumpers and recharge the battery pack

by connecting a 200 ±20 milliampere constant-current
supply or use the setup shown in figure 2. Adjust the
supply to provide approximately 200 milliamperes, and
charge the battery pack for 16 to 20 hours. Connect a
7.0 ohm ±1%, 150 watt resistor and DC voltmeter to the
battery pack terminals. Monitor the time and voltage
level. The battery pack discharge curve shall meet the
requirements of the curve shown in figure 3 for battery
packs free of pre-mature cell dropout. If it meets
requirements, re-assemble the PS-823, charge in
accordance with figure 1 for 24 hours, and return to
service or storage as applicable. If the requirements of
figure 3 are not met, repeated deep cycling of the
battery pack may be required to achieve satisfactory
discharge curve results.
E. If after the deep-cycle

third procedure (if needed) the
battery pack discharge curve does not meet the require-
ments of figure 3, recharge the pack as in step l.D, and
perform step 3.F.
F. Reconnect the 7 ohm load and dc voltmeter to the battery

.
pack, and perform battery pack discharge curve check. If
discharge time is too fast, when battery pack voltage
level is at 20 vdc use dc voltmeter and quickly check
voltage of individual cells. If any cell indicates +0.5
volts or less, replace the cell(s) and repeat step 3D.
4. PS-823 Storage.
A. If a ready condition of the PS-823 is required, it is

recommended that, after every 15 days of storage, the
power supply be top charged for eight hours as in figure
1. (m> not trickle charge).
B. For ready and non-ready conditions of storage, perform
section 1, "Battery Test and Charge" every three months.
NOTE
J.E.T. recommends that the battery packs be

placed through two deep cycles (section
3) at least once per year. This will
equalize uneven cells and aid in preventing
"memory" buildup.
For additional technical assistance contact J.E.T. Field

Services office at 1-800-253-9525, extension 359.
Disk 24 6
Service Letter
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SL-llB

5353 52nd Street S.E.
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508-0239
1-800-253-9525 January 12, 1976
Revised June 11, 1986
EFFECTIVITY PS-800, PS-801 and PS-823( )
SUBJECT Emergency Power Management Recommendations

operators information concerning use of Emergency
Battery Power Supplies
ADVISORY
J.E.T. recommends that individual equipment be turned off when

its useis not required. This procedure will conserve Emergency
Battery power and increase the running time of the system
whenever an aircraft electrical generating system emergency
condition arises and the Emergency Battery Power Supply comes on
the line.
Flight crews should be reminded that when the aircraft battery is
operational and fully capable of supplying power, the emergency
equipment will operate from this source instead of the internal
batteries of the Emergency Battery Power Supply.
The Emergency Battery Power Supply comes on the line only if the
aircraft battery capacity is very low or depleted. This function
is completely automatic and requires no action by the flight
crew.
Aircraft systems should not be started on the Emergency Battery

Power Supply due to the excessive drain which will deplete the
battery capacity. Excessive current drain can only be
replenished at the 170 milliampere rate. A fully discharged
battery requires 16 hours to recharge.
For additional information, refer to:
Service Letter SL-8, Model PS-823 Emergency Power Supply Battery

Maintenance;
Technical Manual TP-352, PS-823 Installation Instruction;
Technical Manual TP-202, PS-823 Instruction Manual;
Service Letter SL-4, Model PS-800 and PS-801 Battery Maintenance;
Technical Manual TP-204, PS-800 Emergency Power supply
Instruction Manual;
Technical Manual TP-205, PS-80l Emergency Power Supply
Instruction Manual.
Disk 80 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine A Subsidiary of The UFGooddeh Company
Service Letter SL-llB
Service Bulletin SB501-1075-4 should be obtained to incorporate

built-in test circuit into the Model PS-823 Emergency Power
Supply. Model designators are modified by the symbol "/T" to
indicate incorporation (e.g. PS-823D/T).
CAUTION
Limit testing performed in the following
step to no more than 1 test every 3 minutes
and not to exceed three consecutive tests.
Excxessive testing will result in overheating
of PS-823 internal test load. UNIT SHOULD NOT
BE POWERED BY AIRCRAFT BATTERIES DURING TEST.
PS-823 self test

system operation (see Figure l) is initiated by
the operator depressing the test switch. At this time an
internal relay breaks the incoming 28 Vdc at Jl pin 10, breaks
the ac output at Jl pin 3 and simultaneously applies a heavy (4
amp) resistive load on the battery. The test circuit provides a
time delay of 1.5 seconds to a voltage level detection and lamp
circuit. This allows enough time for the battery to stabilize at
the load level. At the end of 1.5 seconds the level detector
determines whether the battery level is valid. If it is valid,
the circuit will allow the operator test light to illuminate. If
invalid, the test light will not illuminate. The complete test
cycle is automatically disconnected after 4 seconds. However,
the ac output will be disabled as long as the test switch is
depressed.
If the PS-823 ( ) is to be stored on the shelf it is recommended

that after each 15 days of storage the unit be recharged for an 8
hour period as shown in Figure 2.
Disk 80 2

Service Letter SL-llB
12 12
TO A/C
S
- .... - . -.-- - --- -
zevoc s
2 2 MOMENTARYTEST SWITCH
PS-823( )/T
' MS24524-30 OR EOUIV
ONLY OFF- MOM. ON
I
,
L3
i
,
f¯ -
6
it
. .--
6
ti
. - -
25VDC OUTPUT
- ---- -s I
I EMERGENCY BATTW
L3
' I ANY 28VDC 40-60MA LAMP
I i CM327 OR EOUIV.
I i
I
I e
i
I i 25/28VDC INPUT FOR
TEST 1 a
L . ...-.... -
Figure 1. Battery Test Circuit
IO +
¡¡ 26VOC
PS-623 i AMP
53 CAPABILITY
Figure 2. PS-823 Charging Set-up
3
Disk 80

ÐlFGoodrich s"sF5G3o hS eon s sms. Inc.
P.O. Box 873

Grand Rapids. MI. 49588-0873 USA
Aerospace
la°xÏs1°a"s'2666899489-6600
ServiceLetter
.
Revision Date: October 2, 2000 SL-49E

Original Date: January 6, 1982
Effectivity: Moisture/Fungus proofed electronic circuit card assemblies (CCA).
Subject: Moisture/Fungus proofing of BFG manufactured electronic CCA's.
Purpose: To provide BFG customers information concerning the latest moisture/fungus

proofing materials and methods being used by BFG.
Advisory:
NOTE: BFG has determined that the material properties of lA34 are as good or better than 1B31
or lA62, plus lA34 is fully MIL-I-46058C Type UR qualified.
1. Moisture and Fungus Proofing
A. Information Concerning Moisture and Fungus Coating Applied at The Factory.
1) Six generic types of coating are used at the factory. A flowchart (Figure 1) and
characteristics table (Figure 2) has been created to identify each type of coating. Additional
information can be found in the following paragraphs as well as in MIL-I-46058.
a. Epoxy Characteristics: Considered to have the hardest coating with the best electrical
properties. Coatings may be thick or thin and form very strong surface adhesion bond.
Texture normally hard, smooth, and nonporous. Normally very brittle but does not
chip or crack without application of extreme pressure. Application of heat at or near
solder melting temperatures causes epoxy to overcure and results in breakdown into
powdery substance. Isopropyl alcohol will not attack epoxy.
b. Acrylic Lacquer Characteristics: General purpose coating with relatively hard surface.
Its appearance is similar to epoxy, but yields more readily to scraping and cutting.
Normally a thin coating. Adhesion is surface bond only and will often chip and flake.
Texture is normally smooth, nonporous, of medium hardness with a glossy finish. It is
brittle and chips readily, but does not exhibit tendency to peel in large flakes. Use of
heat readily softens most acrylic lacquers but often results in gummy residue.
Isopropyl Alcohol readily attacks and softens most acrylic lacquers.
c. Polyurethane Characteristics: Moisture and abrasion resistant. Has varying degrees of

hardness depending on type (extremely hard type similar to epoxy) (relatively soft
consistency similar to RTV compound). Normally forms medium strength surface
bond which tends to peel or flake in large pieces. Texture is usually smooth, glossy,
and nonporous but may be dented or scratched with light pressure such as a fingemail.
It is not brittle and bends readily causing it to tear or stretch rather than crack or break.
Use of heat causes most to soften rapidly, becoming easily pliable exhibiting putty
like consistency. Isopropyl alcohol will not attack polyurethane
ms/Ith/sl-49Elmaster directives Page 1 Of 8

Service Letter SL-49E
d. Silicone Resin Characteristics: Dielectric and are resistant. Hardness may vary with
age. New silicone resin is relatively soft and rubbery, while older resin tends to be
harder and peels more easily. Wide variety of adhesion strengths ranging from readily
peelable, to extremely tight surface bonds. Surface texture is smooth, glossy, and
rubbery. Not brittle and will stretch rather than chip, crack, or break. Use of heat
causes resin to burn and form ash-like residue that must be removed. Isopropyl
alcohol may cause surface to become slick or oily but has no appreciable effect on
coating.
e. RTV Coating Characteristics: Dielectric and are resistant with a rubbery, pliable
consistency. Wide variety of adhesion strengths ranging from readily peelable to
extremely tight bonding. Texture is smooth, dull, and rubbery. It is not brittle and
stretches rather than chips, cracks, or breaks. Use of heat, except at extremely high
temperatures or for long duration's, has little effect. Isopropyl alcohol may cause
surface to feel slick or oily but has no appreciable effect on coating.
f. Parylene Coating Characteristics: the coating is thin for densely packed assemblies.
Hard coating similar to epoxy that bonds tightly to the coating surface. Strong
adhesion provides tough, pinhole free coating of uniform thickness. Texture is
normally smooth, dull, and clear. It is not brittle and bends easily. A heated knife (480°
to 500°) will remove parylene, but chance of damage to board is very high at this
temperature. Heat at slightly below solder-melt temperature has no effect on parylene.
It may be scraped or removed with abrasives. No reaction to approved solvents.
ms/rth/si-49E/master directives Page 2 of 8

nO>T1
B CHARACTERISTICS
HARD

MEDIUM HARD
SOFT 52
HEAT REACTION
SURFACE BOND-VERY STRONG
SURFACE BOND-STRONG
SURFACE BOND-LIGHT
o o SOLVENT REACTION
oo SMOOTH SURFACE
LUMPY SURFACE
NONPOROUSSURFACE
GLOSSY SURFACE c
DULL SURFACE
RUBBERY SURFACE
BRITTLE
CHIPS
PEELS AND FLAKES
STRETCHES
SCRATCHES OFF, BENDS, & TEARS

B. Removal Techniques for Conformal Coating
The following techniques should be followed by technicians in repair of circuit cards coated
with coating materials. To determinate which technique to use refer to Figure 3 or Figure 4 as
applicable.
NOTE: Proper selection of tools and techniques in correct combination is essential.
1) Recommendations of coating manufacturer.
Whenever possible conformal coating should be remove accordance with

recommendations of manufacturer.
When recommendations are not available an evaluation must be conducted to determine

the most effective removal method that causes the least damage. When in doubt, conduct
test in non-critical area of CCA.
2) Chemical Removal
WARNING: ISOPROPYLALCOHOLHASBEENIDENTIFIEDAS HAVINGA DEGREEOF HAZARD

IN
HEALTHANDFLAMMABILITY.CONSULTTHE APPLICABLE
MATERIALSAFETYDATA
SHEETPRIOR TO USEOR ASSOCIATION
WITHTHISPRODUCT.
When using isopropyl alcohol, do so sparingly with small brush, swab, or toothpick in the
area of the CCA that requires coating removal.
Isopropyl alcohol should be blotted up continuously to prevent spreading into undesired

areas. Allow new solvent to attack newly exposed lower areas of coating.
3) Cut and Peel
CAUTION: DO NOTCUTALLTHE WAYTHROUGH TO LAMINATE

COATINGOR DAMAGE MAYOCCUR
.Using scalpel or dental tool, carefully outline area to be removed. Using tweezers, carefully
peel away section to be removed.
4) Scraping
CAUT\0N: CAUTIONMUSTBE USEDTO AVOlD OR PADAND

EXPOSINGCOPPER ON LEAD
DAMAGETO BOARDLAMINATE.
Using dental tool with one flat side and one beveled or rounded side. Keep beveled side of
tool toward board so it will tend to cut up and away from board. Carefully scrape coating
away from area.
ms/tth/sl-49Elmaster manuals
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com directives
search engine Page 4 of 8
5) Controlled Heat
Using either a soldering iron with a modified tip or a thermal parting tool adjust heat at or
just below solder melting temperature (normally 300° to 400°F). Temperature may be
adjusted up or down as necessary for most effective removal. Bring tip into contact with
coating. Using gentle pressure, overcure and remove coating. Orangewood stick or similar
nondestructive tool may be used to aid in removal.
NOTE: Tip of heat source should be shaped flat on one side and beveled on other
side for most effective removal without damage.
NOTE: Testing should be done on surface of defective component or section of

assembly that is not subject to damage from heat.
6) Hot Air Jet
Select tip. Combination of small inside diameter and thick wall. Thick wall acts as heat
reservoir to keep tip from being cooled by air passing through.
Adjust extractor hand-piece for maximum temperature and minimum pressure. Proper
temperature and pressure may be checked by directing hot air jet at tissue paper. Paper
should scorch almost immediately.
Direct hot air jet onto removal area to overcure coating. Avoid damage to board laminate
or adjacent components. Continuous movement of jet is necessary to prevent excess heat
build-up in one spot. Use orangewood stick or similar nondestmetive tool to remove
overcured coating.
7) Rotaiy Power Tools
Select an appropriate sized ball mill for area. Work carefully around component leads and
body. Reduce coating to thin layer and change to a less destructive method to complete
removal.
mstrth/sl-49E/master directives Page 5 of 8

START
Other s coating type silico
Silicon i Resin/RTV
is coating type Thir s coating thick or thi .
Thin
polyurethanelepoxy o Other 3
other?
4
Use cut & peel method Use scraping

Polyureti anelepoxy 6 5
Use hot air jet

method
Parylene
ty Acrylic Lacquer
or acrylic lacquer?
8
Use thermal
Use solvent
parting tool
removal method
method
10
9
Removal complete. See

b Table for prioritized O'tfr i
methods
ms/rth/s!-49Elmaster directives
Page 6 of 8
O
O
COATING
TYPE Q R m o
2(C) 1*
RTV
SII ICONF RESIN 2 1*
POI..YURFTHANF _ 5 (A+C) 3 (C) 4 (C) 1* 2*
ACRYLIC LACOUER 1 (E) 3 4 (C) 2
EPOXY 3 tC) 4 (C1 1 (C1* 2* 5 tB+D)
PARYLENE 2 1 (F) 3
*
Denoted method that positively identifies type of coating.
A Specific types of coating compositions only.
B For thick coatings only (.025"and thicker).
C For thin coatings only.
D Do not attempt to grind to board surface with this method.
E Organic solvents (isopropyl alcohol) are best.
F Use modified drill bit for tip (shaped to beveled edge).
Caution: Use with care. Approximately 500° needed at tip.
NOTE: The preferred order for applying individual removal techniques to specific coatings is
numerically indicated. These removal techniques are listed in ascending order of their
ability to cause damage to the assembly under repair. Any of the methods listed may
cause damage if not used with care. Always try the method which causes the least
amount of damage first. Consider the possibility of heat or vibration sensitivity of
components. Remove only enough coating to allow for extraction of component.
ms/nh/sl-49Elmaster directives Page 7 of 8

C. Field Repair of Moisture and Fungus Proofing
1) Repaired circuit cards should be re-coated with the insulationcompound originally used on
circuit card. Parylene C is the exception to this rule, as Humiseal may be used for re-
coating except in cases of extensive rework.
2) Repaired circuit cards should be re-coated with original insulation compound in the
reworked area after removing surface dirt, wax, grease, flux or any other contaminate.
After cleaning and dnjing reworked area, apply a coating with a small brush to the
reworked area. Insure a uniform coverage through out the reworked area.
3) Refer to manufactures recommendations for drying.
WARNING: ISOPROPYLALCOHOLHASBEEN IDENTIFIED

ASHAVING
A DEGREEOF HAZARDIN
HEALTHANDFLAMMABILITY. CONSULTTHE APPLICABLEMATERIALSAFETYDATA
SHEETPRIOR TO USE OR ASSOCIATIONWITHTHISPRODUCT.
4) Remove excess coating using isopropyl alcohol before the coating cures.
D. Extensive Rework Considerations for Parylene C Coated CCA.
WARNING: ELECTRICALINSULATIONCOMPOUND(HUMISEAL1A34)HAS BEENIDENTIFIEDAS

HAVINGA DEGREEOF HAZARDINHEALTHANDFLAMMABILITY. CONSULTTHE
APPLICABLEMSDS PRIORTO USE OR ASSOCIATIONWITHTHISPRODUCT.
If CCA rework has been extensive, Figure 5 will aid in the decision of whether the CCA can be
safely coated with Humiseal lA34, or must be retumed to BFG for a second application of
Parylene C. Figure 5 sets parameters for the number of repairs authorized based on the CCA
area (surface Square Inch). One component replacement constitutes one repair, regardless of the
number of board punctures made by that component, i.e. a resistor of two leads versus a 16 pin
DIP. Each constitutes one repair. Return the CCA to BFG marked Parylene C coating only. The
CCA will be returned to the service Center with a serviceable tag certifying the service rendered
(coating applied) and inspection thereof as being correct. Make sure CCA's are electronically
and mechanically correct prior to BFG receipt. Do not send an entire unit for subassembly CCA
coating unless full test and repair of the unit is expected at BFG.
Board Size (Sq. In.) Max. No. Repairs
1 to < 20 6
20 to < 50 12
50 to < 100 18
100 and up 24
Figure 5
Maximum Number of Repairs for Humiseal Coat.
ms/nh/sl-49E/master directives Page 8 Of 8

at es..er..¿....« r..s.....gr.s. Service Letter
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SL-79
1-800-253-9525 .
May 15, 1984
EFFECTIVITY PS-823 ( ) Battery Packs
SUBJECT Identification and handling of "short" cells
PURPOSE To eliminate vertical freedom of "short" cells in

battery packs
ADVISORY
Battery cells used in the PS-823 Emergency Power Supply battery

packs have been supplied in two lengths. The overall length of
the "long" cell is 1.9 inch• the "short" cell is 1.867 inch in
overall length.
Do not short across cell

when measuring length.
This 0.033 inch difference in length permits the "short" cells to

have slight freedom of motion in the battery packs.
To eliminate this freedom, a 1/4 inch square pad of J.E.T. part

number 514-1079-01 adhesive-backed rubber strip must be placed on
the positive terminal tab of each "short" cell in the battery
pack.
J.E.T. does not have any "long" cells in stock so all new
shipments from J.E.T. will be "short" cells. Repair facilities
may have some "long" cells in stock. The date codes requiring
inspection for length are 3182 and after. Suggest inspection and
separation to deplete stocks of "long" cells to ease future
handling. Future battery packs will be supplied with the pad
installed. Spare cell shipments will, for the present, have a
strip of pad supplied for attachment to the cell tab when
installed in the pack. Repair facilities are advised to procure
514-1079-01 strips for future use.
The properties of the 514-1079-01 soft-grade, adhesive-backed

silicone sponge rubber pad are as follows:
Density: 0.013 lbs/in.
Disk 47 1
A Subsidiary of The BFGoodrich Cornpany

ÐFGoodrich
Aerospace
Grond Rapids, MI 49588-0873

Telephone (616) 949-6600
Service Letter
Telex 224453
Fox (616) 949-9376
Watts 1-800-253-9525
DATE: December 5, 1991 SL-84B
NOTE
This Service Letter replaces SL-61, SL-

84, and SL-84A which are obsolete.
EFFECTIVITY PS-823( )/PS-835( )
SUBJECT Replacement of Nickel Cadmium (Nicad) Battery Cells

and packs; and Lead-acid cells.
PURPOSE To inform customers of future unavailability of

battery cells for replacement purposes and
interchangeability of battery packs and cells.
PS-823( ) ADVISORY
J.E.T., Inc. has been notified by SAFT America, supplier of the

nickel-cadmium cells and battery packs for the PS-823( ) Emergency
Power Supply, that SAFT America no longer manufactures the J.E.T.
part
numbers 559-1606-01 or 814007-02 cells or 559-1607-01, 814006-02 or
814005-02 battery packs. The replacement cell supercedes old cells
previously used. (For purposes of this letter, "old" will be defined
as cells and battery packs procured under any of the previously
supplied part numbers)
This change makes previously supplied "old" cells and packs non-inter-
changeable with the "new" cells and packs. The new part numbers are
as follows:
New Cell Number: 559-1610-01

New Al-B1 Pack Number: 559-1612-01
New Al-B2 Pack Number: 559-1611-01
As a general rule, Battery Packs of different part numbers may be

interchanged or mixed within a PS-823( ) dual-pack supply.
However, at no time may cells of unlike part numbers or manufacturers

be mixed within an individual battery pack. All cells within a
battery pack must be of the same part number, and replacement cells
shall be of the same part number of cells intended to be replaced.
Disk 8N 1

Service Letter SL-84B
PS-835( ) ADVISORY
Lead-acid cells used in the PS-835( ) are manufactured by Gates Power
Products only. Early J.E.T. Power Supplies may contain cells
manufactured by GE which can be identified by the GE label, or in some
instances, by no label at all.
Cells sold as replacement cells are individually tested. Those

meeting or exceeding the requirements are reidentified with part
number 549-1170-xx. By shipping only cells marked with the 549-1170-
xx part number, we are assured that all cells leaving our facility
meet the standards necessary for use in the PS-835( ). Cells
identified with 549-1170-xx are interchangeable with cells marked as
559-16xx-xx according to the following:
JET P/N used in JET Replacement
new units only Part Number
5.0 AH cells: 559-1601-01 549-1170-01

2.5 AH cells: 559-1602-02 549-1170-05
The sealed lead-acid cells are

in a charged
delivered condition.
These cells are sealed at the
battery time
manufacture, of and cannot
be kept ina discharged state for longer than 48 hours (less if
connected to a load), to prevent chemical changes within the cell that
Eld s ecomnmendh cehat whel feany
PS-835 ( ) pack has more than 4

defective cells, all 12 cells should be replaced.
NOTE
Replacement cells must be of the same

part number and vendor as the cells being
replaced.
Only cells authorized by JET are listed in the Detailed Parts List
contained in the PS-835 Maintenance Manual, TP-329. These cells have
been tested to insure the PS-835( ) will deliver the specified
performance. Service centers are required by the FAA to perform
maintenance and repair work on the PS-835 Emergency Power Supply in
accordance with this manual.
Disk 8N 2

"s'sG3oo2ddchSA on Inc.
ÐFGoodrich Sysms.
P.O. Box 873

Grand Rapids. MI. 49588-0873 USA
ÏÎ°"st,Tsr=~
ServiceLetter
.
Aerospace
Revision Date: August 7, 2000 SL-109A
Original Date: March 3, 1989
Effectivity: PS-823 () / PS-835 ()
Subject: Replacement cells for emergency power supplies
Purpose: Inform users and service centers of the merits of using BFG inspected cells.
Advisory:
BFG recommends that when having a PS-823 () or PS-835 () emergency power supply repaired or
serviced, users specify that if any replacements for the Ni Cad or Lead-acid batteries be required, only
BFG inspected replacements are used.
BFG has determined that cells passing our inspection criteria have longer life than cells obtained without
being inspected to our standards.
BFG maintains rigid inspection and operation criteria for parts installed in our products or provided for
replacement use. Through this process, we eliminate substandard parts which could lead to premature
failures of equipment. It is for that reason we recommend that our equipment be repaired with only
factory authorized replacements.
As always, when replacing individual cells, all cells in the power supply must be of the same type and
vendor as the original cells. The same is true when replacing all cells in a power supply.
ms/rth/s!-109Altechnicaldirectives Page 1 Of 1
ÐFGoodrich
Aerospace
Jet Electronics and Technotcm inc.
Service Letter
g
2 35treet.S.E.
Grond Rapids. Mi 49588-0873

Telephone(616)949¾
Telex 22-6453
Fox (616) 949-9376
Watts 1-800-253-9525
DATE February 14, 1990 SL-ll2
EFFECTIVITY The effectivity of this Service Letter is for all

assemblies or subassemblies designated NOT FIELD
REPARABLE in their respective maintenance manual.
SUBJECT To remind personnel that repair of assemblies or

subassemblies designated as NOT FIELD REPARABLE is
unauthorized.
PURPOSE To maintain J.p.T. policy that certain assemblies

and subassemblies are not field reparable.
ADVISORY
J.E.T. has recently NOT FIELD REPARABLE Circuit

received Card
Assemblies (CCA) for repair
display that
strong evidence of
unauthorized field
repairs. These repairs included: component
replacement; tracks that were damaged, broken or missing; many
pads that were damaged or missing; and no attempt had been made
to moisture or fungus proof repairs in accordance with Service
Letter SL-49D.
All personnel are reminded that the decision to make a CCA field
reparable or not field reparable was made with the overall cost,
quality, and safety of that decision in the customers best
interest. The information necessary to accomplish repair on
CCA's identified as NOT FIELD REPARABLE is not available outside
the factory. Furthermore, J.E.T. will not recognize warranty
conditions in cases where CCA's have been modified through
attempts to repair in the field.
Disk 45N 1

IS

ÐFGoodrich
Aerospace
Jet Electronicsand Technology. Inc. g

reet.S.E.
Grond Rapids. Mi49588-0873
Telephone (616) 949-6600
Service Letter
Telex 22-6453
Fax(616)949-9376
Watts 1•400·253-9525
DATE July 17, 1991 SL-114A
REVISION October 21, 1991
NOTE
Service Letter SL-ll4 is revised

for addition to advisory.
EFFECTIVITY All J.E.T. Products
SUBJECT Resistor Substitution
PURPOSE To provide J.E.T. service centers with

information concerning the substitution of
RCRO7xxxxJS resistors with RCRO7xxxxJR resistors.
ADVISORY
The company whichmanufactures RCRO7xxxxJS resistors has lost its

qualification for this resistor with the reliability "S"
designation. These resistors are widely used in J.E.T.
products. J.E.T. has accomplished an extensive investigation and
analysis and has concluded that RCRO7xxxxJR resistors may be
substituted for the RCRO7xxxxJS resistors with no impact upon
circuits and negligible impact upon predicted reliability. Until
that time when RCRO7xxxxJS resistors are again available, J.E.T.
may be substituting the RCRO7xxxxJR resistors into products being
built and for spare part orders for RCRO7xxxxJS resistors. Parts
received from J.E.T. may be branded or marked as "S" reliability
level. These parts are "R" reliability resistors as defined in
GIDEP CL6-A-91-01.

UFGoodrich 5353 52nd Street, S.E.
Aerospace Po 6°×673
Grand Rapids, MI, 49588-0873 USA
AvionicsSystems
LÔ°ñ6s22 66°°
Service Letter
DATE March 18, 1996 SL-126
EFFECTIVITY BFGoodrich Avionics Systems Products
SUBJECT Timely and Responsive Service
PURPOSE To provide our customers with timely and responsive service.
ADVISORY
In order to provide our customers with timely and responsive service, we would like to
offer several helpful hints.
When Troubleshooting:
• Troubleshoot the avionics system and not just the black box components.
• Review the installation and maintenance manual instructions and procedures.
• If necessary, call 1-800-253-9525 for a field service engineer. Be prepared to provide
a detailed explanation of the problem and a contact's name and phone number.
When Repairs are Necessary:

• When returning a unit for repair, consult your price list to obtain listed repair charges.
• When retuming a unit for repair, include a copy of your work order. Include your
shipping address, a contact's name and phone number and your required delivery date
on the work order. If we can not meet your delivery date, we will contact you with
alternatives.
• If it is necessary to check on repair status, please provide a part number and serial
number for each unit in question. These numbers are used by BFGoodrich Avionics
Systems for in house tracking purposes.
mswrifs1126.docdiskl00 1

Service Letter SL-126
Loaner and Exchange Units:

• Loaners and exchanges are shipped to your shipping address using premium
transportation unless specified otherwise. Shipping charges are the customer's
responsibility unless the unit is covered under warranty.
• To prevent additional charges, identify returned loaner and exchange cores on your
paperwork.
• Loaners are provided for customer use while their unit is being serviced. Once the
customer's unit is serviced and retumed, the customer must return the loaner to
BFGoodrich Avionics Systems within 30 days. BFGoodrichAvionics Systems
reserves the right to charge a $15.00 a day rental charge for all loaners returned more
than 30 days after the serviced unit is retumed.
• Exchange units are provided as a service to the customer. Once the exchange unit is
shipped to the customer, the customer is expected to return a serviceable core to
BFGoodrich Avionics Systems within 30 days. BFGoodrich Avionics Systems
reserves the right to charge the difference between new unit price and exchange unit
price should the customer fail to retum the core within 30 days.
Service:
• All units manufactured by BFGoodrich Avionics Systems are serviced at the following
facility:
BFGoodrich Avionics Systems
5353 52nd Street SE
Please contact a Customer Service Representative with any questions or comments. For
your convenience, we have included a Customer Service Directory and Customer
Service Business Card with all of our customer contacts including Customer Service
Administrators and Field Service Engineers.
Ray Poyner
Director of Customer Service
(616)-285-4309
[email protected]
mswrifal26.docdiskl00 2
643 52nd S3treet,S.E.
ÐFGoodrich
Aerospace GrandRapids,MI,49588-0873USA
AvionicsSystems a sp ga om ServiceLetter
DATE: May 30, 1997 SL-136
EFFECTIVITY: PS-835(), PS-850() and PS-855()
SUBJECT: Information Pertaining To Emergency Power Supply Installation
PURPOSE: To provide information that may assist an installer in making wire gage decisions in
protecting aircraft wiring when interfacing Emergency Power Supplies.
ADVISORY:
Emergency Power Supplies (EPS) designed and sold by BFGoodrich Avionics Systems, Inc. contain built- in
fuses and circuit breakers to protect the supply against internal and external shorts. Some additional fuses or
breakers may be required, as determined by the specific application loads and installation design to protect
aircraft wiring.
In most installations, power supplies deliver less than 4.0 Amps of current. An in-line fuse or circuit breaker
in series with the power supply output Pl-11 (as shown in Figure 3) may simplify the installation. The
current rating of the fuse would depend on the load applied to PI-11. All circuits connecting to Pl-11 should
use appropriate wire size. Refer to Typical Installation Interconnect Diagrams (Figures 1, 2, 3 and 4) for
additional information.
Wpfgfsll36.diskl00 1.

28VDCAFCT
ESSENTIAL
BUS
EMERGENCY 15A
POWER
P1 i D C ---
NC Si ON/ARMED
PS-835A,B,C &D
10 NOOFF
1 A TEST 28VDCEMER
OUTPUTBUS A R
CR1
C
11 O
BATTERY
12 TEST CR2 DS1
5
DS2 CR3 EMERGENCY AIRCRAFT
POWERON BATTERIES
R1
2con
10W 5.0VDCLIGHTING
BC-815A 4 9 OUTPUT
SI-100() 11 13
¯ ¯¯
l S1100MODULE I P2
I SGM1A 2 1 2evoc N
Module S r -BC-81a -
- -- -
P2 r - - - - -
4
I MODULE I MODl øA 2
7 3 1 CS 9 28voc 11 15
8 5
15 4 0 1 -com
øc 7
i
----. L-- -
i -
i a amouuns svacLoma e
I (SVAMAX)
I 13 svoctur 8 i si-toorpa)
m
-¯'
NOTES: ---->
---- -
CR1optionalif28vde essentialbus poweris desiredto Determinepmperwires\reand addNionalfusesor

emergencybus whenPS-835is removed. drcut breakersnecessaryto protectaircraft
wiring.
P1-11is potected withanintemal20.0 Ampfuse.
2 CR2,CR3,DS1and R1are optionalifannunciationof
emergencypows onis desiredwhenlossof28vde 6 Heavylinesindcate 16GAwire minimum.
essentialbus. Allothersdeteminedbyapplication.
S1 is offon-momentary
test P1matingconnocloruses#16 pinswhichcan
accommodate
tp 10 16GAwire.
4. CR1is 1N3374,CR2andCR3are JAN1N5614,
DS1and DS2are327 lamps.Equivalentitems
maybe substituted.
PS-835A, B, C and D Typical Installation Interconnect Diagram

Figure 1
Wpfgfsll36diskl00 2.
28VDCAFCT
BUS
ESSENTIAL
EMERGENCY 15A
POWER
P1
PS-835E&F S1 ON/ARMED
8 NC
10 O
BATTERY CR2
12 TEST DS1
6
DS2 CR3 | EMERGENCY AIACRAFT
BATTERIES
| POWERON
2
I EMERGENCY
7 R1
1- - - - - - S2
FUSEBYPASS 200D -
50 VDCLIGHTING
_10W
i BC-815A 4 9
SI-100() 11 13
Of ¯¯ iiu¯xx¯LE
1
SC-841A 2 1 ya so.e4 p Ig
Module 3 5 4 avoc 11
o SBVDCN
y 3 mooncT CHARGER S 11 I A
15 4 1 2
5
GROUND
------
____ , I------> øc---13
svAcuawm 7
NOTES: L - - - -
CR1optionalif2Bvdeessentialbus poweris desiredto Delerrrineproperwiresize andafklitionalfuses or

emergencybus when PS-835is removed. drclit breakersnecessary toprotectaircraftwiring.
P1-11isprotectedwithan inlemal20.0 Ampfuse.
CR2,CR3,DS1 andR1are optional ifannundationof
ernergencypoweron isdesiredwhenloss of28vde 6. Heavylinesinticate 16GAutreminimum.
esserdialbus. Allolharadeterininedbyap¢lcation.
S1Isoll-on-momentary
test. P1 matingconnectoruses916 pinswhichcan
accommodateuplo 16 GAwire.
4. CR1is 1N3374,CR2and CR3are JAN1N5614,DS1
andDS2are 327 lamps.EcgivalentItemsmaybe
substituted.
PS-835E and F Typical Installation Interconnect Diagram

Figure 2
Wpfgfsll36.diskloo 3.

28VDCAFCT
ESSENTIAL
BUS
EMERGENCY| 15A
POWER \
850 81 ONIAAMED
I 0 MOOFF
I Power 1 A TEST 28VDC
EMER
i Supply I OUTPUTBUS MASTER
I CRT li
C
CR2 OST -
MERY
ET DS2 CR3 AIRCRAFT
6
.
EMERGENCY
POWERON BATTERIES
2
9 13 e R1
2000
I g
---
10W
5 5VDCUGHTING
7- ouwr
8 12 DIMMING 28VDCAFCT
BUS GYRO ESSENTIAL
BUS
1 LIGHT1NG
i
RELAY1
3
NOTES:
DiodeCR1isoptionalandusedonlyIf28VdeEssential RelelenceFigures4Aand4Bforpowersupplyintemal
BuspowerIsdesliedtoilow10theEmergencyBus drcuitprotection.
Determine properwiresizeand
when1hepowersupplyisremovedIromtheaircraft additional
iusesorcircuitbreakersnecessaryloprotect
aircraft
wiring.
DiodesCR2,CR3, DS1andR1 areoptional andused
onlywhenannundation of EMERGENCY POWERON 6. Heavyines indicate16GAwireminimum.
indicationis desired whenEssential
Bus28Vdcpoweris AIIothersdeterminedbyappication.
lost.
P1matingconnectoruses#16pinswhichcan
CR1isa 1N3620,BFGPIN812002-154;CR2andCR3 accommodateup1o16GAwire.
areJAN1NS614;DS1andDS2are #3271amps.
Equivalent
ilemsmaybesubstituted- P1pins7 and12ate lhe groundretumlinesforthe
batterypack.Theyareconnectedlogether insidethe
A15Ampcircuitbreaker,inserieswiththepowersupply powersupply.Eilherorbothmatingconneclor ¢nsmay
input,isshowntoprotectaircraft
wiring- beusedforgroundretum.
P1pins9 and13 aretiedtogether Either

internally. or
bothmatingconnector¢nsmaybe usediortheSV
input.
converter
PS-850/855() Typical Installation Interconnect Diagram

Figure 3
AlrcraftCB -- - - - - - - - - - -
(15.0Amp.) I
PS-850()and PS-855A &B
Aircraft i 24.0Vde
+ 28.0Vdc
O C e Output
25.0Amp.
Battery
EmergencyPowerSupply
OutputCurrentUmitsforPS-850() and PS-855Aand B
Figure4A
AircraftCB
15.0Amp 7 5 Amp
Aircraft 24.0 Vdc

+ 28.0 Vdc Qutput
- Battery
EmergencyPower Supply
OutputCurrentUmitsfor PS-855C
Figure4B
Output Current Limits

Figure 4

Wpfgfsll36.diskl00 6.
SERVICE
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SM-3C

5353 52nd Street, S.E. May 23, 1977
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 Revised April 20, 1982
NOTE
Service Memo SM-3C replaces SM-3, SM-3A and SM-3B.
SUBJECT Calibration of Model JT-5 and JT-5B Emergency Power

Supply Test Panel, PN 570-1426-01 and and -02 JT-5-lA
Test Set Adapter Test Panel.
PURPOSE The following CALIBRATION PROCEDURE is recommended

whenever DC Voltmeter (M2) , DC Ammeter (Ml) or regu-
lated +28 VDC power require adjustment. Use the
Emergency Power Supply Test Panel brochure to com-
plement this CALIBRATION PROCEDURE.
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
GENERAL Calibration of the Emergency Power Supply Test Panel

should be accomplished by a qualified technician at
an authorized service center.
DC VOLTMETER (M2) -
Perform the following steps:
A. Preparation and Setup of JT-5 or JT-5B
l. Place all switches in the off or center posi-

tion.
2. Connect the test panel, standard dc voltmeter,
and dc power supply as shown in Figure 1.
3. Place the test panel 25 VDC -

28 VDC switch
(S3) in the 25 VDC position.
B. Calibration and Performance Test
1. Ensure that DC Voltmeter (M2) is zeroed.
2. Apply a variable 0-50 volts to CONNECTOR PINS

B (+) and D (-).
3. Monitor the
applied voltage on the standard dc
voltmeter and the test panel DC Voltmeter (M2) .
Compare the voltage readings at all major scale

divisions (including 28 Vdc) from 0-50 Vdc as
the applied voltage is varied.
4. Tolerance is +_2% of full scale.
Page 1 of 6 Pages

Service Memo SM-3C
DC AMMETER Onl) -
Perform the following steps:
A. Preparation and Setup of JT-5 or JT-5B.
1. Place all switches in the off or center posi-

tion.
2. Depending on available test equipment, connect
the test panel and test equipment as shown in
Figure 2.
3. Remove the 28 Vdc fuse. (Located on front of

chassis.)
4. Place the test panel 25 VDC -

28 VDC switch (S3)
in the 25 VDC position.
1. Ensure that DC Ammeter QMl) is zeroed.
2. Apply a variable 0-5 amperes to the DC Ammeter

3. Monitor the applied current on the test panel DC

Ammeter (Ml) and the standard test meter. Com-
pare the current readings at all major scale
divisions from 0-5 amperes as the applied current
is varied.
4. Tolerance is +2% of full scale.
5. When calibration is complete, replace the 28 Vdc

fuse removed in step A.3.
REGULATED +28 VDC (3 AMP POWER SUPPLY) -

Perform the following
steps:
A. Preparation and Setup of JT-5 or JT-5B.
l. Place all test panel switches in the OFF position.
2. Connect a VTVM between test points TP A and TP D.
3. Connect test panel to 115 Vac power source.
1. Place ON-OFF-CHARGE switch to ON position.
2. Place POWER ON switch to ON position.
3. VTVM shall indicate 28 Vdc. Adjust resistor Rl5,

see figure 3, as necessary to obtain 28 Vdc.
Page 2 of 6 Pages
Service Memo SM-3C
4. Place POWER ON switch to OFF position.
5. Connect a load resistor (approximately 14 ohns,

225 watts) between test points TP A and TP D,
in parallel with VTVM.
6. Place POWER ON switch to ON position. VTVM

shall indicate 28 Vdc. Adjust resistor Rl, see
figure 3, as necessary to obtain 28 Vdc.
7. Place POWER ON switch to OFF position and remove

load resistor.
8. Repeat the above steps, adjusting resistors Rl

and Rl5 as necessary to obtain an output voltage
as near 28 Vdc as possible with and without the
load. Final no load VTVM reading shall be with-
in 0.1 Vdc of 28 Vdc and the difference between
the no load and with load VTVM readings shall be
less than 1.0 Vdc.
NOTE
No calibration is required for the JT-5-lA Test Set

Adapter.
Page 3 of 6 Pages

DC VOLTMETER

11 /o ACCURACY
DC POWER SUPPLY
VARIABLE 0-50V
JT-5 OR JT-5B jf
EMERGENCYPOWER SUPPLY
ON RSVDC F TPI TP2 PUSH TO WEAD
lE O "OGo ©© / / ©
CHANGECO2NNECTON /
P NS . C
VOJ/ O
Figure 1. DC Voltmeter Calibration Setup

JT-> UK JT->B
EMER6tNCY POWER SUPPLY

ON 2BVDC F TPI TP2 PUSH TO READ
ÐO"Oeo©©/ CNARGE 28VOC C

©
CONNECTORPINS C VO AMPEWES
CONNECT TO + TERMINAL
ON AMMETER BODY.
CONNECT TO TEST SETUP
CONNECT TO -
TERMINAL
#1 OR #2 ON AMMETER BODY
DC VOLTMETER DC POWER SUPPLY

0-50 VOLT 0-50 VOLT
0-5 AMP
SIMPSON
SHUNT PN6711
+
75A
DC AMMETER .
O-5AMP DC POWER SUPPLY

I /e ACCURACY
00 0 VOLT
s¯
Figure 2. DC Ammeter Calibration SetuP Page 5 of 6 Pages

Service Memo SM-3C
JT-5 or JT-5B
BREARR-
R1
R15
Figure 3. Bottom View -

Bottom Panel Removed
Page 6 of 6 Pages

Jet Electronica and TecMABY- A" -
Service Memo
JET ELECTRONICS AND TECHNOLOGY, INC. SM-16

Grand Rapids, Michigan 49508 April l, 1974
SUBJECT: Conversion of PS-823C to PS-823A Emergency Power

Supply.
PURPOSE: Modify and re-identify Emergency Power Supply for

Israel Aircraft Industries Model 1123 Westwind to
become compatible with SFENA Gyro Horizon.
PARTS REQUIRED:
QTY REF. J.E.T. DESCRIPTION

DES. PART NO.
l Al-C10 510162-10 CAPACITOR, 0.1 mfd,

200 vde, + 10%
l Al-R24 Sll0ll-684J RESISTOR, 680 K ohm,

1/4 watt, + 5%
1 ---
LABEL, Adhesive-backed
(536-1041-01)
1 ___
535-1098-01 PLATE, Identification
(PS-823A, 501-1075-01,
7.6 LB)
1 ---
526100-01 PLATE, Modification
l ---
SERVICE MEMO, SM-16
INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Remove the Model PS-823C Emergency Power Supply (EPS) from the
aircraft. Refer to the Model PS-823 EPS Instruction Manual
for assistance in parts location.
2. Refer to Figure 5-1 of Instruction Manual (IM) and remove

screw (6), two screws (34), and cover (1).
3. Remove six screws (26), six screws (27), four screws (32),
shelf (3), and battery (4). Mark leads to the batteries +
and -
as applicable to insure proper reassembly.
-
Page 1 of 3
A Subsidiary of The M Company

SERVICE MEMO NO. SM-l6
4. Refer to IM figure 5-2 (Sheet 1 of 3) and remove inductor

L2 and resistor R40. Cut leads of inductor L2 and remove
completely or tie off and cover ends with heat-shrink tubing.
5. Remove capacitor Cl0 and replace with 0.1 mfd capacitor
supplied with kit.
6. Remove resistor R24 and replace with 680 K ohm resistor

supplied with kit.
7. Place adhesive-backed label (536-1041-01) supplied with

kit on bracket (3) near printed circuit board assembly (1).
The label re-identifies the modified printed circuit board
assembly.
8. Replace shelf, battery, and screws removed in step 3.
9. Refer to IM Figure 3-2, view A, and connect EPS, indicator,

and external variable power supply.
10. Refer to IM Table 3-4 and perform tests of test 2.14. Use
the procedures shown for a Model PS-823A.
NOTE
The signal in-test 2.14 are not sinusoidal,

therefore some voltmeters mayindicate
differently. The values provided are for
a Simpson Model 260 or 270.
ll. Replace cover and screws removed in step 2.
12. Locate identification plate supplied with kit. Refer to

identification plate on EPS being modified and determine
serial number (SERIAL NO). Use standard office typewriter
to enter serial number on new identification plate. Add
letter A after serial number.
13. Remove identification plate from EPS and replace with

identification plate supplied with kit.
14. Locate modification plate supplied with kit. Refer to

modification plate on EPS being modified and determine which
modifications were incorporated into the EPS prior to the
current modification. Refer to the following table to
determine which modifications should be marked out for the
EPS after it is re-identified as a Model PS-823A. Mark out
applicable modifications on new plate.
Page 2 of 3
SERVICE MEMO NO. SM-l6
MODIFICATION MARK OUT

NO. ON OLD THIS NUMBER
MODIFICATION ON NEW
PLATE MODIFICATION
PLATE
1 4
2 5
3 6
4 7
5 8
6 9
7 10
8 ll
9 12
20 20
15. Re-install modified EPS Model PS-823A in aircraft.
Page 3 of 3

When you need fast answers for your avionics questions...
contact the Avionics Systems Customer Support Team:
1-800-453-0288
International, dial (616) 949-6600
Fax (616) 977-6898
Email: sup port @avionics.bfg.com
Web: http://www.h fgavionics.com/
SERVICES
•
Sp areP art s.............................................................................e x t. 4 317 or 434 5
•
Tech nical Publica tions.........................................................................ext. 4319
•
J.E.T., G.E. Repair. or 4334
.................................................................ext.4326
•
J.E.T., G.E. Overhaul.............................................................ext. 4326 or 4334
•
J.E.T., G.E. Exchanges...........................................................ext. 4326 or 4334
•
Field Service Engineers.......................................................................ext. 4203
•
World Service Center Network...........................................................ex t. 4383
•Flight Systems Exchanges/Repair/Rentals...........................ext. 4443 or 4260
•
AIM Repair, Overhaul, Exchanges....................................................ext. 4443
When you call the factory direct, you can be assured that your Avionics systems product is being serviced
by well-trained, dedicated technicians. These technicians are experienced at overhauling products to meet
the same stringent requirements of newly-manufactured products. Our Product Support offers the customer
the following benefits:
•
Implement all performance •
Factory repairs
improvement modifications • Complete Loaner/Exchange Program
•
Reliability Testing .
• AOG Service
• Unsurpassed Warranty (18 months • Technical Support
for overhaul)
We manufacture and overhaul the following products:
GENERALg ELECTRic FlightSygtgg

Gyro Products Generator Control Units Electrical Gyro Products Colision Avoidance
Power Supplies Static Inverters Long Range Navigation
Static Inverters Power Supplies Lightning Detection
Autopilots Transformer/Rectifiers TACAN
A *
= E L BFGoodrich Avionics Systems, Inc.
B M.äOOm1Cil 5353 52nd street, S.E.
Aerospace Telephone (616) 949-6600
Fax (616) 977-6898
Email: [email protected]
W b: http://www.bfgavionics.com/
Avionics Systems
9/00

P/N 501-1075-()
28VDC INPUT
t Ale; e O FROM EMEPCENRY
POWER SWITCH
B
A1R12
C
c : AlO5
TI
Al 13 8 B AlOll AlOS E AlCR3 A1C1
A1R16
E B B Al 2
c c c A1QA e e AlO3 A1Q2 E---ps AlOl E
I AlRl7
---c
A1Ol2 8 B A1910 I B Ale7 c c

AlCR8 a ¯AlC2
v A1Rl
E E E
I AlCR7 A1CR5 +
I it
A1R18
- -
I *
pi TI pa AlR2
I F
AlR38
AlC6 c c
A196 B B Al 14 EMB AlOl5
A2R33 A2R341 E AlR13 A1R23 E
c c
A2O20 e --
s A2Ol8 8 I A1R24 SEL -
T2 B E
II5VAC
A2CR16 I AlOl7 s ec A1Ol6
81-
9 26VAC 115VAC
e SHIFTED
A2CR17 PHASE
10 4.5VAC AlCl0 AlC9
A2CR27 A2CR26 II
- -
A2CR22 - --- - --- - ------1
A2CR25 A2CR24 A3•BAT. TEST CKT ( ) /T MODELS ONLY

A3CR7
SO T T
Al-B2 At BI
¯I A2O21 s
A3Kl
A3Rl
-
A2CR18
c c c A3CR3
A3Ol s 4-.. A392 s A3O3 a
+ \
... --.. - ---- -
E E TRA3C1
I A3CR2
CR5 c C
I
A3R8 ¯
A3R2 A3RA
A3R7 a A3O4 -
8 A3O5
¯ ¯
A3K1
¯
E E
3 4 i AIRCRAFT
A3C2 28VDC INPUT
A3R10 8A3Kl TO TEST LAMP
,A3R6
i I A3CR6
TO EMERGENCY RUS
PS-823 General Block Diagram

Figure 4
msmljtp202DescriptOpsdiskl59 24-20-03 Page 9/10

P/N 501-1075-()
---------------------------------------------------.--.-
--------------
..-------------------------
---------
J1
31 œ• CR18
¯¯
368H
¯¯~¯¯1
11 24/28 VDCCUTPUT
f I*IPIF 17 --
TU EIIER. Illo.
FROM BUS Ig 33
CR17
CR19 CR22 R34 OR C21 10A
220 MAKUAL
CIS 9 9 EMERGENCY
.1uF R36 lg BYPASS
200V t20 r- ------------,
1/2W 2 155
-
10 CR16 I I - --
gg
R32 US I 2xs156
EU 2 g § SPARE
32 m-1 tsi-2 r.ru
CR27
JAx1xS$14
CR26
021 AlB1 JAN1NS614 CR24
2NB192 33 1 17
en2s 38 y
Ain 4 - -oi
_L
BATTERY
ONLY 11
MEANTlòli 6ll0dif0 I
SPARE 2
1: SEE PARTSLIST
e---- V++
700 31 30
y
4 IL- + 18
--
C œ-
2 31B
luF RIS
1000V I 2N3772 3 i 0/40
CR21 CH CRII R17
16A- LMZ16A
2
1 - -
2NS496 Q8 RIS 6
06 2N5195 22K (§ OA 115VAC
1 (SHIFTEDPHASE)
3
R25 R26
ÎÎ C6
150/10 S.6 MEG 15K
0
1/2M
33/
200V
-
200V
uF
CS 1/36
47/35 10; 101 101
R38 44 .840
I ca3 10
r-------
024
Q15
R27
R31
Q17
'su
1.2K
C1 R3 R7 i 556-1107-01 R23 18K RCA40530

1/50 47 27K 1 NEG G
02
013
03 \ P3 T1 52
L2
·¯,
S (1.0 MESIIOM)
R14 SS 1 1 -
I
CR2 C2 CR4 33M2
IN4148 51
PONERGROUND 7 -
1 2
1 Q12 CRIS 3
RE PHASE)
33M2
OK NOM) SK
4 25 VACEXCITATION
011
CDR12 5 L WINE
C C11 C17
IN4148 1 01uF .luF
3.30 3SM2
54 1/2 1 1000v 500V
---
1
4 Q10
PONERGROUWD12
1 IS
CR6 SOY R20
IN4148 L
I
-
3.30
) 04 P1 37 1/28 -
'--·---
21
I
I-- - - -
i
L- .. -. - - - - - .. - - -
...
- - -- - - -
..
-
-
---
-
- --
- -
.- ----
- ...
-
---
-
-
-
----
---
-
-
-
----
-
-
.
-- - --- - -..- - J
.. --- - ..-- - ---- --- - --- - - -
Waveform and Testpoint Schematic Diagram

Figure l 18
msmljtp202TestFaultlso2disklS9 24-20-03Page 141/142


P/N 501-1075-()
-----------
------------ ---
. -- -- .--------- --- --- ..--..---- all
CR18
-----1
368H
11
33
CR17 C 6C21
CR19
C18
- 1/2N 10 CR16 I 542-1250-01

020
R32 DioDEASSEMBLY 2NB155
022 RE 1833 8 5PARE
SU
Til-2 2.2U CL
Tal.1 1
MRS614
CR26
Q21 A181 JAN1tiS61 CR24
2N5192 W1 17
BATTERY ONLY 11
UIAKul14|Ilhhildilu
SPARE 2
to
A1: SEE PART5LIST
31
+ 18
3183
- LMZ18A
CIS 2
7 1
55496 5/30 16A 6
RIS _ ...
2NB195 22K ..- 15 OA IISVAC

2 (SHIFTEDPHASE)
C8 -
3/200V /20DV
150/10 5.6 MES ISK 1/28 105
CS 105
CE 101
1/35 ql5 -
Q14 1/2W
CR3 1/8M Q16
r-------y R27 017

C1 R3 R7 i 556-1107-01 g R23 18K RCA40530
1/50 47 27K I I 1 NEG $
R21
I 100 I 3.30 Q13 M1
03 P31 TI 1/2M R24 R3D
I
i
CR2
1M148 1
C2
10;
.1
CR4
1M148
R9
IS2
I
51
CR14
3SM2
2
5 11H- 1
L2
2
SEL
--------
1/2M
-
IK
-----
-
POMERGROURD 7 1.SK i 2 OC 115 VM

.001
3 912 3 3
4 /50 155 (AEFERENCEPHASE)
R1
2 SELECT U '
130K
1.5K i 10K R22
CRE R$ l 3.30
-
- -
1M146 1K 56 1/2N -
8 4 26 VE EXCITATION
SOK -
Q11
6 g 4.6 VM LIGHTIM
I CR7
1M148
RIO
1K R19
3.30
1¾
CRI2
33M2
1
¯
Cll
o.tuFisoev A
I
..l..C17
.1uF
NY
(20 VAMAI)
R11 C4 010 CR13

GROUIID12
POWER
1.5K .001 58 35M2
CRS /50
IM148 L
| |U 3.3 -
1/2N :
PS-823A and B Schematic Diagram

Figure 120
msmijtp202TestFaultlso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 145/146


P/N 501-1075-()
A2: --------------------------------:
31
--
----
CR18
1 3m
10
11 /N
33
CR19 C 6C21
CR22 0A
C18
I/W 10 542-1250-01 211515620

CR18 I 1e |
DIODEASSEMBLY
CR30 i R32 255156
i PARTOF Tr i
2722 a.--o- I ss R35 39 as3
-+
pg 220 1.2K S SPARE
I TB1-1 141-2 | 2.2W CIS
CJAN
115814
CR28
Q21 A181 I JAN1WSG1 CR24
2NSl92 | j AU1 h i j 17
-"
1 1+ 1 F I
A182 i
BATTRYORLT 6---------.... A
lakaallill blululi)
SPARE 2
10
At SEE PARTSLIST
74/78 VOC 1 31 30
-1
RI2 CR23 A14 CRIO + 8
560 51-2 GG L -J 1552318 R16 r --,
RIS 7 IK ..
5.6K
9 18/50 22 Og I gy
1K
1/2& CR21 CRS tN3772 3
CR11 RI7
LMllSA 2K
7 05 Cl5 CRa 2 20ž
255498 5/30 1.Ml16A 1 1. -- -I
NB195
"" --¯ ¯
5 IA SVACPHASE)
K3
829 C9 Cl0
0 /200V /200V
15 /10 5.6 NES 15K
/35 C6
1/35
27
415 -
1/85 014 1/2W

Q16
oirso
st R5 42 R21
==
1 NEG
få 5 sosso
100 Q13
"" R24 R28
R30
CR2 2 C2 CA14 11 1
CR4 BOKNOM)
11M148 1M148 51 2
PONERGROuiD 7
1 SK 1
4 012 3 pC 115 VAC
3 (REFERENCEPHASE)
2 SELECT R4 t6 -...,... 35M2
(680K NOM) 1.SK 10K
CRS R22
1/1W -
y IW4148 56
8A e w war rwrrrman
V+ Q11
zy -
ay 6
y 4.6 VACLIGKTIM
1K (20 VAMAK)
g4g
1 1
4
PONERBROUND12 C4 Ql0
. 148
PS-823E and F Schematic Diagram

Figure 121
msmljtp202TestFaultlso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 147/148


P/N 501-1075-()
--..---------
..----- ..
..--..---....--------- --------------------------------
-------...--------------------------------
J1
al A2: cals
•¯
368¾
¯¯¯¯¯1
24/28 VDCOlfTPUT
SE'f"" TFPIIT Ill Ì-- 11
10 Mikk. BUh.
FROM BUS Ig 33
CR17
6C21
CR19 CR22
MANUAL
C18 9 9 EMERGENCY
1 .luF R36 BYPASS
f¯ 19 Q18
200V 220 ·¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯~¯¯1
17 285156
-
1/2W 10 CR16 I 542-1250-01 i 020
R3Ž DIODEASSEMBLYÊ 2NB156
i PARTOF T2 $5 WW
a----- I SU 65/SK 1.2K 6 SPAR£
i
I TB1-2 2.2U
TB1-1 I
CR27 I
JAN1RS614 i
CR26 i
Q21 A1B1 JAN1N5614
CR24
2NB192 1 17
+
CR25 7 F
35V
- A1B2
BATTERY ONLY ti
UEEkAllull taktkIllu A
SPARE E
1
1: SEE PARTSLIST
1 30
11
4 C + 18
31B
R15
1
1000V 2N3772 3 00/
2M CR21 CR9 CR11
-
INZ16A
7 5 CIS CRS
5/30 LHZl6A 1
NS496 gg R18 ---------
2N5195 22K - I5 OA115VAC

V+C 1 (SHIFTED PHASE)
R13
R25 R26 3/ -LyuF
150/10 5.6 WES 15K 1/2M 200V 200V
CS +
CS 105 101 101 540
1/35 015 1 2K
Q14
CR3 1/8W Q16 1/2W
N2
r--~-----; R27 Q17
.. -
CI R3 R7 i 556-1107-01 g R23 IBK RCA40530
/ N 47 27K 1 RES G
.01/50
I R21
100 Q13 N1
03 P3 TI R24 R30 L2
52
CR14 SEL (1.0 NES NOM) 1K
55 1 1 1
CR2 C2 CR4 3SN2 -
1M148 0i .1 1M148
3
51 2I L3
DSE2 10: Rg --- --- --
PONERGROUND 7 1.5K ,001

i 012 OC 115 VM
1 50V 3 3
4 (REFERENCEPHASE)
R1 5
2 -
SELECT R4 R6
(130KNOM) 1.5K IOK A22
- -
IN4148 1K 56 1/2 -
4 4 26 VACEXCITATION
P2 P2 - 011
5 g 4.6 VM LIGHTING
210 (20 VAKAR)
CR7 R19 CR12 C11 C17
1N4148 3.30 35M2 0.iuFIS00V
54 1/2W 1
4 Q10
P0tfERGROUND12
.5K 1 58
CR6 50V R20
154148 3.3û
04
-
P1 57 1/2W -
L - - -_.. - - - - - - - - ... ---- - ---- - ---- - - - - -- - - - - --- - ---- - - - -- - --- - --- - J
PS-823C and D Schematic Diagram

Figure 122
msmljtp202TestFaultIso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 149/150


P/N 501-1075-()
A2•
-•---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
J1
--
al CRis
P¯¯¯¯¯l 368H
2BW 1NPilT In 11
FROMBUS Ig 33
CR17 F2
C16
CR19 CR22 OR C21 10A
MANUAL
CIS 9 W. 4 FMFPFFNCY
s
-
.luF R34 19 2 BYPA55

200V 220 r- --------------I
17 1/EU 156
10 CR16 | 542-1250-01 i ----
INDDEASSEMDLYg
R32
i PARTOF T2
2 a-----
i 65 R35 | R33
I SU SS/SU l 1.2K 6 SPARE
I TB1-1 131-2 I 2.2M
CA27 I
JAxlRS414 i
CR28 I
Q21 A181 JAN1NSE14 CR24
2NB192 | W1 17
|+
CR25 F
35V
- A1B2
a
8ATTERTONLY ti
OfEAATIGIISkaullO
SPARE 2
10
At SEE PARTSLIST
24/28 VDC 13 31 30
INPUT
RC + 1
2 3133
50
72 0/4
CR21 9
-
LNZ16A
Q5¯ 2
CIS CRS
5/30 LHZl6A 1 ·•
2N5496 08 RIS L -- - -....... - - - - - - ---- - ---- -
Q6 2N5195 22K I5 BA 115VAC

( =
V+ C 1 (SHIFTEDPHASE)
3
R25 R26 3/ uF
CS 150/10 5.6 NES 15K 1/2tl
*
200V 200V
CE 105 101 101 R40
1/35 015 1 2K
CR3 1/8W Ql4
Q16 1/2W I
M2
r¯¯¯¯¯ ¯¯1
R27 Q17
Cl R3 R7 i 556-1107-01 R23 18K RCA40530
/ N 1/50 47 27K 1 NES
100 Q13
03 P3 I T1 $2 R24 R30 L2
CR14 SEL (1.0 NES NOM) 1K
1
CR2 C2 CR4 35N2
1 1N4148 2 L
PONERGROUND 7 gy 1
1
4R4
Ql2 3 3 RE PHASE)
(13DKN 1.5K *10K R22

CRS RB I 3.3
¯:7
1N4148 gg SS 1/2W 4
- -
4 26 TACEXCITATION
P2 P2 Q11
g =
6 4.6 VACLIGHTING
5
RIO I (20 VAMAI)
CR7 R19 CR12 C11 C17
1W4148 IK a
.1
.luF
i 3.30 3SM2 .05
---- 54 1/2W 1 500 500V
4 Q10
PONEAGROUND12 R11 C4 CR13
1.5K .001 33M2
I CR6 SOY R20
IN4148 L--..----a
| ... .. - ... - - - - -·
P1
- - - - -
57
3.30
1/2N
- - - - -
-
- - -... -.... - - - .I
PS-823G and H Schematic Diagram

Figure 123
msmljtp202TestFaultIso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 151/152

P/N 501-1075-()
at e----- cais r
- KIA 3 I 368N 11 24/28 VOCOUTPUT
10 EMER.BU3.
+28 VDCINPUT 1. 4 33 gy
vaanaus -
s ca17 r
--------------¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
9 EMERG.BYPASS
MANUAL
R34
cis i F,
10A TP2 CRS
CR19 CR22 OR C21 a23
220 CR4 IN967 i TOTEST LANP
TP1
CR6
1 F .. $-...-....-- ...... 018
1
MS60
200V 1/2M 2NSIS6 8
1 10 CR16 I 542-1250-01 I
2x 2NSSSO
R32 NT I . 255156 SK gy 2 19
I 65 R33 2gg gy 33K
i PAltTOF T2
2 a-.----
R35 g
I SW 65/5W I 1.tK 35 C2 R10
i TB1-1 TB1-2 | - -
2.2U 3 60/SO 3.3K
C19
CR27 10uF
JANINS614 17 35V I
CR26 ypt TP3
A151 | JAR1MS61 CR24
Q21 K18
2xS192 M1 17
A3· 542-1087-01
1
- A182
SATTERYONLY 11 R1
Ukkihilault t.RUULI E 3.3K
CR1 24
TO TITT I ka 03
SWITCH 1 ... 11.2Ki% CR3 2NESSO
t SEEPARTSLIST
2 550
GR1 T++
L1 35M2
- -
C1
2
74/78 Vic 97 31 30 I isouftrsv
MSSO
IMPUT
4
318 1 1% OK
I F 15
CA7
1000V CR21 CR9 2113772 CRI1
I 2g 217
-
LM216A
C15 2 28
CRS
5/30 1
55496 LMZ16A R18 - -
255195 22K 5 SVACPHASE)
/20DV 20DV
C6 0/ 0 6 NEG N
1/35 105
35 R31 -
CR3
014
Q16
C1 R3 R7 i 556-1107-01 9 R23 O 18K KEA40530

1/50 47 27K 1 MEG
! 100 t s.sa 013 M1
Q3 P3 TI 30
|
152 1/2W
C 556-1112-01 1/5
CR2 2 C2 CR4 i i esoK NoM)
=-=-L2
| 184148 gg .1 1N4148
C3
51 2i i
05 I log Rg .
POMERGROUND 7 1.5K i T2 i OC 115 VAC

I
.001
012 2 3 3
4 ISO CRIS I (REFERENCE
PHASE)
R
2 SELECT
35M2 (
130KNOM 1.SK 10K R22 i + i
CRE RS I 3.30 i ·
I I
IN4148 1K I ~
4
- -
1/2W -
| | 4 26 VACEXCITATION
ye -e
Q11
a j d y 4.6 TACLI6HTING
(20 VANAI)
CR7 R10 . I
1K R19 CR12 i -
I C11 .l.C17
1W4146 3.3R 3SN2 .01uF .1uF
54 1/2W 1 1 1000V 500V
7
4 C4 Q10
PONERGROUND12 R11 CR13 R37
1.5K 1 58 35M2
= 3900
i CR6
1R4148 3.3
~¯°¯
PS-823A/T and B/T Schematic Diagram

Figure 124
msmijtp202TestFaultIso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 153/154

P/N 501-1075-()
.T1 P-----i CR18

-- K1A 3 I 368H
| 11 24/28 VDCWTPUT
+28 VDCINPilT I IU tutK. sua.
8 33
6 i CR17 F2 9 EMERG.BTPASS
MANUAL
i C16 1
-
I CR19 I ¡ CR22 R34 OR C21 10A TP2 CRS

1 i f 220 IN967 23
¡g TP1 CR4 6 TOTEST LAMP
13 F i CRe
220 r -
-----------'
156 1
1
: 1/2M 10 CR16 i 542-1250-01 | ---
OS
I DioDEAssEMBLY
I 2M
CR20 | R32
R9
2N5156 SK R7 2 RS
PARTOF T2 I
112722i'-----A
I $5 R35 I R33 2511 SK 33K
i SW 20 1.2K
65/5W I .
35 Cž R10
i TB1-1 TB 2 2 3 60/50 3.3K
JAKINS6 3SV
.1AllNS61
192 17
AS: 542-1087-01
AIB2 6-----......-_ __..A

BATTERY ONLY 11 R1
GikkAIIUMhküUlka A K1
3.3K
cal 2 24
TO TETT ? 25
SWITCH 1
ka : Q3
--- --- ---------
----------------------- 41.zK CR3 tusse
SEE PARTSLIST 01
74/98 Ynf 31 130 1eouFrisv Q2

13
INPUT 255550
-9
C
C20 RIS
-
318 OK 3K
Cy M1%
9 0 CR7
CR21 3772 3 I 0/40
29 CRS GR11 RI7
-:-
LMZ16A gg .. ...--A
7 QS C15 CRS 2 20E
5/30 UtZ16A 1
255496 6
2 5195
BA 115VAC
1 (SHIFTEDPHASE)
C8 R25 R26 C10
CS 5.6 MES ISK 13 /200¥ 200V
15 /10 1/2M
35
qlS
CR3 Q14
016
1/50 7
m Q2
100 I 3.3n 013 M1
03 pa i 71 **
| Is2 1/2W R24 R28 430

- - · ·
SEL 620 1K
CRt 2 C2 CR4
m 4 556-1112-01 i (saoK NOM) 1/2N
IN4148
PORERGROUIID 7
1 5K 012 T2
4R4 3 RE EE PHASE)
2 C R6 .-
130KNOM 1.SK 10K R22

- 1N4148 sg
R2 4 žE VE EXCITATION
V+ -
011
RIO I 1
'
e 4.6 VE LIGKTIM
(20 VAKAX)
CR7 .
1N4148 1K *
I y
uF G F
S4 1/2M 1 1 100DV 500V
| -
4 Q10
FOWERGROUNO12 R11 C4 CR13
1.5K 1 M 35R
CR6
1R4148
S7
L. - -. - .J -
PS-823E/T and F/T Schematic Diagram

Figure 125
msmijtp202TestFaultIso2diskl59 24-20-03 Page 155/156


P/N 501-1075-()
-- ----- ------------------ ---------

------- ----------- ....-
J1
,n r-•¯¯¯¯¯1 CRIS
K1A 3 t 368H 24/28 VDCWTPUT
11
VDCIKPUT 10 4 IU EMLR.BUS.
+28 33 27
FROMBUS 5 •¯-------¯¯¯---- ¯¯¯¯¯¯¯
9 MANUAL
ENERG.BYPASS
CRU
¯¯¯
i C16 F2
CO I CR22 R34 OR 021 y 10A TP2 CRS
6 IN967
CR4 6 TO TEST LAMP
C18 TP1
1 1/2w ilo 542-1250-01 i

CR1e i gen 6.2K 2NS550
i R32 2NB156 i SK Ry 2
C US R33
I PARTOF T2 i I 65 R35 220 g 25M SK 33K
_ a , s, ,,, 1•2K ss ce azo
TB1-2 2.zu 60/50 3.3K
i TB1-1 I F
3
CR27 35V
JAx1W56
5561 82
192 17
A3 542-1087-01
- A152
BATTERY ONLV 11 R1
JiEiddidli .kuung i 3.3K
CR1 24
2
TO TF T ? -
Q3
SWITCH ___.
412K1% CR3 2N5550
A1: SEE PARTSLIST
24/28 VDC 1 31 30
IMPUT MSSO
3183
40 CR7
CR21 R3 72
-
LN116A
2 28
CIS C
5/30 W16A 1
2RS496 R18 .
29
2N5195 22K S IIA 115VAC
1 (SHIFTEDPHASE)
825 R26 uF
CS 150/10 5.6 MEG 15K 1/2g 10
- - -
35
R31 LR40
270K
Q15 220 1.2K
CR3 1/8M
Q14 1/2W SW
Q16
r-------1 R27 017
C1 R3 R7 i 556-1107-01 g R23 18K RCA40530
1/50 47 27K I I M1 I NES 8
100 | 3.30 Q13 K1
43 p) I R 152 1/2 2 R24 R30 L2
CR14 rs 1 1 SEL (1.0 NEGNOM) 1K
CR2 2 ct cas asse i
-01
R11M4148 S1 2
PONERGROUND 7 5K I gg1
1 Q12 5 3C 3
4 PHASE)
- - 1M148 1 1/2
-
4 26 TACEXCITATION
Q11
6 5 4.6 TACLIGHTING
W A W)
C
-
54 1 1 y
P0iiERGROUND12 C4 Q10 CR
1N4148 L .
3.30
P1 57 1/2W -
--
A2:
PS-823C/T and D/T Schematic Diagram

Figure 126
msmljtp202TestFaultIso2disklS9 24-20-03 Page 157/158


P/N 501-1075-()
J1 r •¯¯¯
1 CR18
KIA 24/28 VOCQUTPlit
"3
--
, 11
IU kukx. BUh,
+28VDCIMPUT 10 4 / 27
FRONBUS I µ5 CRI7 F2
-
--------- ¯ ¯¯¯
-
9 NANUAL
ENERG.BYPASS
CIS
CR19 I Cit22 R34 OR C21 10A TP2 CRS
IN967 1 23 6 TO TEST LAMP
TP1 CR4
CIS i
2$5550
cas
2 -------•----
1/2tl 156
10 CR16
2K 28550
R32 156 K R7 2
39 833 33K
PRT OF T2 R35 220 ) 25U BK
--...--J ( SM 65/55 i 1.2K
2.28 9
35 C2 KIO
I TBI-1 IB1•2 I - - 3 60/50 3.3K
CR27 35V
.1AH1NS6
81 MNS61
192 17
A3: 542-1087•01 8
- A182
BATTERTORLY 11 R1
01EknTIONR0dlID A 3.3K
CR1 24
25 2
77 y ,
SWITCH 1 41 2Ki% CR3 2M550
1: SEE PART5LIST Q1
2BS60
L1 V++ - C1
24/28 VDC 13 31 30 180uFR5V
255550
IMPUT
C 4
L - -
318 MEG OK
2 RIS
1 YCR7
CR21 CRS 2|l3772 CR11 3
2M R17 | -10
-
LNZ16A
C15 2 28
CRS
5/30 1
N5496 f.Ml16A R18 29
115195 22K 5 OA 115VAC
C9 1 (SHIFTEDPHASE)
D
C8 825 R26 2
C5 150/10 5.6 NEg 15K 1/2g 10% y
-- - - 35
Q15 220 1.2K
270K Q14
CR3 1/2M SM
1/8g Q16
H2
r-------1 Rt7 Q17
C1 i 556-1107-01 R23 18K RCA40530
R3 m Ry |
1/50 47 27K I i R21 1 NES G
I 100 I 3.3n Ql3 M1
03 P3 i 71 IS2 1/2M R24 R30 L2
SEL (1.0 NEGNOM) 1K
2 CR14 556 1 12 41
CR2 C2 CR4 I 35M2
11N4148 IIM148 51
q 3
PCMERGROUND 7
1
4
412 CR15 3 3 RE PHASE)
$5 35N2
2 SELECT R4 R6
130KNOM 1.5K IOK R22
1N4148 IK 1/2M 4
R2
- -
4 26 VM EXCITATION
UK P2 Q11
ye -
6 5 4.6 VM LIGWTING
R10 (20 VAMM)
CR7 R19 CR12 I C11 C17
IN4148 IK
3.30 35N2 i okF •I
Im 1 1 500V
4
R11 C4 Q10 CRI3
PONERBROUIS 12
1.5K 1 35M2 390
148
A2:
PS-823G/T and H/T Schematic Diagram

Figure 127
msmljtp202TestFaultIso2disk I 59 24-20-03 Page 159/160

P/N 501-1075-()
1 115VAC PHASE A (SHIFTED PHASE)

. 400HZ (±2%)100VA *
7 POWER GROUND B PHASE
ANY COMBINATION 3 115VAC PHASE C
EXCEPT AS NOTED 4 26VAC KEYING FOR PS-823E, F, G, H, E/T, G/T,
5 4.6VAC (20VA MAX) FOR LIGHTS AND H/T
10 28BDC INPUT
11 24/28VDC EMERGENCY POWER TO BUS
13 24/28VDC INVERTER INPUT (4.6A AT 100VA)
EMERGENCY POWER *
12 POWER GROUND
SUPPLY PS-823() 6 SPARE (PS-823 A/T thru H/T models)
2 BATTERY TEST ON PS-823A/T H/T -
8 BATTERY ONLY OPERATION MOD

.
- - - -
9 EMERGENCY BYPASS
- - - . - - - - - . .
HYING FOR PS-823A, B, C, D, A/T, C/T, AND D/T

Mating Connectors for: PS-823A, B, C, D, A/T, C/T, AND D/T DPXB-13-33S-001 (BFGAS S24140-01)
-
PS-823E, F, G, H, E/T, G/T, AND H/T DPXP-13-33S-0019 (BFGAS S24140-02)

-
14.!\ MAX
0.06
2.875
Removed for PS-

823 models E, F, oooo
G, H, E/T, G/T, oo -
o o- -
--- -
1.210
2.40 |2.570 2.26
MAX 12.550 MAX
PS-823 Installation Drawing

Figure 801
msmljtp202FitsClearancediskl59 24-20-03 Page 803/804


P/N 501-1075-()
1 MOUNTING RACK IS l/4 ATR SHORT. (BARRY
CONTROLS P/N 404-25-S-l/DPXB-0 OR
EQUIVALENT) (BFGAS 553001-01)
ATT, B/T, C/T & D/T

GYRO MOTOR FLAG MOTOR
PHASE A It5vAC
A A \ I (SMIFTED PHASE)
NORMAL g 8 - 7 7 PHASE B ll5VAC
TO INDICATOR
PIN "E'
EMERGENCY I
POST LITES C C -
3 3 PHASE C II5vAC
AIRSPEED/ ETC. - --
I g¡ l LIGHTS (10) 5VAC MAX TO "E"

E E
FAILS IN EV BUS
EMERGENCY
CONDITION
F F
D D
5VAC
I CONTACTS 4.5VAC FOR LIGHTS
I A O 5 5 MAX)
(tOvA |
26VAC
26VAC FOR INSTRUMENTS 1
4 4 & PICKOFFS (20VA MAX)
OFF
IN368H (OPTIONAL)
28VDC OON BATTERY ONLY

--O 8 8 OPERATION*
EGAMPVALENT
SWMI
O
TO COMPUTER H
¯¯MEMORY-
12 12
ANNUNC.
- -
i I O A/C
LI 28VDC
EMERGENCY S2 -
- - - ---
--
POWER ON
2 2
PS-823( )/T
--O SI ONLY
6 6
EMERGENCY
POWER ARMED L3 , . _ _ --
--O n i 11 Il 25VDG OUTPUT

EMERGENCY BATTERY
gMM GEANW
L2 :
*
SERVICE BULLETIN SB 50I-1075-14 PERMITS USE OF Û< g e o BYPASS (OPTioNAL)
BATTERY POWER WITHOUT OPERATING INVERTER; á á I TIONAL "UN-ARMED ANNUNCIATOR FUSE BYPASS
S 9
HOWEVER, THIS OPTION COULD RESULT IN LOW 25/28VDC INPUT FOR
BATTERY VOLTAGE SINCE THE CHARGE RATE OF THE so an arrrrev rNanavn
PS-823() IS ONLY 20mA WHILE ON AIRCRAFT POWER.
FOR BATTERY MAINTENANCE REFER TO SERVICE 13 13 25 SVOC INPUT FOR
LETTER SL-8. --- - a --- - - -
DPXB-13-33S-0001 DPXB-13-33P-0101
PS-823 intended for AC Powered Attitude Indicators (BFGAS 524140-01)
Models A through D, and A/T Through D/T
Figure 802


P/N 501-1075-()
1 MOUNTING RACK IS 1/4 ATR SHORT. (BARRY

CONTROLS P/N404-25-S-l/DPXB-0 OR ----.--
EQUIVALENT) (BFGAS S53001-01) Ps-823A, B, C, D,

-
q t
A/T, B/T, C/T & D/T
-
PHASE A It5VAC
E I I (SHIFTED PHASE)
C 28 LIGHTING 7 7 PHASE B II5VAC
NORMAL
B POWER GROUND
.
EMERGENCY
---
A POWER INPUT 28VDC
3 3 PHASE C II5vAC
POST LITES I KI
AIRSPEED/ETC.
FAILS IN
EMERGENCY
CONDITION
5VAC
CONTACTS 4.5VAC FOR LIGHTS
« w
(IUVA MAX)
26 VAC
26VAC FOR INSTRUMENTS
8 PICKOFFS (20VA MAX)
- ---- -·
-
0
IN368H (OPTIONAL
08 TERY ONLY
8 8
EQAUMPVALENT MSEM Y - - -
O TOMCEOMPRUTE
-----------
i TO A/C 12 12
ANNUNC. i
L¡ 28VDC
aa EMERGENCY S2 - - - -
POWER 0 2 2
PS-823( )/T
SI ONLY
- 6 6
EMERGENCY
POWER ARMED L3
II 11 25VDC OUTPUT
EMERGENCY BATTERY
TO s SD EMMEARNUEANLCY EAST
*
SERVICE BULLETIN SB 501-1075-14 PERMITS USE OF L2 ;
BATTERY POWER WITHOUT OPERATING INVERTER; o - BYPASS (OPTIONAL)
HOWEVER, THIS OPTION COULD RESULT IN LOW PTIONAL "UN-ARMED' ANNUNCIATOR 9 9 FUSE BYPASS
BATTERY VOLTAGE SINCE THE CHARGE RATE OF THE - - - -
PS-823() IS ONLY 20mA WHILE ON AIRCRAFT POWER. -

-
25/28VDC INPUT. FOR
Rel-R
10 10 8 9TTERV CHn
FOR BATTERY MAINTENANCE REFER TO SERVICE
LETTER SL-8 13 13 25/28vDC INPUT FOR
INVERTER
PS-823 intended for DC Powered Attitude Indicators

DPXB-13-33S-0001 DPXB-13-33P-0101
Models A through D, and A/T Through D/T (BFGAS 524140-01)
Figure 803
msmijtp202FitsClearancediskl59 24-20-03 Page 807/808


P/N 501-1075-()
MOUNTING RACK IS 1/4 ATR SHORT. (BARRY

CONTROLS P/N 404-25-S-l/DPXB-0 OR
EQUIVALENT) (BFGAS S5300 1-0I)
823E G
- ---- - -- - E/T, F/T, G/T & H/T Î
GYRO MOTOR FLAG MOTOR
r PHASE A IISVAC
A A I I (SHIFTED PHASE)
NORMAL B B 7 7 PHASE B IISVAC
TO INDICATOR
>- PIN "E"
EMERGENCY
POST LITES C C -------
3 3 PHASE C ll5VAC
AIRSPEED/ETC. -"¯¯¯
i KI LIGHTS (IO)5VAC MAX =gu
, E pg
E -5V
FAILS IN BUS
EMERGENCY
CONDITION
F F
L- D O
ACTS
· ¯
O
¯ ·
4.5VAC FOR LIGHTS

A O 5 5 (IOVA MAX)
26VAC
26VAC FOR INSTRUMENTS
PICKOFFS (20VA MAX)
00
IN368H
Q 28VDC BATTERY ONLY

OPERATION*
EOAUMPVALENT
O SWMOCH
TOMCOMPUTE
ANNUNC.
" - ----
O A/C 12 12
L1 2BVDC
EMERGENCY S2 - - - -
-O C POWER ON
2 2
PS-823( )/T
-O O-- SI ONLY
EMERGENCY 6 6
POWER ARMED L3
11 11 25VOC OUTPUT
EMERGENCY BATTERY
S O L2
* SERVICE BULLETIN
SB 501-1075-14 PERMITS USE OF G e e
BATTERY POWER WITHOUT OPERATING INVERTER d à OPT ONAL "UN ARMED" ANNUNCIATOR
9 9 FUSE BYPAss
HOWEVER, THIS OPTION COULD RESULT IN LOW E E ¯ ¯¯¯¯¯ · ¯
BATTERY VOLTAGE SINCE THE CHARGE RATE OF THE = a. 25/28vDC INPUT FOR
PS-823() IS ONLY 20mA WHILE ON AIRCRAFT POWER.
FOR BATTERY MAINTENANCE REFER TO SERVICE MANUAL 13 13 25/28VOC INPUT FOR
LETTER SL-8. EUR NCY
SA
PS-823 intended for AC Powered Attitude Indicators DPXB-13-33S-0019 DPXB-13-33P-0119

(BFGAS $24140-02)
Models E through H, and E/T Through H/T
Figure 804
msmijtp202FitsClearancediskl59 24-20-03 Page 809/810


P/N 501-1075-()
1 MOUNTING RACK IS 1/4 ATR SHORT. (BARRY

co ESN (40F4- SSS53/DOOB0 OR
PHASE A It5vAC
I I (SHIFTED PHASE)
---
E
C 28V LIGHTING 7 7 PHASE B IISVAC
NORMAL D SV
B POWER GROUND
EMERGENCY
--
A POWER INPUT 28VDC
PHASE C II5vAC I
3 3
1
POST LITES C I K1
AIRSPEED/ETC. I
FA1LS IN
EMERGENCY
CONDITION
5VAC
I CONTACTS 4.5VAC FOR LIGHTS
5 5 (IOVA MAX)
1 LC
--- -- 26 VAC 26VAC FOR INSTRUMENTS

4 4 8 PICKOFFS (2OVA MAX)
IN368H I (OPTIONAL)
ON BATTERY ONLY
2BVDC
" " OPERATION*
EOAUMPVALENT M Y . - -
12 12
- - - -
A/C
ANNUNC.
Li 28VDC
I
..
EMERGENCY
POWER ON 2 2
PS-823( 1/T
ONLY
11 11 25VDC OUTPUT
EMERGENCY BATTERY
SHIPS ESS SATT

BUS 28VDC L2
*
SERVICE BULLETIN SB 501-1075-14 PERMITS USE OF
BATTERY POWER WITHOUT OPERATING INVERTER; S <
e e FUSE BYPASS
TIONAL "UN-ARMED ANNUNCIATOR 9 9
HOWEVER, THIS OPTION COULD RESULT IN LOW d d
BATTERY VOLTAGE SINCE THE CHARGE RATE OF THE E E 25/28voc INPUT FOR
a" 10 10 BATTERY CHARGER
PS-823() lS ONLY 20mA WHILE ON AIRCRAFT POWER. o.
FOR BATTERY MAINTENANCE REFER TO SERVICE 13 13 25/28VDC INPUT FOR
MANUE
LETTER SL-8. E G CY
NVERTER
_ .. J
,.
3A
_
5A
DPXB-13-33S-0019 DPXB-13-33P-0119
PS-823 intended for DC Powered Attitude Indicators (BFGAS S24140-02)
Models E through H, and E/T Through H/T
Figure 805


P/N 501-1075-()
100
70
10 130
135
g A
12520
5 105
*e
95
90
85
25 .
A 20
3450 30
30
45 '
. 240
235 230
50
I ,, 75
E
15 60
65
D
11705
1 70
PS-823 Emergency
9Ý 55 55
75 165
Power Supply Assembly 195 145
IPL Figure 1 190
200/205
msmlitp202]PL2diskf59
24-20-03 Pa
ge
1021/1022
Revis¡O A
June 30, 1999

P/N 501-1075-()
70
60, 85, 115, 130
175, 180, 185, 190
30 (REF)
65, 105, 145
o o
30 0 5 8C
os 55
T RE1F
C11 Qi0 O
so 90, 1250,1450 E 115, 130, 200, 205, 210

CR18 Û11
aao
oE
O a2o 012
--20
Li 35, 70, 95, 135

14559565,21570 Q13
I cm
O als
3FW¯1o
og :
10 (A2) 25
40, 125, 150, 215 15 45, 80 40, 75, 95, 125, 150, 160
5 (Al)
Emergency Power Supply

542-1254-01 & -02
IPL Figure 2
msmljtp2021PL3diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1031/1032


P/N 501-1075-()
70, l10 1
60, 85, l15, 130
30 (REF) 175, 180, 185, 190
65, 105, 145
0 o \
04321
L2
di
30 Esc
-
E1
R F
29 $ -
-
45, 55, 110, 215
C11 Q10 O
35, 70, 95, 135
E
80 90, G), 0 CR18 C 10 C9 Q11
----9 ---
R2e Q12 O
----20
L1 4 3 2 1
45, 95, 125,
------
150, 165, 170 C7
115, 130, 200, 205, 210
40, 125, 150, 215 10 (A2) 25

15 45, 80 40, 75, 95, 125, 150, 160
5 (Al)

542-1255-01 & -02
IPL Figure 3
msmljtp202IPL4diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1039/1040


P/N 501-1075-()
70, 110 1 60, 85, 115, 130

175, 180, 185, 190
30 (REF)
65, 105, 145
0 o
30
-
4 3 2 1
55
80 90, 120, 40 CRis

ss,,ss 115, 130, 200, 205, 210
E
Q20 R28
O
L
45, 95, 125,
Q13 O
C7
150, 165, 170 CR1
Qiß
or rio os
\ | 35, 70, 95, 135

10 (A2) 25 15
40, 125, 150, 215 45, 80 40, 75, 95, 125, 150, 160
5 (Al)

542-1256-01 & -02
IPL Figure 4
msmljtp2021PLSdisklS9 24·20-03 Page 1047/1048

June 30, 1999

P/N 501-1075-()
70, l 10 1
60, 85, 115, 130
175, 180, 185, 190
30 (REF)
65, 105, 145
0 0
30
J1 5
Esc
12 37 REF
4 11 ; 45, 55, l10, 215
-c
C11 Q10 O
90, 120, o Q11

80 C 10 C9
E
oO 012 T2
L1 4 3 2
L1 O 45, 95, 125,
C7
150, 165, 170 e _)
I
Q18
115, 130, 200, 205, 210
\ 25 15 45, 80 40, 75, 95, 125, 150, 160

40, 125, 150, 215 10 (A2) 5 (Al)

542-1257-01 & -02
IPL Figure 5
msmijtp202IPL6diskl59 24-20-03 Page 1055/1056


Ps 823

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ps 823

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ps 823

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of this manual?

What is the purpose of this manual?

What components does this manual cover maintenance for?

What components does this manual cover maintenance for?

EmergencyPowerSupply

BFGoodrich Avionics Systems, Inc. June 30, 1999

BFGoodrich Avionics Systems, Inc.

BFGoodrich Avionics Systems, Inc.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Original June 15, 1972

Reissue January l 1, 1985

Revision 1 June 1, 1987

Reissue September 30, 1991

Revision A June 30, 1999

List of Manual Changes

List of Effective Pages

This page intentionally blank.

List of Effective Pages

List of Effective Pages.................................................................................................................................iii

Description and Operation

Testing and Fault Isolation

4. Performance Test Standards..............................................................................................................................107

A. Initial Battery Test Procedure...................................................................................................................... l 08

9. Emergency Power Supply Performance Test....................................................................................................113

3. Battery Pack Removal............................... . ....... .......... .. . .. .... . . ... ..............................................302

4. Circuit Card Assembly Removal............................................................ . . . ... ...........................................303

6. Transistor/Heatsink Assembly Removal ............................. .... .. ......... ..... . ................................................303

7. Diode Assembly Removal...........,................ ... . .... ..... ... ....... .. . ................................................303

8. Fuse Holder Removal............................. . . .. .. .. . .... . . ....... .... .... ...... . .............................303

2. Extemal Cleaning......................... ... . .. .. . .... .............................40 1

5. PS-823 Storage........................................................................ .. . ....................................................................502

4. Moisture And Fungus Proofmg.........................................................................................................................602

6. Individual Cell Replacement And Battery Pack Repair....................................................................................604

8. Perfornance Test ..............................................................................................................................................606

4. Mounting Diode Assembly ...............................................................................................................................702

5. Mounting Transistor/Heatsink Assembly..........................................................................................................702

7. Circuit Card Assembly......................................................................................................................................702

9. Cover Assembly Replacement ............................................................................ ....... ....................................703

10. Preperation for Use or Storage..........................................................................................................................703

Fits and Clearances

5. Figures and Schematics............................................................. .. . ............... .. ..............................................803

Special Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

Illustrated Parts Listing

6. Figures.............................. ... . ... . . .... . .. . ............ . . ... .. . . . .... . ...... .. ...........................1021

Figure IllustrationDescription Page

102 JT-5 Emergency Power Supply Test Panel.. 102

105 Explanation of Test Adapter Controls and Connectors 104

106 PS-823 Basic Test Setup 106

11l Calibration with Test Setup 1 14

l 15 Performance Test with JT-5 Test Set 125

113 PS-823 Test Setup with Attitude Indicator 123

118 Waveform and Testpoint Schematic Diagram 14l/142

119 Batteg Circuit Variation Schematic Diagram l43

120 PS-823A and B Schematic Diagram 145/146

121 PS-823E and F Schematic Diagram 147/l48

123 PS-823G and H Schematic Diagram 151-152

124 PS-823A/T and B/T Schematic Diagram 153/154

126 PS-823C/T and D/T Schematic Diagram 157/158

127 PS-823G/T and HTTSchematic Diagram 159/160